HUSSMANN INTERNATIONAL INC
S-8, 1998-01-21
BOTTLED & CANNED SOFT DRINKS & CARBONATED WATERS
Previous: NATIONWIDE STAFFING INC, 8-A12B, 1998-01-21
Next: MIDAS GROUP INC, S-8, 1998-01-21



<PAGE>
 

    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 21,1998
                                                    Registration No. 333-
================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C.  20549
                               _________________

                                    FORM S-8
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     Under
                           The Securities Act of 1933
                             _____________________

                          Hussmann International, Inc.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


 
          Delaware                                   36-1791715
(State or other jurisdiction of            (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 
incorporation or organization)
 
    12999 St. Charles Rock Road                      63044-2483
        Bridgeton, Missouri                          (Zip Code)
(Address of principal executive offices)

   Hussmann International, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan for Hourly Employees
  Hussmann International, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan for Salaried Employees
                           (Full title of the plans)

                                 Burton Halpern
                 Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
                          Hussmann International, Inc.
                          12999 St. Charles Rock Road
                         Bridgeton, Missouri 63044-2483
                                 (314) 291-2000
                     (Name, address, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)

                          ____________________________


                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
============================================================================================
                                              Proposed           Proposed
     Title of             Amount               Maximum           Maximum         Amount of
 Securities to be         to be               Offering          Aggregate    Registration Fee
  Registered(1)         Registered            Price Per          Offering
                                                Share             Price
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>                      <C>                <C>         <C>
Common Stock,           300,000 shares        $14.8125(2)      $4,443,750(2)       $1,310.91
$.001 par value

Preferred Stock         300,000 rights            (3)               (3)               (3)
Purchase Rights
============================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1)   In addition, pursuant to Rule 416(c) under the Securities Act of 1933,
      this registration statement also covers an indeterminate amount of
      interests to be offered pursuant to the employee benefit plans described
      herein.
(2)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee and,
      pursuant to Rule 457(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, based upon the
      average of the high and low sale prices of the Common Stock reported on
      the New York Stock Exchange on January 20, 1998.
(3)   Rights to purchase Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (the
      "Rights") initially are attached to and trade with the shares of Common
      Stock being registered hereby. Value attributable to such Rights, if any,
      is reflected in the market price of the Common Stock.
================================================================================
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II
                          INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT


Item 3.  Incorporation of Documents by Reference.

    The following documents heretofore filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") by Hussmann International, Inc. (the "Company"),
the Hussmann International, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan for Hourly Employees
(the "Hourly Plan") or the Hussmann International, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan
for Salaried Employees (together with the Hourly Plan, the "Plans"), are
incorporated herein by reference:

    (a)   The Company's effective Registration Statement on Form 10, as amended
          (Commission File No. 1-13407);

    (b)   All of the Company's or the Plans' other reports filed pursuant to
          Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
          amended (the "Exchange Act"), since December 31, 1996; and

    (c)   The descriptions of the Company's Common Stock, par value $.001 per
          share, and the Rights associated therewith, which are contained in the
          Section entitled "Description of Capital Stock of the Companies" in
          Exhibit 99 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form 10/A No. 3
          (Post-Effective Amendment No. 1).

    All documents filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Sections
13(a), 13(c), 14 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and all documents filed by
either of the Plans pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, after the
date of this Registration Statement and prior to the filing of a post-effective
amendment to this Registration Statement which indicates that all securities
offered hereby have been sold or which deregisters all securities then remaining
unsold, shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into this Registration
Statement and to be a part hereof from the respective dates of filing of such
documents (such documents, and the documents enumerated above, being hereinafter
referred to as "Incorporated Documents").

    Any statement contained in an Incorporated Document shall be deemed to be
modified or superseded for purposes of this Registration Statement to the extent
that a statement contained herein or in any other subsequently filed
Incorporated Document modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such statement
so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or
superseded, to constitute a part of this Registration Statement.

Item 4.  Description of Securities.

    Not applicable.

Item 5.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.

    Not applicable.

Item 6.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

    In accordance with Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
(the "Delaware Law"), the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended
(the "Charter"), provides that directors shall not be personally liable to the
Company or its shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of their fiduciary
duty as directors except for (i) breaches of their duty of loyalty to the
Company or its shareholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or which
involve intentional misconduct or knowing violations of law, (iii) certain
transactions under Section 174 of the Delaware Law, which concerns unlawful
payments of dividends, stock purchases or redemptions or (iv) transactions from
which a director derives an improper personal benefit.

    The Charter provides that each person who is or was or had agreed to become
a director or officer of the Company, or each person who is or was serving or
who had agreed to serve at the request of the board of directors of the Company
or an officer of the Company as a director, officer or employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise
(including the heirs, executors, administrators or estate of such person), will
be indemnified by the Company, in accordance with
<PAGE>
 
and pursuant to the By-Laws of the Company (the "By-Laws"). In addition, the
Company may provide indemnification to its employees and agents to the extent
provided by action of its board of directors pursuant to the By-Laws. The
Company may also enter into one or more agreements with any person providing for
indemnification greater or different than that provided in the Charter.

    The By-Laws provide that each person who was or is made a party or is
threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit, or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a
"Proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or
she is the legal representative is or was a director or officer of the Company
or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit
plans, whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official
capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity
while servicing as a director, officer, employee or agent, will be indemnified
and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent authorized by the
Delaware Law as the same exists or may in the future be amended (but, in the
case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the
Company to provide broader indemnification rights than Delaware Law permitted
the Company to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability
and loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes under the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or penalties and amounts paid in
settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection
therewith and such indemnification will continue as to a person who has ceased
to be a director, officer, employee or agent and will inure to the benefit if
his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except
as described in the following paragraph with respect to Proceedings to enforce
rights to indemnification, the Company will indemnify any such person seeking
indemnification in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by
such person only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the
board of directors or the Company. The Company's board of directors may provide
indemnification to employees and agents of the Company to the same extent as
provided to directors and officers of the Company.

    Pursuant to the By-Laws, if a claim described in the preceding paragraph is
not paid in full by the Company within thirty days after a written claim has
been received by the Company, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit
against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful
in whole or in part, the claimant will also be entitled to be paid the expense
of prosecuting such claim. The By-Laws provide that it will be a defense to any
such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses
incurred in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition where
the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Company)
that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible
under the Delaware Law for the Company to indemnify the claimant for the amount
claimed, but the burden of providing such defense will be on the Company.
Neither the failure of the Company (including the board of directors of the
Company, independent legal counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination
prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is
proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of
conduct set forth in the Delaware Law, nor an actual determination by the
Company (including the board of directors of the Company, independent legal
counsel or shareholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard
of conduct, will be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the
claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

    The By-Laws provide that the right to indemnification and the payment of
expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final disposition
conferred in the By-Laws will not be exclusive of any other right which any
person may have or may in the future acquire under any statute, provision of the
Charter, the By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors
or otherwise. The By-Laws permit the Company to maintain insurance, at its
expense to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the
Company or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Company
would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or
loss under the Delaware Law. The Company has obtained liability insurance
providing coverage to its directors and officers.

    The By-Laws provide that the right to indemnification conferred therein is a
contract right and includes the right to be paid by the Company the expenses
incurred in defending any such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition,
except that if the Delaware Law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred
by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and
not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person
while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an
employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a Proceeding, will
be made only upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of
such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it is ultimately
determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under
the By-Laws or otherwise.

                                      II-2
<PAGE>
 
Item 7.  Exemption from Registration Claimed.

    Not applicable.

Item 8.  Exhibits.

    See the accompanying Exhibit Index for a list of Exhibits to this
Registration Statement.

    The Company will submit or has submitted each Plan and any amendment to
either of them to the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") in a timely manner
and has made or will make all changes required by the IRS in order to qualify
each respective Plan under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.

Item 9.   Undertakings.

    (a)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

    (1)   To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
post-effective amendment to the registration statement;

    (i)   To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
          Securities Act of 1933;

    (ii)  To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the
          effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-
          effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate,
          represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the
          registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or
          decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of
          securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any
          deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering
          range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the
          Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes
          in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the
          maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of
          Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement;

    (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of
          distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or
          any material change to such information in the registration statement;

provided, however, that paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) do not apply if the
registration statement is on Form S-3 or Form S-8, and the information required
to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in
periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant
pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act that are
incorporated by reference in the registration statement.

    (2)  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof;

    (3)  To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any
of the securities being registered which remained unsold at the termination of
the offering.

    (b)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the
registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the
Exchange Act (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's
annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is
incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a
new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.

                                      II-3
<PAGE>
 
    (c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of
the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of
1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities
Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

                                      II-4
<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES


     The Registrant. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,
the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets
all of the requirements for filing on Form S-8 and has duly caused this
registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois on this 21st day of
January, 1998.

                           HUSSMANN INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                           By: /s/ Michael D. Newman
                               --------------------------
                               Michael D. Newman
                               Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
                               Officer


     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears
immediately below constitutes and appoints Michael D. Newman and Burton Halpern,
and each or either of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and
agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments
(including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to
file the same with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection
therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorney-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do
and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as
fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby
ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of
them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities indicated, on this 21st day of January, 1998.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


             Signature                                        Title
             ---------                                        -----
<S>                                             <C>
      /s/ J. Larry Vowell                      President and Chief Executive Officer
- -----------------------------------            (principal executive officer)
          J. Larry Vowell

     /s/ Michael D. Newman                     Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
- -----------------------------------            (principal financial officer)
         Michael D. Newman

     /s/ Thomas L. Bindley                     Director
- -----------------------------------
         Thomas L. Bindley

     /s/ William B. Moore                      Director
- -----------------------------------
         William B. Moore

     /s/ Frank T. Westover                     Director
- -----------------------------------
         Frank T. Westover
</TABLE>

                                      II-5
<PAGE>
 
     The Plans. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, the trustees (or other persons who administer the employee benefit
plans) have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their
respective behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of
Chicago, State of Illinois, on January 21, 1998.


                           HUSSMANN INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                      RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR HOURLY EMPLOYEES
 
                           HUSSMANN INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                      RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES



                           By: /s/ Helen L. Nelling
                              --------------------------------------------
                              Helen L. Nelling
                              Director of Compensation and Benefits Services and
                              Administrator of Hussmann International, Inc.
                              Defined Contribution Master Trust

                                      II-6
<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
                                 -------------

Exhibit
No.                                          Description
- ---                                          -----------

4.1                   Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated
                      by reference to Exhibit 3(i).1 to the Company's
                      Registration Statement on Form 10 (Commission File No. 1-
                      13407) (the "Form 10")).
4.2*                  Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior 
                      Participating Preferred Stock of the Company.
4.3                   By-Laws of the Company (incorporated by reference to
                      Exhibit 3(ii) to the Form 10).
4.4*                  Rights Agreement, dated as of December 31, 1997, between
                      the Company and First Chicago Trust Company of New York,
                      as Rights Agent.
4.5*                  Form of Hussmann International, Inc. Retirement Savings
                      Plan for Hourly Employees.
4.6*                  Form of Hussmann International, Inc. Retirement Savings
                      Plan for Salaried Employees.
23*                   Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.
24*                   Powers of Attorney (contained on the signature page to
                      this Registration Statement).



________________________
*Filed herewith

                                      II-7

<PAGE>

                                                                     Exhibit 4.2
 
                           CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
                                       OF
                 SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK
                                       OF
                          HUSSMANN INTERNATIONAL, INC.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Pursuant to Section 151 of the
                General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


          The undersigned do hereby certify that the following resolution was
duly adopted by the Board of Directors of Hussmann International, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), on December 31, 1997:

          RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the board of
directors of the Corporation by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of
Directors does hereby create, authorize and provide for the issue of a series of
Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Corporation, to be designated
"Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock" (hereinafter referred to as the
"Series A Preferred Stock"), initially consisting of 1,500,000 shares, and to
the extent that the designations, powers, preferences and relative and other
special rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the Series
A Preferred Stock are not stated and expressed in the Certificate of
Incorporation, does hereby fix and herein state and express such designations,
powers, preferences and relative and other special rights and the
qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, as follows (all terms used
herein which are defined in the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to
have the meanings provided therein):

          Section 1.  Designation and Amount.  The shares of such series shall 
be designated as "Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock" and the number
of shares constituting such series shall be 1,500,000.

          Section 2.  Dividends and Distributions.

          (A)  Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any 
shares of any series of Preferred Stock ranking prior and superior to the shares
of Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of
Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared
by
<PAGE>
 
the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly
dividends payable in cash on the first business day of January, April, July and
October in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a "Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date
after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred
Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater
of (a) $.01 or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set
forth, 100 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 100
times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends
or other distributions other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock
or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification
or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the
Corporation (the "Common Stock") since the immediately preceding Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment
Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A
Preferred Stock.  In the event the Corporation shall at any time after December
31, 1997 (the "Rights Declaration Date") (i) declare any dividend on Common
Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common
Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a small number of
shares, then in each case the amount to which holders of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under clause (b)
of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a
fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the
number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such
event.

          (B)  The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the 
Series A Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) above immediately after it
declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend
payable in shares of Common Stock); provided, however, that, in the event no
dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the
period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, subject to the prior and superior rights of the
holders of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock ranking prior to and
superior to the shares of Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, a
dividend of $.01 per share on the Series A Preferred Stock shall nevertheless by
payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
          (C)  Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding
shares of Series A Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next
preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, unless
the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall
begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of
issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date
for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled
to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date,
in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative
from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.  Accrued but unpaid dividends shall
not bear interest.  Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock in
an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and
payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis
among all such shares at the time outstanding.  The Board of Directors may fix a
record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred
Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared
thereon, which record date shall be no more than 60 days prior to the date fixed
for the payment thereof.

          Section 3.  Voting Rights.

          The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the
following voting rights:

          (A)  Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 
each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 100
votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation.
In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date
(i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii)
subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common
Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the number of
votes per share to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were
entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such
number by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is
the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to
such event.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
          (B)  Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, the holders of 
shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock
shall vote collectively as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of
stockholders of the Corporation.

          (C)  (i)  If at any time dividends on any Series A Preferred Stock 
shall be in arrears in an amount equal to six (6) quarterly dividends thereon,
the occurrence of such contingency shall mark the beginning of a period (herein
called a "default period") which shall extend until such time when all accrued
and unpaid dividends for all previous quarterly dividend periods and for the
current quarterly dividend period on all shares of Series A Preferred Stock then
outstanding shall have been declared and paid or set apart for payment. During
each default period, all holders of Preferred Stock (including holders of the
Series A Preferred Stock) with dividends in arrears in an amount equal to six
(6) quarterly dividends thereon, voting as a class, irrespective of series,
shall have the right to elect two (2) Directors.

          (ii)  During any default period, such voting right of the holders of
     Series A Preferred Stock may be exercised initially at a special meeting
     called pursuant to subparagraph (iii) of this Section 3(C) or at any annual
     meeting of stockholders, and thereafter at annual meetings of stockholders,
     provided that such voting right shall not be exercised unless the holders
     of ten percent (10%) in number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding
     shall be present in person or by proxy.  The absence of a quorum of the
     holders of Common Stock shall not affect the exercise by the holders of
     Preferred Stock of such voting rights.  At any meeting at which the holders
     of Preferred Stock shall exercise such voting right initially during an
     existing default period, they shall have the right, voting as a class, to
     elect Directors to fill such vacancies, if any, in the Board of Directors
     as may then exist up to two (2) Directors or, if such right is exercised at
     an annual meeting, to elect two (2) Directors.  If the number which may be
     so elected at any special meeting does not amount to the required number,
     the holders of the Preferred Stock shall have the right to make such
     increase in the number of Directors as shall be necessary to permit the
     election by them of the required number.  After the holders of the
     Preferred Stock shall have exercised their right to elect Directors in any
     default period and during the continuance

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
     of such period, the number of Directors shall not be increased or decreased
     except by vote of the holders of Preferred Stock as herein provided or
     pursuant to the rights of any equity securities ranking senior to or pari
     passu with the Series A Preferred Stock.

          (iii)  Unless the holders of Preferred Stock shall, during an existing
     default period, have previously exercised their right to elect Directors,
     the Board of Directors may order, or any stockholder or stockholders owning
     in the aggregate not less than ten percent (10%) of the total number of
     shares of Preferred Stock outstanding, irrespective of series, may request,
     the calling of special meeting of the holders of Preferred Stock, which
     meeting shall thereupon be called by the Chairman, the President, a Vice
     President or the Secretary of the Corporation.  Notice of such meeting and
     of any annual meeting at which holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to
     vote pursuant to this paragraph (C)(iii) shall be given to each holder of
     record of Preferred Stock by mailing a copy of such notice to him or her at
     his or her last address as the same appears on the books of the
     Corporation.  Such meeting shall be called for a time not earlier than 10
     days and not later than 50 days after such order or request, or in default
     of the calling of such meeting within 50 days after such order or request,
     such meeting may be called on similar notice by any stockholder or
     stockholders owning in the aggregate not less than ten percent (10%) of the
     total number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding.  Notwithstanding the
     provisions of this paragraph (C)(iii), no such special meeting shall be
     called during the period within 50 days immediately preceding the date
     fixed for the next annual meeting of the stockholders.

          (iv)  In any default period, the holders of Common Stock, and, if
     applicable, other classes of capital stock of the Corporation, shall
     continue to be entitled to elect the whole number of Directors until the
     holders of Preferred Stock shall have exercised their right to elect two
     (2) Directors voting as a class, after the exercise of which right (x) the
     Directors so elected by the holders of Preferred Stock shall continue in
     office until their successors shall have been elected by such holders or
     until the expiration of the default period, and (y) any vacancy in the
     Board of Directors may (except as provided in paragraph (C)(ii) of this
     Section 3) be filled by vote of a majority of the remaining Directors
     theretofore elected by the holders of the class of capital stock which
     elected the Director whose office shall have become vacant.  References

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
     in this paragraph (C) to Directors elected by the holders of a particular
     class of stock shall include Directors appointed by such Directors to fill
     vacancies as provided in clause (y) of the foregoing sentence.

          (v)  Immediately upon the expiration of a default period, (x) the
     right of the holders of Preferred Stock as a class to elect Directors shall
     cease, (y) the term of any Directors elected by the holders of Preferred
     Stock as a class shall terminate, and (z) the number of Directors shall be
     such number as may be provided for in the certificate of incorporation or
     by-laws irrespective of any increase made pursuant to the provisions of
     paragraph (C)(ii) of this Section 3 (such number being subject, however, to
     change thereafter in any manner provided by law or in the certificate of
     incorporation or by-laws).  Any vacancies in the Board of Directors
     effected by the provisions of clauses (y) and (z) in the preceding sentence
     may be filled by a majority of the remaining Directors.

          (D)  Except as set forth herein, holders of Series A Preferred Stock
shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required
(except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as
set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.

          Section 4.  Certain Restrictions.

          (A)  Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions
payable on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears,
thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether
or not declared, on shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding shall have
been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:

          (i)  declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on, or
     redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of
     capital stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation,
     dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock;

          (ii)  declare or pay dividends on or make any other distributions on
     any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon
     liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred Stock,
     except dividends paid ratably on the Series A

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
     Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or
     in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all
     such shares are then entitled;

          (iii)  redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration
     shares of any capital stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or
     upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred
     Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or
     otherwise acquire shares of any such parity stock in exchange for shares of
     any capital stock of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to dividends
     or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A Preferred
     Stock; or

          (iv)  purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of
     Series A Preferred Stock, or any shares of capital stock ranking on a
     parity with the Series A Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a
     purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the
     Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the
     Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend
     rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series
     and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and
     equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

          (B)  The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the
Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of
stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of
this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in
such manner.

          Section 5.  Reacquired Shares.

          Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired
by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and canceled
promptly after the acquisition thereof.  All such shares shall upon their
cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be
reissued as part of a new series of Preferred Stock to be created by resolution
or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions and
restrictions on issuance set forth herein.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
          Section 6.  Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.

          (A)  Upon any liquidation (voluntary or otherwise), dissolution or
winding up of the Corporation, no distribution shall be made to the holders of
shares of capital stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon
liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock unless,
prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have
received $100 per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends
and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment
(the "Series A Liquidation Preference").  Following the payment of the full
amount of the Series A Liquidation Preference, no additional distributions shall
be made to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock unless, prior
thereto, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall have received an amount per
share (the "Common Adjustment") equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i)
the Series A Liquidation Preference by (ii) 100 (as appropriately adjusted as
set forth in subparagraph C below to reflect such events as stock splits, stock
dividends and recapitalizations with respect to the Common Stock) (such number
in clause (ii), the "Adjustment Number").  Following the payment of the full
amount of the Series A Liquidation Preference and the Common Adjustment in
respect of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock,
respectively, and the payment of liquidation preferences of all other shares of
capital stock which rank prior to or on a parity with Series A Preferred Stock,
holders of Series A Preferred Stock and holders of shares of Common Stock shall
receive their ratable and proportionate share of the remaining assets to be
distributed in the ratio of the Adjustment Number to 1 with respect to such
Preferred Stock and Common Stock, on a per share basis, respectively.

          (B)  In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets
available to permit payment in full of the Series A Liquidation Preference and
the liquidation preferences of all other series of Preferred Stock, if any,
which rank on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock, then such remaining
assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of such parity shares in
proportion to their respective liquidation preferences. In the event, however,
that there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the
Common Adjustment, then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to
the holders of Common Stock.

          (C)  In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights
Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of
Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, or (iii) combine the
outstanding

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the
Adjustment Number in effect immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by
multiplying such Adjustment Number by a fraction the numerator of which is the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and
the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were
outstanding immediately prior to such event.

          Section 7.  Consolidation, Merger, etc.

          In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger,
combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are
exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other
property, then in any such case the shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall at
the same time be similarly exchanged or changed into an amount per share
(subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to 100
times the aggregate amount of capital stock, securities, cash and/or any other
property (payable in kind), as the case may be, for which or into which each
share of Common Stock is exchanged or changed.  In the event the Corporation
shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on
Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding
Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller
number of shares, then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding
sentence with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Series A Preferred
Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator
of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after
such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock
that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

          Section 8.  No Redemption.

          The shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

          Section 9.  Ranking.

          The Series A Preferred Stock shall rank junior to all other series of
the Corporation's Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends and the
distribution of assets, whether or not upon the dissolution, liquidation or
winding up of the Corporation, unless the terms of any such series shall provide
otherwise.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
          Section 10.  Amendment.

          The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall not be
amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers,
preferences or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect
them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class.

          Section 11.  Fractional Shares.

          Series A Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions of a share which
shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder's fractional shares, to
exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to
have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series A Preferred Stock.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Hussmann International, Inc. has caused its
corporate seal to be hereunto affixed and this certificate to be signed by
William B. Moore, its Vice President, and the same to be attested to by Olga
Iszczuk, its Assistant Secretary, this 19th day of January, 1998.


 
                              HUSSMANN INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                              By:   /s/ William B. Moore 
                                    _______________________
                                    Name:  William B. Moore
                                    Title: Vice President


(Corporate Seal)

Attest:


/s/ Olga Iszczuk               
_________________________
Olga Iszczuk               
Assistant Secretary
                                       11

<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 4.4

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                        



                         HUSSMANN INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                      and


                    FIRST CHICAGO TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK


                                 Rights Agent

                            ---------------------  

                               Rights Agreement


                         Dated as of December 31, 1997




- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                               Table of Contents
                               -----------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Section                                                                    Page
- -------                                                                    ----
<S>             <C>                                                        <C>
Section 1.      Certain Definitions........................................   1
Section 2.      Appointment of Rights Agent................................   5
Section 3.      Issue of Rights Certificates...............................   6
Section 4.      Form of Rights Certificates................................   8
Section 5.      Countersignature and Registration..........................   9
Section 6.      Transfer, Split Up, Combination and
                Exchange of Rights Certificates;
                Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen
                Rights Certificates........................................  10
Section 7.      Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price;
                Expiration Date of Rights..................................  11
Section 8.      Cancellation and Destruction of Rights
                Certificates...............................................  13
Section 9.      Reservation and Availability of Capital
                Stock......................................................  14
Section 10.     Preferred Stock Record Date................................  16
Section 11.     Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number
                and Kind of Shares or Number of Rights.....................  16
Section 12.     Certificate of Adjusted Purchase
                Price or Number of Shares..................................  27
Section 13.     Consolidation, Merger or Sale or
                Transfer of Assets or Earning Power........................  28
Section 14.     Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares....................  31
Section 15.     Rights of Action...........................................  32
Section 16.     Agreement of Rights Holders................................  33
Section 17.     Rights Certificate Holder Not Deemed a
                Stockholder................................................  34
Section 18.     Concerning the Rights Agent................................  34
Section 19.     Merger or Consolidation or Change of
                Name of Rights Agent.......................................  34
Section 20.     Duties of Rights Agent.....................................  35
Section 21.     Change of Rights Agent.....................................  38
Section 22.     Issuance of New Rights Certificates........................  39
Section 23.     Redemption and Termination.................................  40
Section 24.     Exchange...................................................  41
Section 25.     Notice of Certain Events...................................  42
Section 26.     Notices....................................................  43
Section 27.     Supplements and Amendments.................................  44
Section 28.     Successors.................................................  45
Section 29.     Determination and Actions by the
                Board of Directors, etc....................................  45
Section 30.     Benefits of this Agreement.................................  45
Section 31.     Severability...............................................  45
</TABLE>

                                      -i-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Section                                                                    Page
- -------                                                                    ----
<S>             <C>                                                        <C>
Section 32.     Governing Law.............................................   46
Section 33.     Counterparts..............................................   46
Section 34.     Descriptive Headings......................................   46
Section 35.     Book-Entry Account Statements.............................   46
</TABLE>

                                     -ii-
<PAGE>
 
                                RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                                ----------------

          RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of December 31, 1997 (the "Agreement"),
between Hussmann International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
and First Chicago Trust Company of New York, a New York corporation (the "Rights
Agent").


                             W I T N E S S E T H:
                             ------------------- 


          WHEREAS, on December 31, 1997 (the "Rights Dividend Declaration
Date"), the Board of Directors of the Company authorized and declared a dividend
distribution of one Right (as hereinafter defined) for each share of Common
Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the Company outstanding at the close of
business on January 30, 1998, after giving effect to the distribution of shares
of Common Stock (the "Spin-off") by Whitman Corporation to its stockholders (the
"Record Date"), each Right initially representing the right to purchase one one-
hundredth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of the
Company having the rights, powers and preferences set forth in the form of
Certificate of Designation attached hereto as Exhibit A, upon the terms and
subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth (the "Rights"), and has further
authorized the issuance of one Right (as such number may hereinafter be adjusted
pursuant to the provisions of Section 11(p) hereof) for each share of Common
Stock of the Company issued between the Record Date and the Distribution Date
(as hereinafter defined);

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
agreements herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

          Section 1.  Certain Definitions.  For purposes of this Agreement, the
following terms have the meanings indicated:

          (a)  "Acquiring Person" shall mean any Person who or which, together
     with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, shall be the Beneficial
     Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding, but
     shall not include the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee
     benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company, or any
     Person organized, appointed or established by the Company for or pursuant
     to the terms of any such plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person
     shall become
<PAGE>
 
     an "Acquiring Person" as the result of an acquisition of shares of Common
     Stock by the Company which, by reducing the number of shares outstanding,
     increases the proportionate number of shares beneficially owned by such
     Person to 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding;
     provided, however, that if a Person shall become the Beneficial Owner of
     15% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding by reason of
     share purchases by the Company and shall, after such share purchases by the
     Company, become the Beneficial Owner of any additional shares of Common
     Stock, then such Person shall be deemed to be an "Acquiring Person".
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Board of Directors of the Company
     determines in good faith that a Person who would otherwise be an "Acquiring
     Person" (as defined pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph
     (a)) has become such inadvertently, and such Person divests as promptly as
     practicable a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock so that such
     Person would no longer be an "Acquiring Person" (as defined pursuant to the
     foregoing provisions of this paragraph (a)), then such Person shall not be
     deemed to be an "Acquiring Person" for any purposes of this Agreement.

          (b)  "Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          (c)  "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings
     ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations
     under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and in effect on the
     date of this Agreement (the "Exchange Act").

          (d)  A Person shall be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, and shall be
     deemed to "beneficially own," any securities:

               (i)  which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or
          Associates, directly or indirectly, has the right to acquire (whether
          such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of
          time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether
          or not in writing) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange
          rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however,
          that a Person shall not be deemed the "Beneficial Owner"

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
          of, or to "beneficially own," (A) securities tendered pursuant to a
          tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of such Person's
          Affiliates or Associates until such tendered securities are accepted
          for purchase or exchange, or (B) securities issuable upon exercise of
          Rights at any time prior to the occurrence of a Triggering Event, or
          (C) securities issuable upon exercise of Rights from and after the
          occurrence of a Triggering Event which Rights were acquired by such
          Person or any such Person's Affiliates or Associates prior to the
          Distribution Date or pursuant to Section 3(a) or Section 22 hereof
          (the "Original Rights") or pursuant to Section 11(i) hereof in
          connection with an adjustment made with respect to any Original
          Rights;

               (ii)  which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or
          Associates, directly or indirectly, has the right to vote or dispose
          of or has "beneficial ownership" of (as determined pursuant to Rule
          13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act),
          including pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding,
          whether or not in writing; provided, however, that a Person shall not
          be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, or to "beneficially own," any
          security under this subparagraph (ii) as a result of an agreement,
          arrangement or understanding to vote such security if such agreement,
          arrangement or understanding: (A) arises solely from a revocable proxy
          given in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made
          pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable provisions of the
          General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, and (B) is not
          also then reportable by such Person on Schedule 13D under the Exchange
          Act (or any comparable or successor report); or

               (iii)  which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by
          any other Person (or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which
          such Person (or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates) has any
          agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing),
          for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except pursuant to a
          revocable proxy as described in the proviso to subparagraph (ii) of
          this paragraph

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
          (d)) or disposing of any voting securities of the Company;

     provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph (d) shall cause a Person
     engaged in business as an underwriter of securities to be the "Beneficial
     Owner" of, or to "beneficially own," any securities acquired through such
     Person's participation in good faith in a firm commitment underwriting
     until the expiration of forty days after the date of such acquisition.

          (e)  "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday
     or a day on which banking institutions in the State of Missouri are
     authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

          (f)  "close of business" on any given date shall mean 5:00 P.M., St.
     Louis time, on such date, provided, however, that if such date is not a
     Business Day it shall mean 5:00 P.M., St. Louis time, on the next
     succeeding Business Day.

          (g)  "Common Stock" shall mean the common stock, par value $.001 per
     share, of the Company, except that "Common Stock" when used with reference
     to any Person other than the Company shall mean the capital stock of such
     Person with the greatest voting power, or the equity securities or other
     equity interest having power to control or direct the management, of such
     Person.

          (h)  "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, limited liability
     company, corporation, partnership or other entity.

          (i)  "Preferred Stock" shall mean shares of Series A Junior
     Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company,
     and, to the extent that there is not a sufficient number of shares of
     Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock authorized to permit the full
     exercise of the Rights, any other series of preferred stock, par value
     $.001 per share, of the Company designated for such purpose containing
     terms substantially similar to the terms of the Series A Junior
     Participating Preferred Stock.

          (j)  "Section 11(a)(ii) Event" shall mean the event described in
     Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
          (k)  "Section 13 Event" shall mean any event described in clauses (x),
     (y) or (z) of Section 13(a) hereof.

          (l)  "Stock Acquisition Date" shall mean the first date of public
     announcement (which, for purposes of this definition, shall include,
     without limitation, a report filed pursuant to Section 13(d) under the
     Exchange Act) by the Company or an Acquiring Person that an Acquiring
     Person has become such.

          (m)  "Subsidiary" shall mean, with reference to any Person, any
     corporation of which an amount of voting securities sufficient to elect at
     least a majority of the directors of such corporation is beneficially
     owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person, or otherwise controlled by
     such Person.

          (n)  "Triggering Event" shall mean any Section 11(a)(ii) Event or any
     Section 13 Event.

          In addition, for purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have
the meanings indicated in specified sections of this Agreement: (i) "Adjustment
Shares" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(ii) hereof; (ii)
"common stock equivalents" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
11(a)(iii) hereof; (iii) "current market price" shall have the meaning set forth
in Section 11(d) hereof; (iv) "Current Value" shall have the meaning set forth
in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof; (v) "Distribution Date" shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 3(a) hereof; (vi) "equivalent preferred stock" shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 11(b) hereof; (vii) "Exchange Ratio" shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 24(a) hereof; (viii) "Expiration Date" shall have
the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof; (ix) "Final Expiration Date" shall
have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof; (x) "NASDAQ" shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 11(d)(i) hereof; (xi) "Principal Party" shall have
the meaning set forth in Section 13(b) hereof; (xii) "Purchase Price" shall have
the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof; (xiii) "Record Date" shall have
the meaning set forth in the recitals hereof; (xiv) "Redemption Price" shall
have the meaning set forth in Section 23(a) hereof; (xv) "Rights" shall have the
meaning set forth in the recitals hereof; (xvi) "Rights Certificates" shall have
the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof; (xvii) "Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger
Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof; (xviii)
"Spread" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof; (xix)
"Substitution Period" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii)
hereof; (xx) "Summary

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
of Rights" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof; and (xxi)
"Trading Day" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(d)(i) hereof.

          Section 2.  Appointment of Rights Agent. The Company hereby appoints
the Rights Agent to act as agent for the Company and the holders of the Rights
(who, in accordance with Section 3 hereof, shall, prior to the Distribution
Date, also be the holders of the Common Stock) in accordance with the terms and
conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment. The
Company may from time to time appoint such co-Rights Agents as it may deem
necessary or desirable.

          Section 3.  Issue of Rights Certificates.

          (a)  Until the earlier of (i) the close of business on the tenth day
after the Stock Acquisition Date (or, if the tenth day after the Stock
Acquisition Date occurs before the Record Date, the close of business on the
Record Date), or (ii) the close of business on the tenth Business Day (or such
later date as may be determined by action of the Board of Directors of the
Company prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person) after the
date that a tender or exchange offer by any Person (other than the Company, any
Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any
Subsidiary of the Company, or any Person organized, appointed or established by
the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan) is first published or
sent or given within the meaning of Rule 14d-2(a) of the General Rules and
Regulations under the Exchange Act, if upon consummation thereof, such Person
would be the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock then
outstanding (the earlier of (i) and (ii) being herein referred to as the
"Distribution Date"), (x) the Rights will be evidenced (subject to the
provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section 3) by the certificates for the
Common Stock registered in the names of the holders of the Common Stock (which
certificates for Common Stock shall be deemed also to be certificates for
Rights) and not by separate certificates and (y) the Rights will be transferable
only in connection with the transfer of the underlying shares of Common Stock
(including a transfer to the Company). As soon as practicable after the
Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will send by first-class, insured, postage
prepaid mail, to each record holder of the Common Stock as of the close of
business on the Distribution Date, at the address of such holder shown on the
records of the Company, one or more Rights certificates, in substantially the
form of Exhibit B hereto (the "Rights Certificates"), evidencing one Right for
each share of Common Stock so held, subject to adjustment as provided herein. In
the event that an adjustment in the number of Rights per share of

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
Common Stock has been made pursuant to Section 11(p) hereof, at the time of
distribution of the Rights Certificates, the Company shall make the necessary
and appropriate rounding adjustments (in accordance with Section 14(a) hereof)
so that Rights Certificates representing only whole numbers of Rights are
distributed and cash is paid in lieu of any fractional Rights. As of and after
the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by such Rights
Certificates.

          (b)  As promptly as practicable following the Record Date, the Company
will send a copy of a Summary of Rights to Purchase Preferred Stock, in
substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the "Summary of Rights"),
by first-class, postage prepaid mail, to each record holder of the Common Stock
as of the close of business on the Record Date, at the address of such holder
shown on the records of the Company. With respect to certificates for the Common
Stock outstanding as of the Record Date, until the Distribution Date, the Rights
will be evidenced by such certificates registered in the names of the holders
thereof together with a copy of the Summary of Rights attached thereto. Until
the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Expiration Date (as such term is
defined in Section 7(a) hereof), the surrender for transfer of any certificate
representing shares of Common Stock in respect of which Rights have been issued,
with or without a copy of the Summary of Rights attached thereto, shall also
constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with such shares of Common
Stock.

          (c)  Rights shall be issued in respect of all shares of Common Stock
which are issued (whether originally issued or from the Company's treasury)
after the Record Date but prior to the earlier of the Distribution Date or the
Expiration Date or, in certain circumstances provided in Section 22 hereof,
after the Distribution Date. Certificates representing such shares of Common
Stock shall also be deemed to be certificates for Rights, and shall bear a
legend substantially in the following form:

          This certificate also evidences and entitles the holder hereof to
     certain rights as set forth in the Rights Agreement between Hussmann
     International, Inc. (the "Company") and First Chicago Trust Company of New
     York (the "Rights Agent") dated as of December 31, 1997 (the "Rights
     Agreement"), the terms of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference
     and a copy of which is on file at the principal offices of the Company.
     Under certain circumstances, as set forth in the Rights Agreement, such
     Rights will be evidenced by separate certificates and will no longer be
     evidenced by this certificate. The Company will mail to the

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
     holder of this certificate a copy of the Rights Agreement, as in effect on
     the date of mailing, without charge promptly after receipt of a written
     request therefor. Under certain circumstances set forth in the Rights
     Agreement, Rights issued to, or held by, any Person who is, was or becomes
     an Acquiring Person or any Affiliate or Associate thereof (as such terms
     are defined in the Rights Agreement), may become null and void.


With respect to such certificates containing the foregoing legend, until the
earlier of (i) the Distribution Date or (ii) the Expiration Date, the Rights
associated with the Common Stock represented by such certificates shall be
evidenced by such certificates alone and registered holders of Common Stock
shall also be the registered holders of the associated Rights, and the surrender
for transfer of any of such certificates shall also constitute the transfer of
the Rights associated with the Common Stock represented by such certificates.

          Section 4.  Form of Rights Certificates.

          (a)  The Rights Certificates (and the forms of election to purchase
and of assignment to be printed on the reverse thereof) shall each be
substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto and may have such marks
of identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements
printed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent
with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any
applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any
rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which the Rights may from time to
time be listed, or to conform to usage. Subject to the provisions of Section 11
and Section 22 hereof, the Rights Certificates, whenever distributed, shall be
dated as of the Record Date and on their face shall entitle the holders thereof
to purchase such number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock as
shall be set forth therein at the price set forth therein (such exercise price
per one one-hundredth of a share, the "Purchase Price"), but the amount and type
of securities purchasable upon the exercise of each Right and the Purchase Price
thereof shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein.

          (b)  Any Rights Certificate issued pursuant to Section 3(a) or Section
22 hereof that represents Rights beneficially owned by any Person known to be:
(i) an Acquiring Person or any Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring Person,
(ii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate)

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
who becomes a transferee after the Acquiring Person becomes such, or (iii) a
transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who
becomes a transferee prior to or concurrently with the Acquiring Person becoming
such and receives such Rights pursuant to either (A) a transfer (whether or not
for consideration) from the Acquiring Person to holders of equity interests in
such Acquiring Person or to any Person with whom such Acquiring Person has any
continuing agreement, arrangement or understanding regarding the transferred
Rights or (B) a transfer which the Board of Directors of the Company has
determined is part of a plan, arrangement or understanding which has as a
primary purpose or effect avoidance of Section 7(e) hereof, and any Rights
Certificate issued pursuant to Section 6 or Section 11 hereof upon transfer,
exchange, replacement or adjustment of any other Rights Certificate referred to
in this sentence, shall contain (to the extent feasible) the following legend:

     The Rights represented by this Rights Certificate are or were beneficially
     owned by a Person who was or became an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or
     Associate of an Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined in the Rights
     Agreement). Accordingly, this Rights Certificate and the Rights represented
     hereby may become null and void in the circumstances specified in Section
     7(e) of such Agreement.

          Section 5.  Countersignature and Registration.

          (a)  The Rights Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the
Company by its Chairman, its President or any Vice President, either manually or
by facsimile signature, and shall have affixed thereto the Company's seal or a
facsimile thereof which shall be attested by the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the Company, either manually or by facsimile signature. The Rights
Certificates shall be countersigned manually or by facsimile signature by the
Rights Agent and shall not be valid for any purpose unless so countersigned. In
case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Rights
Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Company before
countersignature by the Rights Agent and issuance and delivery by the Company,
such Rights Certificates, nevertheless, may be countersigned by the Rights Agent
and issued and delivered by the Company with the same force and effect as though
the person who signed such Rights Certificates had not ceased to be such officer
of the Company; and any Rights Certificates may be signed on behalf of the
Company by any person who, at the actual date of the execution of such Rights
Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the Company to sign such Rights
Certificate,

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
although at the date of the execution of this Rights Agreement any such person
was not such an officer.

          (b)  Following the Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will keep or
cause to be kept, at its principal office or offices designated as the
appropriate place for surrender of Rights Certificates upon exercise or
transfer, books for registration and transfer of the Rights Certificates issued
hereunder. Such books shall show the names and addresses of the respective
holders of the Rights Certificates, the number of Rights evidenced on its face
by each of the Rights Certificates and the certificate number and the date of
each of the Rights Certificates.

          Section 6.  Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Rights
Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Rights Certificates. (a)
Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b), Section 7(e) and Section 14 hereof,
at any time after the close of business on the Distribution Date, and at or
prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, any Rights Certificate or
Certificates (other than Rights Certificates representing Rights that have been
exchanged pursuant to Section 24 hereof) may be transferred, split up, combined
or exchanged for another Rights Certificate or Certificates, entitling the
registered holder to purchase a like number of one one-hundredths of a share of
Preferred Stock (or, following a Triggering Event, Common Stock, other
securities, cash or other assets, as the case may be) as the Rights Certificate
or Certificates surrendered then entitled such holder (or former holder in the
case of a transfer) to purchase. Any registered holder desiring to transfer,
split up, combine or exchange any Rights Certificate or Certificates shall make
such request in writing delivered to the Rights Agent, and shall surrender the
Rights Certificate or Certificates to be transferred, split up, combined or
exchanged at the principal office or offices of the Rights Agent designated for
such purpose. Neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to
take any action whatsoever with respect to the transfer of any such surrendered
Rights Certificate until the registered holder shall have completed and signed
the certificate contained in the form of assignment on the reverse side of such
Rights Certificate and shall have provided such additional evidence of the
identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or
Associates thereof as the Company shall reasonably request. Thereupon the Rights
Agent shall, subject to Section 4(b), Section 7(e), Section 14 and Section 24
hereof, countersign and deliver to the Person entitled thereto a Rights
Certificate or Rights Certificates, as the case may be, as so requested. The
Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax

                                      -10-
<PAGE>
 
or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer,
split up, combination or exchange of Rights Certificates.

          (b)  Upon receipt by the Company and the Rights Agent of evidence
reasonably satisfactory to them of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of
a Rights Certificate, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity
or security reasonably satisfactory to them, and reimbursement to the Company
and the Rights Agent of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon
surrender to the Rights Agent and cancellation of the Rights Certificates if
mutilated, the Company will execute and deliver a new Rights Certificate of like
tenor to the Rights Agent for countersignature and delivery to the registered
owner in lieu of the Rights Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.

          Section 7.  Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration Date of
Rights. (a) Subject to Section 7(e) hereof, the registered holder of any Rights
Certificate may exercise the Rights evidenced thereby (except as otherwise
provided herein including, without limitation, the restrictions on
exercisability set forth in Section 9(c), Section 11(a)(iii) and Section 23(a)
hereof) in whole or in part at any time after the Distribution Date upon
surrender of the Rights Certificate, with the form of election to purchase and
the certificate on the reverse side thereof duly executed, to the Rights Agent
at the principal office or offices of the Rights Agent designated for such
purpose, together with payment of the aggregate Purchase Price with respect to
the total number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock (or other
securities, cash or other assets, as the case may be) as to which such
surrendered Rights are then exercisable, at or prior to the earliest of (i) the
close of business on December 31, 2007 (the "Final Expiration Date"), (ii) the
time at which the Rights are redeemed as provided in Section 23 hereof or (iii)
the time at which such Rights are exchanged pursuant to Section 24 hereof (the
earliest of (i), (ii) and (iii) being herein referred to as the "Expiration
Date").

          (b)  The Purchase Price for each one one-hundredth of a share of
Preferred Stock pursuant to the exercise of a Right shall initially be $150, and
shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Sections 11 and
13(a) hereof and shall be payable in accordance with paragraph (c) below.

          (c)  Upon receipt of a Rights Certificate representing exercisable
Rights, with the form of election to purchase and the certificate duly executed,
accompanied by payment, with respect to each Right so exercised, of the Purchase
Price per one one-

                                      -11-
<PAGE>
 
hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock (or other shares, securities, cash or
other assets, as the case may be) to be purchased as set forth below and an
amount equal to any applicable transfer tax, the Rights Agent shall, subject to
Section 20(k) hereof, thereupon promptly (i) (A) requisition from any transfer
agent of the shares of Preferred Stock (or make available, if the Rights Agent
is the transfer agent for such shares) certificates for the total number of one
one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock to be purchased and the Company
hereby irrevocably authorizes its transfer agent to comply with all such
requests, or (B) if the Company shall have elected to deposit the total number
of shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Rights hereunder with
a depositary agent, requisition from the depositary agent depositary receipts
representing such number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock as
are to be purchased (in which case certificates for the shares of Preferred
Stock represented by such receipts shall be deposited by the transfer agent with
the depositary agent) and the Company will direct the depositary agent to comply
with such request, (ii) requisition from the Company the amount of cash, if any,
to be paid in lieu of fractional shares in accordance with Section 14 hereof,
(iii) after receipt of such certificates or depositary receipts, cause the same
to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Rights
Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such
holder, and (iv) after receipt thereof, deliver such cash, if any, to or upon
the order of the registered holder of such Rights Certificate. The payment of
the Purchase Price (as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii)
hereof) shall be made in cash or by certified bank check or bank draft payable
to the order of the Company. In the event that the Company is obligated to issue
other securities (including Common Stock) of the Company, pay cash and/or
distribute other property pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the Company will
make all arrangements necessary so that such other securities, cash and/or other
property are available for distribution by the Rights Agent, if and when
appropriate. The Company reserves the right to require prior to the occurrence
of a Triggering Event that, upon any exercise of Rights, a number of Rights be
exercised so that only whole shares of Preferred Stock would be issued.

          (d)  In case the registered holder of any Rights Certificate shall
exercise less than all the Rights evidenced thereby, a new Rights Certificate
evidencing Rights equivalent to the Rights remaining unexercised shall be issued
by the Rights Agent and delivered to, or upon the order of, the registered
holder of such Rights Certificate, registered in such name or

                                      -12-
<PAGE>
 
names as may be designated by such holder, subject to the provisions of Section
14 hereof.

          (e)  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, from
and after the first occurrence of a Section 11(a) (ii) Event, any Rights
beneficially owned by (i) an Acquiring Person or an Associate or Affiliate of an
Acquiring Person, (ii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such
Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee after the Acquiring Person
becomes such, or (iii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such
Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee prior to or concurrently with
the Acquiring Person becoming such and receives such Rights pursuant to either
(A) a transfer (whether or not for consideration) from the Acquiring Person to
holders of equity interests in such Acquiring Person or to any Person with whom
the Acquiring Person has any continuing agreement, arrangement or understanding
regarding the transferred Rights or (B) a transfer which the Board of Directors
of the Company has determined is part of a plan, arrangement or understanding
which has as a primary purpose or effect the avoidance of this Section 7(e),
shall become null and void without any further action and no holder of such
Rights shall have any rights whatsoever with respect to such Rights, whether
under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise. The Company shall use all
reasonable efforts to ensure that the provisions of this Section 7(e) and
Section 4(b) hereof are complied with, but shall have no liability to any holder
of Rights Certificates or other Person as a result of its failure to make any
determinations with respect to an Acquiring Person or any of its Affiliates,
Associates or transferees hereunder.

          (f)  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary,
neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to undertake any
action with respect to a registered holder upon the occurrence of any purported
exercise as set forth in this Section 7 unless such registered holder shall have
(i) completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of election to
purchase set forth on the reverse side of the Rights Certificate surrendered for
such exercise, and (ii) provided such additional evidence of the identity of the
Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates
thereof as the Company shall reasonably request.

          Section 8.  Cancellation and Destruction of Rights Certificates. All
Rights Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise, transfer, split up,
combination or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Company or any of its
agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for cancellation or in canceled form,
or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent, shall be canceled

                                      -13-
<PAGE>
 
by it, and no Rights Certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof, except as
expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Agreement. The Company
shall deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation and retirement, and the
Rights Agent shall so cancel and retire, any other Rights Certificates purchased
or acquired by the Company otherwise than upon the exercise thereof. The Rights
Agent shall deliver all canceled Rights Certificates to the Company, or shall,
at the written request of the Company, destroy such canceled Rights
Certificates, and in such case shall deliver a certificate of destruction
thereof to the Company.

          Section 9.  Reservation and Availability of Capital Stock. (a) The
Company covenants and agrees that it will cause to be reserved and kept
available out of its authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock (and,
following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, out of its authorized and
unissued shares of Common Stock and/or other securities or out of its authorized
and issued shares held in its treasury), the number of shares of Preferred Stock
(and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, Common Stock and/or other
securities) that, as provided in this Agreement, including Section 11(a)(iii)
hereof, will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding
Rights.

          (b)  So long as the shares of Preferred Stock (and, following the
occurrence of a Triggering Event, Common Stock and/or other securities) issuable
and deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights may be listed on any national
securities exchange, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause, from and
after such time as the Rights become exercisable, all shares reserved for such
issuance to be listed on such exchange upon official notice of issuance upon
such exercise.

          (c)  The Company shall use its best efforts to (i) file, as soon as
practicable following the earliest date after the first occurrence of a Section
11(a)(ii) Event on which the consideration to be delivered by the Company upon
exercise of the Rights has been determined in accordance with Section 11(a)(iii)
hereof, a registration statement under the Act with respect to the securities
purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form, (ii) cause such
registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable after such
filing, and (iii) cause such registration statement to remain effective (with a
prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Act) until the earlier
of (A) the date as of which the Rights are no longer exercisable for such
securities, and (B) the date of the expiration of the Rights. The Company will
also take such action as may be appropriate under, or to ensure compliance with,
the securities or "blue sky" laws of the various states in connection

                                      -14-
<PAGE>
 
with the exercisability of the Rights. The Company may temporarily suspend, for
a period of time not to exceed ninety (90) days after the date set forth in
clause (i) of the first sentence of this Section 9(c), the exercisability of the
Rights in order to prepare and file such registration statement and permit it to
become effective. Upon any such suspension, the Company shall issue a public
announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily
suspended, as well as a public announcement at such time as the suspension is no
longer in effect. In addition, if the Company shall determine that a
registration statement is required following the Distribution Date, and a
Section 11(a)(ii) Event has not occurred, the Company may temporarily suspend
the exercisability of Rights until such time as a registration statement has
been declared effective. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the
contrary, the Rights shall not be exercisable in any jurisdiction if the
requisite qualification in such jurisdiction shall not have been obtained, the
exercise thereof shall not be permitted under applicable law or a registration
statement shall not have been declared effective.

          (d)  The Company covenants and agrees that it will take all such
actions as may be necessary to ensure that all one one-hundredths of a share of
Preferred Stock (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, Common
Stock and/or other securities) delivered upon exercise of Rights shall, at the
time of delivery of the certificates for such shares (subject to payment of the
Purchase Price), be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and
nonassessable.

          (e)  The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay, when
due and payable, any and all federal and state transfer taxes and charges which
may be payable in respect of the issuance or delivery of the Rights Certificates
and of any certificates for a number of one one-hundredths of a share of
Preferred Stock (or Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be)
upon the exercise of Rights. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay
any transfer tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer or delivery of
Rights Certificates to a Person other than, or the issuance or delivery of a
number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock (or Common Stock
and/or other securities, as the case may be) in respect of a name other than
that of, the registered holder of the Rights Certificates evidencing Rights
surrendered for exercise or to issue or deliver any certificates for a number of
one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock (or Common Stock and/or other
securities, as the case may be) in a name other than that of the registered
holder upon the exercise of any Rights until such tax shall have been paid (any
such tax being payable by the

                                      -15-
<PAGE>
 
          holder of such Rights Certificate at the time of surrender) or until
          it has been established to the Company's satisfaction that no such tax
          is due.

                    Section 10.  Preferred Stock Record Date.  Each person in 
          whose name any certificate for a number of one one-hundredths of a
          share of Preferred Stock (or Common Stock and/or other securities, as
          the case may be) is issued upon the exercise of Rights shall for all
          purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of such
          fractional shares of Preferred Stock (or Common Stock and/or other
          securities, as the case may be) represented thereby on, and such
          certificate shall be dated, the date upon which the Rights Certificate
          evidencing such Rights was duly surrendered and payment of the
          Purchase Price (and all applicable transfer taxes) was made; provided,
          however, that if the date of such surrender and payment is a date upon
          which the Preferred Stock (or Common Stock and/or other securities, as
          the case may be) transfer books of the Company are closed, such Person
          shall be deemed to have become the record holder of such shares
          (fractional or otherwise) on, and such certificate shall be dated, the
          next succeeding Business Day on which the Preferred Stock (or Common
          Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) transfer books of
          the Company are open. Prior to the exercise of the Rights evidenced
          thereby, the holder of a Rights Certificate shall not be entitled to
          any rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to shares or
          other securities for which the Rights shall be exercisable, including,
          without limitation, the right to vote, to receive dividends or other
          distributions or to exercise any preemptive rights, and shall not be
          entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of the Company,
          except as provided herein.

                    Section 11.  Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number and Kind 
          of Shares or Number of Rights. The Purchase Price, the number and kind
          of shares covered by each Right and the number of Rights outstanding
          are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this
          Section 11.

                    (a)(i)  In the event the Company shall at any time after the
               date of this Agreement (A) declare a dividend on the Preferred
               Stock payable in shares of Preferred Stock, (B) subdivide the
               outstanding Preferred Stock, (C) combine the outstanding
               Preferred Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (D) issue any
               shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the
               Preferred Stock (including any such reclassification in
               connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is
               the continuing or surviving corporation), except as otherwise
               provided in this Section 11(a) and

                                      -16-
<PAGE>
 
               Section 7(e) hereof, the Purchase Price in effect at the time of
               the record date for such dividend or of the effective date of
               such subdivision, combination or reclassification, and the number
               and kind of shares of Preferred Stock or capital stock, as the
               case may be, issuable on such date, shall be proportionately
               adjusted so that the holder of any Right exercised after such
               time shall be entitled to receive, upon payment of the Purchase
               Price then in effect, the aggregate number and kind of shares of
               Preferred Stock or capital stock, as the case may be, which, if
               such Right had been exercised immediately prior to such date and
               at a time when the Preferred Stock transfer books of the Company
               were open, such holder would have owned upon such exercise and
               been entitled to receive by virtue of such dividend, subdivision,
               combination or reclassification. If an event occurs which would
               require an adjustment under both this Section 11(a)(i) and
               Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, the adjustment provided for in this
               Section 11(a)(i) shall be in addition to, and shall be made prior
               to, any adjustment required pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.

                    (ii)  In the event any Person (other than the Company, any 
               Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the
               Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company, or any Person
               organized, appointed or established by the Company for or
               pursuant to the terms of any such plan), alone or together with
               its Affiliates and Associates, shall, at any time after the
               Rights Dividend Declaration Date, become an Acquiring Person,
               then each holder of a Right (except as provided below and in
               Section 7(e) hereof) shall thereafter have the right to receive,
               upon exercise thereof at the then current Purchase Price in
               accordance with the terms of this Agreement, in lieu of a number
               of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock, such number
               of shares of Common Stock of the Company as shall equal the
               result obtained by (x) multiplying the then current Purchase
               Price by the then number of one one-hundredths of a share of
               Preferred Stock for which a Right was exercisable immediately
               prior to the first occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event and
               (y) dividing that product (which, following such first occurrence
               shall thereafter be referred to as the "Purchase Price" for each
               Right and for all purposes of this Agreement) by 50% of the
               current market price (determined pursuant to Section 11(d)
               hereof) per share of Common Stock on the

                                      -17-
<PAGE>
 
               date of such first occurrence (such number of shares, the
               "Adjustment Shares").

                    (iii)  In the event that the number of shares of Common 
               Stock which are authorized by the Company's certificate of
               incorporation, but not outstanding or reserved for issuance for
               purposes other than upon exercise of the Rights, is not
               sufficient to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in
               accordance with the foregoing subparagraph (ii) of this Section
               11(a), the Company shall: (A) determine the value of the
               Adjustment Shares issuable upon the exercise of a Right (the
               "Current Value"), and (B) with respect to each Right, make
               adequate provision to substitute for the Adjustment Shares, upon
               payment of the applicable Purchase Price, (1) cash, (2) a
               reduction in the Purchase Price, (3) Common Stock or other equity
               securities of the Company (including, without limitation, shares,
               or units of shares, of preferred stock, such as the Preferred
               Stock, which the Board of Directors of the Company has deemed to
               have the same value or economic rights as shares of Common Stock
               (such shares of preferred stock, "common stock equivalents")),
               (4) debt securities of the Company, (5) other assets, or (6) any
               combination of the foregoing, having an aggregate value equal to
               the Current Value (less the amount of any reduction in the
               Purchase Price), where such aggregate value has been determined
               by the Board of Directors of the Company based upon the advice of
               a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the
               Board of Directors of the Company; provided, however, if the
               Company shall not have made adequate provision to deliver value
               pursuant to clause (B) above within thirty (30) days following
               the later of (x) the first occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii)
               Event and (y) the date on which the Company's right of redemption
               pursuant to Section 23(a) expires (the later of (x) and (y) being
               referred to herein as the "Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date"), then
               the Company shall be obligated to deliver, upon the surrender for
               exercise of a Right and without requiring payment of the Purchase
               Price, shares of Common Stock (to the extent available) and then,
               if necessary, cash, which shares and/or cash have an aggregate
               value equal to the Spread. For purposes of the preceding
               sentence, the term "Spread" shall mean the excess of (i) the
               Current Value over (ii) the Purchase Price. If the Board of
               Directors of the Company shall determine in good faith that it is
               likely that sufficient additional shares of Common Stock could be
               authorized for issuance upon exercise in full of the Rights, the
               thirty (30) day period set forth above may be extended to the
               extent necessary, but not more than ninety (90) days

                                      -18-
<PAGE>
 
               after the Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date, in order that the
               Company may seek stockholder approval for the authorization of
               such additional shares (such thirty (30) day period, as it may be
               extended, the "Substitution Period"). To the extent that action
               is to be taken pursuant to the first and/or third sentences of
               this Section 11(a)(iii), the Company (x) shall provide, subject
               to Section 7(e) hereof, that such action shall apply uniformly to
               all outstanding Rights, and (y) may suspend the exercisability of
               the Rights until the expiration of the Substitution Period in
               order to seek such stockholder approval for such authorization of
               additional shares and/or to decide the appropriate form of
               distribution to be made pursuant to such first sentence and to
               determine the value thereof. In the event of any such suspension,
               the Company shall issue a public announcement stating that the
               exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended, as
               well as a public announcement at such time as the suspension is
               no longer in effect. For purposes of this Section 11(a)(iii), the
               value of each Adjustment Share shall be the current market price
               (as determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) per share of the
               Common Stock on the Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date and the value
               of any "common stock equivalent" shall be deemed to equal the
               current market price (as determined pursuant to Section 11(d)
               hereof) per share of the Common Stock on such date.

                    (b)  In case the Company shall fix a record date for the 
               issuance of rights (other than the Rights), options or warrants
               to all holders of Preferred Stock entitling them to subscribe for
               or purchase (for a period expiring within forty-five (45)
               calendar days after such record date) Preferred Stock (or shares
               having the same rights, privileges and preferences as the shares
               of Preferred Stock ("equivalent preferred stock")) or securities
               convertible into Preferred Stock or equivalent preferred stock at
               a price per share of Preferred stock or per share of equivalent
               preferred stock (or having a conversion price per share, if a
               security convertible into Preferred Stock or equivalent preferred
               stock) less than the current market price (as determined pursuant
               to Section 11(d) hereof) per share of Preferred Stock on such
               record date, the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record
               date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in
               effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the
               numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Preferred
               Stock outstanding on such record date, plus the number of shares
               of Preferred Stock which the

                                      -19-
<PAGE>
 
               aggregate offering price of the total number of shares of
               Preferred Stock and/or equivalent preferred stock so to be
               offered (and/or the aggregate initial conversion price of the
               convertible securities so to be offered) would purchase at such
               current market price, and the denominator of which shall be the
               number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding on such record
               date, plus the number of additional shares of Preferred Stock
               and/ or equivalent preferred stock to be offered for subscription
               or purchase (or into which the convertible securities so to be
               offered are initially convertible). In case such subscription
               price may be paid by delivery of consideration part or all of
               which may be in a form other than cash, the value of such
               consideration shall be as determined in good faith by the Board
               of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be
               described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be
               binding on the Rights Agent and the holders of the Rights. Shares
               of Preferred Stock owned by or held for the account of the
               Company shall not be deemed outstanding for the purpose of any
               such computation. Such adjustment shall be made successively
               whenever such a record date is fixed, and in the event that such
               rights or warrants are not so issued, the Purchase Price shall be
               adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect
               if such record date had not been fixed.

                    (c)  In case the Company shall fix a record date for a 
               distribution to all holders of Preferred Stock (including any
               such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or
               merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation) of
               evidences of indebtedness, cash (other than a regular quarterly
               cash dividend out of the earnings or retained earnings of the
               Company), assets (other than a dividend payable in Preferred
               Stock, but including any dividend payable in stock other than
               Preferred Stock) or subscription rights or warrants (excluding
               those referred to in Section 11(b) hereof), the Purchase Price to
               be in effect after such record date shall be determined by
               multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to
               such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be
               the current market price (as determined pursuant to Section 11(d)
               hereof) per share of Preferred Stock on such record date, less
               the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board
               of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be
               described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent

                                      -20-
<PAGE>
 
               and shall be binding on the Rights Agent and the holders of the
               Rights) of the portion of the cash, assets or evidences of
               indebtedness so to be distributed or of such subscription rights
               or warrants applicable to a share of Preferred Stock and the
               denominator of which shall be such current market price (as
               determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) per share of
               Preferred Stock. Such adjustments shall be made successively
               whenever such a record date is fixed, and in the event that such
               distribution is not so made, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted
               to be the Purchase Price which would have been in effect if such
               record date had not been fixed.

                    (d)  (i) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, other
               than computations made pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, the
               "current market price" per share of Common Stock on any date
               shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per
               share of such Common Stock for the thirty (30) consecutive
               Trading Days (as such term is hereinafter defined) immediately
               prior to such date, and for purposes of computations made
               pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, the "current market price"
               per share of Common Stock on any date shall be deemed to be the
               average of the daily closing prices per share of such Common
               Stock for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Days immediately
               following such date; provided, however, that in the event that
               the current market price per share of the Common Stock is
               determined during a period following the announcement by the
               issuer of such Common Stock of (A) a dividend or distribution on
               such Common Stock payable in shares of such Common Stock or
               securities convertible into shares of such Common Stock (other
               than the Rights), or (B) any subdivision, combination or
               reclassification of such Common Stock, and the ex-dividend date
               for such dividend or distribution, or the record date for such
               subdivision, combination or reclassification shall not have
               occurred prior to the commencement of the requisite thirty (30)
               Trading Day or ten (10) Trading Day period, as set forth above,
               then, and in each such case, the "current market price" shall be
               properly adjusted to take into account any trading during the
               period prior to such ex-dividend date or record date. The closing
               price for each day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or,
               in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the
               closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as
               reported in the principal consolidated

                                      -21-
<PAGE>
 
               transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or
               admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the
               shares of Common Stock are not listed or admitted to trading on
               the New York Stock Exchange, as reported in the principal
               consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to
               securities listed on the principal national securities exchange
               on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or admitted to
               trading or, if the shares of Common Stock are not listed or
               admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last
               quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid
               and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported
               by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated
               Quotation System ("NASDAQ") or such other system then in use, or,
               if on any such date the shares of Common Stock are not quoted by
               any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked
               prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a
               market in the Common Stock selected by the Board of Directors of
               the Company. If on any such date no market maker is making a
               market in the Common Stock, the fair value of such shares on such
               date as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
               Company shall be used. The term "Trading Day" shall mean a day on
               which the principal national securities exchange on which the
               shares of Common Stock are listed or admitted to trading is open
               for the transaction of business or, if the shares of Common Stock
               are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities
               exchange, a Business Day. If the Common Stock is not publicly
               held or not so listed or traded, "current market price" per share
               shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith
               by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination
               shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and
               shall be conclusive for all purposes.

                    (ii)  For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the 
               "current market price" per share of Preferred Stock shall be
               determined in the same manner as set forth above for the Common
               Stock in clause (i) of this Section 11(d) (other than the last
               sentence thereof). If the current market price per share of
               Preferred Stock cannot be determined in the manner provided
               above, or if the Preferred Stock is not publicly held or listed
               or traded in a manner described in clause (i) of this Section
               11(d), the "current market price" per share of Preferred Stock
               shall be conclusively deemed

                                      -22-
<PAGE>
 
               to be an amount equal to 100 (as such number may be appropriately
               adjusted for such events as stock splits, stock dividends and
               recapitalizations with respect to the Common Stock occurring
               after the date of this Agreement) multiplied by the current
               market price per share of the Common Stock. If neither the Common
               Stock nor the Preferred Stock is publicly held or so listed or
               traded, "current market price" per share of the Preferred Stock
               shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith
               by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination
               shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and
               shall be binding on the Rights Agent and the holders of the
               Rights. For all purposes of this Agreement, the "current market
               price" of one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock shall
               be equal to the "current market price" of one share of Preferred
               Stock divided by 100.

                    (e)  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no 
               adjustment in the Purchase Price shall be required unless such
               adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least one
               percent (1%) in the Purchase Price; provided, however, that any
               adjustments which by reason of this Section 11(e) are not
               required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into
               account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this
               Section 11 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest
               one ten-thousandth of a share of Common Stock or other share or
               one one-millionth of a share of Preferred Stock, as the case may
               be. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 11(e), any
               adjustment required by this Section 11 shall be made no later
               than the earlier of (i) three (3) years from the date of the
               transaction which mandates such adjustment, or (ii) the
               Expiration Date.

                    (f)  If as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to 
               Section 11(a)(ii) or Section 13(a) hereof, the holder of any
               Right thereafter exercised shall become entitled to receive any
               shares of capital stock other than Preferred Stock, thereafter
               the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of
               any Right and the Purchase Price thereof shall be subject to
               adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly
               equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the
               Preferred Stock contained in Sections 11(a), (b), (c), (e), (g),
               (h), (i), (j), (k) and (m), and the provisions of Sections 7, 9,
               10, 13

                                      -23-
<PAGE>
 
               and 14 hereof with respect to the Preferred Stock shall apply on
               like terms to any such other shares.

                    (g)  All Rights originally issued by the Company subsequent
               to any adjustment made to the Purchase Price hereunder shall
               evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price,
               the number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock
               purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the
               Rights, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.

                    (h)  Unless the Company shall have exercised its election as
               provided in Section 11(i), upon each adjustment of the Purchase
               Price as a result of the calculations made in Sections 11(b) and
               (c), each Right outstanding immediately prior to the making of
               such adjustment shall thereafter evidence the right to purchase,
               at the adjusted Purchase Price, that number of one-hundredths of
               a share of Preferred Stock (calculated to the nearest one-
               millionth) obtained by (i) multiplying (x) the number of one one-
               hundredths of a share covered by a Right immediately prior to
               this adjustment, by (y) the Purchase Price in effect immediately
               prior to such adjustment of the Purchase Price, and (ii) dividing
               the product so obtained by the Purchase Price in effect
               immediately after such adjustment of the Purchase Price.

                    (i)  The Company may elect on or after the date of any 
               adjustment of the Purchase Price to adjust the number of Rights,
               in lieu of any adjustment in the number of one one-hundredths of
               a share of Preferred Stock purchasable upon the exercise of a
               Right. Each of the Rights outstanding after the adjustment in the
               number of Rights shall be exercisable for the number of one one-
               hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock for which a Right was
               exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment. Each Right held
               of record prior to such adjustment of the number of Rights shall
               become that number of Rights (calculated to the nearest one-ten-
               thousandth) obtained by dividing the Purchase Price in effect
               immediately prior to adjustment of the Purchase Price by the
               Purchase Price in effect immediately after adjustment of the
               Purchase Price. The Company shall make a public announcement of
               its election to adjust the number of Rights, indicating the
               record date for the adjustment, and, if known at the time, the
               amount of the adjustment to be made. This record date may be

                                      -24-
<PAGE>
 
               the date on which the Purchase Price is adjusted or any day
               thereafter, but, if the Rights Certificates have been issued,
               shall be at least ten (10) days later than the date of the public
               announcement. If Rights Certificates have been issued, upon each
               adjustment of the number of Rights pursuant to this Section
               11(i), the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, cause to be
               distributed to holders of record of Rights Certificates on such
               record date Rights Certificates evidencing, subject to Section 14
               hereof, the additional Rights to which such holders shall be
               entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the option of the
               Company, shall cause to be distributed to such holders of record
               in substitution and replacement for the Rights Certificates held
               by such holders prior to the date of adjustment, and upon
               surrender thereof, if required by the Company, new Rights
               Certificates evidencing all the Rights to which such holders
               shall be entitled after such adjustment. Rights Certificates so
               to be distributed shall be issued, executed and countersigned in
               the manner provided for herein (and may bear, at the option of
               the Company, the adjusted Purchase Price) and shall be registered
               in the names of the holders of record of Rights Certificates on
               the record date specified in the public announcement.

                    (j)  Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the
               Purchase Price or the number of one one-hundredths of a share of
               Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the
               Rights Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may
               continue to express the Purchase Price per one one-hundredth of a
               share and the number of one one-hundredths of a share which were
               expressed in the initial Rights Certificates issued hereunder.

                    (k)  Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment
               reducing the Purchase Price below the then stated value, if any,
               of the number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock
               issuable upon exercise of the Rights, the Company shall take any
               corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be
               necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue
               fully paid and nonassessable shares of Preferred Stock at such
               adjusted Purchase Price.

                    (l)  In any case in which this Section 11 shall require that
               an adjustment in the Purchase Price be

                                      -25-
<PAGE>
 
               made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the
               Company may elect to defer until the occurrence of such event the
               issuance to the holder of any Right exercised after such record
               date the number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred
               Stock and other capital stock or securities of the Company, if
               any, issuable upon such exercise over and above the number of one
               one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock and other capital
               stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such
               exercise on the basis of the Purchase Price in effect prior to
               such adjustment; provided, however, that the Company shall
               deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument
               evidencing such holder's right to receive such additional shares
               (fractional or otherwise) or securities upon the occurrence of
               the event requiring such adjustment.

                    (m)  Anything in this Section 11 to the contrary
               notwithstanding, the Company shall be entitled to make such
               reductions in the Purchase Price, in addition to those
               adjustments expressly required by this Section 11, as and to the
               extent that the Board of Directors of the Company, in its good
               faith judgment, shall determine to be advisable in order that any
               (i) consolidation or subdivision of the Preferred Stock, (ii)
               issuance wholly for cash of any shares of Preferred Stock at less
               than the current market price, (iii) issuance wholly for cash of
               shares of Preferred Stock or securities which by their terms are
               convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Preferred Stock,
               (iv) stock dividends or (v) issuance of rights, options or
               warrants referred to in this Section 11, hereafter made by the
               Company to holders of its Preferred Stock shall not be taxable to
               such stockholders. 

                    (n)  The Company covenants and agrees that it shall not, at
               any time after the Distribution Date, (i) consolidate with any
               other Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company in a
               transaction which complies with Section 11(o) hereof), (ii) merge
               with or into any other Person (other than a Subsidiary of the
               Company in a transaction which complies with Section 11(o)
               hereof), or (iii) sell or transfer (or permit any Subsidiary to
               sell or transfer), in one transaction, or a series of related
               transactions, assets or earning power aggregating more than 50%
               of the assets or earning power of the Company and its
               Subsidiaries

                                      -26-
<PAGE>
 
               (taken as a whole) to any other Person or Persons (other than the
               Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries in one or more
               transactions each of which complies with Section 11(o) hereof),
               if (x) at the time of or immediately after such consolidation,
               merger, sale or transfer there are any rights, warrants or other
               instruments or securities outstanding or agreements in effect
               which would substantially diminish or otherwise eliminate the
               benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights or (y) prior to,
               simultaneously with or immediately after such consolidation,
               merger, sale or transfer, the stockholders of the Person who
               constitutes, or would constitute, the "Principal Party" for
               purposes of Section 13(a) hereof shall have received a
               distribution of Rights previously owned by such Person or any of
               its Affiliates and Associates.

                    (o)  The Company covenants and agrees that, after the
               Distribution Date, it will not, except as permitted by Section 23
               or Section 27 hereof, take (or permit any Subsidiary to take) any
               action if at the time such action is taken it is reasonably
               foreseeable that such action will diminish substantially or
               otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the
               Rights.

                    (p)  In the event that the Company shall at any time after
               the Rights Dividend Declaration Date and prior to the
               Distribution Date (i) declare a dividend on the outstanding
               shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii)
               subdivide the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or (iii)
               combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller
               number of shares, the number of Rights associated with each share
               of Common Stock then outstanding, or issued or delivered
               thereafter but prior to the Distribution Date, shall be
               proportionately adjusted so that the number of Rights thereafter
               associated with each share of Common Stock following any such
               event shall equal the result obtained by multiplying the number
               of Rights associated with each share of Common Stock immediately
               prior to such event by a fraction the numerator of which shall be
               the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
               immediately prior to the occurrence of the event and the
               denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of
               Common Stock outstanding immediately following the occurrence of
               such event.

                                      -27-
<PAGE>
 
          Section 12. Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of
Shares. Whenever an adjustment is made as provided in Section 11 and Section 13
hereof, the Company shall (a) promptly prepare a certificate setting forth such
adjustment and a brief statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment,
(b) promptly file with the Rights Agent, and with each transfer agent for the
Preferred Stock and the Common Stock, a copy of such certificate, and (c) mail a
brief summary thereof to each holder of a Rights Certificate (or, if prior to
the Distribution Date, to each holder of a certificate representing shares of
Common Stock) in accordance with Section 26 hereof. The Rights Agent shall be
fully protected in relying on any such certificate and on any adjustment therein
contained and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of such adjustment unless
and until it shall have received such certificate.

          Section 13.  Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or
Earning Power.

          (a)  In the event that, following the Stock Acquisition Date, directly
or indirectly, (x) the Company shall consolidate with, or merge with and into,
any other Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction which
complies with Section 11(o) hereof), and the Company shall not be the continuing
or surviving corporation of such consolidation or merger, (y) any Person (other
than a Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction which complies with Section
11(o) hereof) shall consolidate with, or merge with or into, the Company, and
the Company shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such
consolidation or merger and, in connection with such consolidation or merger,
all or part of the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be changed into or
exchanged for stock or other securities of any other Person or cash or any other
property, or (z) the Company shall sell or otherwise transfer (or one or more of
its Subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise transfer), in one transaction or a
series of related transactions, assets or earning power aggregating more than
50% of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as
a whole) to any Person or Persons (other than the Company or any Subsidiary of
the Company in one or more transactions each of which complies with Section
11(o) hereof), then, and in each such case (except as may be contemplated by
Section 13(d) hereof), proper provision shall be made so that: (i) each holder
of a Right, except as provided in Section 7(e) hereof, shall thereafter have the
right to receive upon the exercise thereof at the then current Purchase Price in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such number of validly authorized
and issued, fully paid, nonassessable and freely tradeable shares of Common
Stock of the Principal Party (as such

                                      -28-
<PAGE>
 
term is hereinafter defined), not subject to any liens, encumbrances, rights of
first refusal or other adverse claims, as shall be equal to the result obtained
by (l) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the number of one one-
hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock for which a Right is exercisable
immediately prior to the first occurrence of a Section 13 Event (or, if a
Section 11(a)(ii) Event has occurred prior to the first occurrence of a Section
13 Event, multiplying the number of such one one-hundredths of a share of
Preferred Stock for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to the first
occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event by the Purchase Price in effect
immediately prior to such first occurrence), and dividing that product (which,
following the first occurrence of a Section 13 Event, shall be referred to as
the "Purchase Price" for each Right and for all purposes of this Agreement) by
(2) 50% of the current market price (determined pursuant to Section 11(d)(i)
hereof) per share of the Common Stock of such Principal Party on the date of
consummation of such Section 13 Event; (ii) such Principal Party shall
thereafter be liable for, and shall assume, by virtue of such Section 13 Event,
all the obligations and duties of the Company pursuant to this Agreement; (iii)
the term "Company" shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such Principal Party,
it being specifically intended that the provisions of Section 11 hereof shall
apply only to such Principal Party following the first occurrence of a Section
13 Event; (iv) such Principal Party shall take such steps (including, but not
limited to, the reservation of a sufficient number of shares of its Common
Stock) in connection with the consummation of any such transaction as may be
necessary to assure that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable,
as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to its shares of Common Stock
thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights; and (v) the provisions
of Section 11(a)(ii) hereof shall be of no effect following the first occurrence
of any Section 13 Event.

          (b)  "Principal Party" shall mean:

          (i)  in the case of any transaction described in clause (x) or (y) of
     the first sentence of Section 13(a), the Person that is the issuer of any
     securities into which shares of Common Stock of the Company are converted
     in such merger or consolidation, and if no securities are so issued, the
     Person that is the other party to such merger or consolidation; and

          (ii)  in the case of any transaction described in clause (z) of the
     first sentence of Section 13(a), the Person that is the party receiving the
     greatest portion

                                      -29-
<PAGE>
 
     of the assets or earning power transferred pursuant to such transaction or
     transactions;

provided, however, that in any such case, (1) if the Common Stock of such Person
is not at such time and has not been continuously over the preceding twelve (12)
month period registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, and such Person is
a direct or indirect Subsidiary of another Person the Common Stock of which is
and has been so registered, "Principal Party" shall refer to such other Person;
and (2) in case such Person is a Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, of more
than one Person, the Common Stocks of two or more of which are and have been so
registered, "Principal Party" shall refer to whichever of such Persons is the
issuer of the Common Stock having the greatest aggregate market value.

          (c)  The Company shall not consummate any such consolidation, merger,
sale or transfer unless the Principal Party shall have a sufficient number of
authorized shares of its Common Stock which have not been issued or reserved for
issuance to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with this
Section 13 and unless prior thereto the Company and such Principal Party shall
have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement
providing for the terms set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 13
and further providing that, as soon as practicable after the date of any
consolidation, merger, sale or transfer of assets mentioned in paragraph (a) of
this Section 13, the Principal Party will:

          (i)  prepare and file a registration statement under the Act, with
     respect to the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the
     Rights on an appropriate form, and will use its best efforts to cause such
     registration statement to (A) become effective as soon as practicable after
     such filing and (B) remain effective (with a prospectus at all times
     meeting the requirements of the Act) until the Expiration Date; and

          (ii)  will deliver to holders of the Rights historical financial
     statements for the Principal Party and each of its Affiliates which comply
     in all respects with the requirements for registration on Form 10 under the
     Exchange Act.

The provisions of this Section 13 shall similarly apply to successive mergers or
consolidations or sales or other transfers. In the event that a Section 13 Event
shall occur at any time after the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event, the
Rights

                                      -30-
<PAGE>
 
which have not theretofore been exercised shall thereafter become exercisable in
the manner described in Section 13(a).

          Section 14.  Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares.

          (a)  The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights or
to distribute Rights Certificates which evidence fractional Rights. In lieu of
such fractional Rights, there shall be paid to the registered holders of the
Rights Certificates with regard to which such fractional Rights would otherwise
be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market
value of a whole Right. For purposes of this Section 14(a), the current market
value of a whole Right shall be the closing price of the Rights for the Trading
Day immediately prior to the date on which such fractional Rights would have
been otherwise issuable. The closing price of the Rights for any day shall be
the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such
day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either
case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with
respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock
Exchange or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted to trading on the New York
Stock Exchange, as reported to the principal consolidated transaction reporting
system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities
exchange on which the Rights are listed or admitted to trading, or if the Rights
are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the
last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low
asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by NASDAQ or such other
system then in use or, if on any such date the Rights are not quoted by any such
organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a
professional market maker making a market in the Rights selected by the Board of
Directors of the Company. If on any such date no such market maker is making a
market in the Rights the fair value of the Rights on such date as determined in
good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be used.

          (b)  The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of
Preferred Stock (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-
hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock) upon exercise of the Rights or to
distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares of Preferred Stock
(other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a
share of Preferred Stock). Fractions of shares of Preferred Stock in integral
multiples of one one-hundredth of a share may, at the election of the Company,
be evidenced by

                                      -31-
<PAGE>
 
depositary receipts pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Company and
a depositary selected by it; provided, however, that such agreement shall
provide that the holders of such depositary receipts shall have all the rights,
privileges and preferences to which they are entitled as beneficial owners of
the shares represented by such depositary receipts. In lieu of fractional shares
of Preferred Stock that are not integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a
share of Preferred Stock, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of
Rights Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an
amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of one 
one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock. For purposes of this Section 14(b),
the current market value of one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock
shall be one one-hundredth of the closing price of a share of Preferred Stock
(as determined pursuant to Section 11(d)(ii) hereof) for the Trading Day
immediately prior to the date of such exercise.

          (c)  Following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, the Company shall
not be required to issue fractions of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of
the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares of
Common Stock. In lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock, the Company shall
pay to the registered holders of Rights Certificates at the time such Rights are
exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the
current market value of one share of Common Stock. For purposes of this Section
14(c), the current market value of one share of Common Stock shall be the
closing price of one share of Common Stock (as determined pursuant to Section
11(d)(i) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such
exercise.

          (d)  The holder of a Right by the acceptance of the Rights expressly
waives his right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional shares upon
exercise of a Right, except as permitted by this Section 14.

          Section 15.  Rights of Action. All rights of action in respect of this
Agreement, other than rights of action vested in the Rights Agent pursuant to
Section 18 hereof, are vested in the respective registered holders of the Rights
Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the registered holders of the
Common Stock); and any registered holder of any Rights Certificate (or, prior to
the Distribution Date, of the Common Stock), without the consent of the Rights
Agent or of the holder of any other Rights Certificate (or, prior to the
Distribution Date, of the Common Stock), may, in his own behalf and for his own
benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding
against the Company to enforce, or otherwise

                                      -32-
<PAGE>
 
act in respect of, his or her right to exercise the Rights evidenced by such
Rights Certificate in the manner provided in such Rights Certificate and in this
Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the
holders of Rights, it is specifically acknowledged that the holders of Rights
would not have an adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Agreement and
shall be entitled to specific performance of the obligations hereunder and
injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of the obligations
hereunder of any Person subject to this Agreement.

          Section 16.  Agreement of Rights Holders. Every holder of a Right by
accepting the same consents and agrees with the Company and the Rights Agent and
with every holder of a Right that:

          (a)  prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will be transferable
     only in connection with the transfer of Common Stock;

          (b)  after the Distribution Date, the Rights Certificates are
     transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if surrendered
     at the principal office or offices of the Rights Agent designated for such
     purposes, duly endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer
     and with the appropriate forms and certificates fully executed;

          (c)  subject to Section 6(a) and Section 7(f) hereof, the Company and
     the Rights Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name a Rights
     Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, the associated Common
     Stock certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the
     Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or
     writing on the Rights Certificates or the associated Common Stock
     certificates made by anyone other than the Company or the Rights Agent) for
     all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company nor the Rights Agent,
     subject to the last sentence of Section 7(e) hereof, shall be required to
     be affected by any notice to the contrary; and

          (d)  notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary,
     neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall have any liability to any
     holder of a Right or other Person as a result of its inability to perform
     any of its obligations under this Agreement by reason of any preliminary or
     permanent injunction or other

                                      -33-
<PAGE>
 
     order, decree or ruling issued by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a
     governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or commission, or any
     statute, rule, regulation or executive order promulgated or enacted by any
     governmental authority, prohibiting or otherwise restraining performance of
     such obligation; provided, however, the Company must use reasonable efforts
     to have any such order, decree or ruling lifted or otherwise overturned as
     soon as possible.

          Section 17.  Rights Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder. No
holder, as such, of any Rights Certificate shall be entitled to vote, receive
dividends or be deemed for any purpose to be the holder of the number of one 
one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock or any other securities of the
Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the Rights
represented thereby, nor shall anything contained herein or in any Rights
Certificate be construed to confer upon the holder of any Rights Certificate, as
such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for
the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any
meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to
receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as
provided in Section 25 hereof), or to receive dividends or subscription rights,
or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by such Rights Certificate
shall have been exercised in accordance with the provisions hereof.

          Section 18.  Concerning the Rights Agent.

          (a)  The Company agrees to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable
compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder and, from time to time,
on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and
disbursements and other disbursements incurred in the administration and
execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties
hereunder.

          (b)  The Rights Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability
for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection
with its administration of this Agreement in reliance upon any Rights
Certificate or certificate for Common Stock or for other securities of the
Company, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement,
affidavit, letter, notice, direction, consent, certificate, statement, or other
paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to be signed, executed and,
where necessary, verified or acknowledged, by the proper Person or Persons.

                                      -34-
<PAGE>
 
          Section 19.  Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights
Agent.

          (a)  Any corporation into which the Rights Agent or any successor
Rights Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any
corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights Agent
or any successor Rights Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to
the corporate trust or stock transfer business of the Rights Agent or any
successor Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights Agent under this
Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the
part of any of the parties hereto; provided, however, that such corporation
would be eligible for appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the
provisions of Section 21 hereof. In case at the time such successor Rights Agent
shall succeed to the agency created by this Agreement, any of the Rights
Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, any such successor
Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature of a predecessor Rights Agent and
deliver such Rights Certificates so countersigned; and in case at the time any
of the Rights Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor
Rights Agent may countersign such Rights Certificates either in the name of the
predecessor or in the name of the successor Rights Agent; and in all such cases
such Rights Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Rights
Certificates and in this Agreement.

          (b)  In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be
changed, and at such time any of the Rights Certificates shall have been
countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature
under its prior name and deliver Rights Certificates so countersigned; and in
case, at that time, any of the Rights Certificates shall not have been
countersigned, the Rights Agent may countersign such Rights Certificates either
in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Rights
Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Rights Certificates and
in this Agreement.

          Section 20.  Duties of Rights Agent. The Rights Agent undertakes the
duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and
conditions, by all of which the Company and the holders of Rights Certificates,
by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:

          (a)  The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be legal
     counsel for the Company), and the opinion of such counsel shall be full and
     complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent as to

                                      -35-
<PAGE>
 
     any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such
     opinion.

          (b)  Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement
     the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or
     matter (including, without limitation, the identity of any Acquiring Person
     and the determination of "current market price") be proved or established
     by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact
     or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically
     prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a
     certificate signed by the Chairman, the President, any Vice President, the
     Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant
     Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such
     certificate shall be full authorization to the Rights Agent for any action
     taken or suffered in good faith by it under the provisions of this
     Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.

          (c)  The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own gross
     negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

          (d)  The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of
     the statements of fact or recital contained in this Agreement or in the
     Rights Certificates or be required to verify the same (except as to its
     countersignature on such Rights Certificates), but all such statements and
     recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.

          (e)  The Rights Agent shall not be under any responsibility in respect
     of the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof
     (except the due execution hereof by the Rights Agent) or in respect of the
     validity or execution of any Rights Certificate (except its
     countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by
     the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in
     any Rights Certificate; nor shall it be responsible for any adjustment
     required under the provisions of Section 11, Section 13 or Section 24
     hereof or responsible for the manner, method or amount of any such
     adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require
     any such

                                      -36-
<PAGE>
 
     adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights evidenced by
     Rights Certificates after actual notice of any such adjustment); nor shall
     it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as
     to the authorization or reservation of any shares of Common Stock or
     Preferred Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Rights
     Certificate or as to whether any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock
     will, when so issued, be validly authorized and issued, fully paid and
     nonassessable.

          (f)  The Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and
     deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all
     such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably
     be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by the
     Rights Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.

          (g)  The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept
     instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from
     the Chairman, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, any
     Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of the
     Company, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in
     connection with its duties, and it shall not be liable for any action taken
     or suffered to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with instructions
     of any such officer.

          (h)  The Rights Agent and any stockholder, director, officer or
     employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or
     other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in any
     transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or
     lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it
     were not Rights Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude
     the Rights Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for
     any other legal entity.

          (i)  The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or
     powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or
     by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Rights Agent shall not be
     answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of
     any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Company resulting from
     any such act,

                                      -37-
<PAGE>
 
     default, neglect or misconduct; provided, however, that reasonable care was
     exercised in the selection and continued employment thereof.

          (j)  No provision of this Agreement shall require the Rights Agent to
     expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in
     the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of its
     rights if there shall be reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of
     such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is
     not reasonably assured to it.

          (k)  If, with respect to any Rights Certificate surrendered to the
     Rights Agent for exercise or transfer, the certificate attached to the form
     of assignment or form of election to purchase, as the case may be, has
     either not been completed or indicates an affirmative response to clause 1
     and/or 2 thereof, the Rights Agent shall not take any further action with
     respect to such requested exercise or transfer without first consulting
     with the Company.

          Section 21.  Change of Rights Agent. The Rights Agent or any successor
Rights Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement
upon thirty (30) days' notice in writing mailed to the Company, and to each
transfer agent of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock, by registered or
certified mail, and to the holders of the Rights Certificates by first-class
mail. The Company may remove the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent upon
thirty (30) days' notice in writing, mailed to the Rights Agent or successor
Rights Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent of the Common Stock
and Preferred Stock, by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the
Rights Certificates by first-class mail. If the Rights Agent shall resign or be
removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the Company shall appoint
a successor to the Rights Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such
appointment within a period of thirty (30) days after giving notice of such
removal or after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or
incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent or by the holder of a
Rights Certificate (who shall, with such notice, submit his or her Rights
Certificate for inspection by the Company), then any registered holder of any
Rights Certificate may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed
by the Company or by such a court, shall be a corporation organized and doing
business under the laws of the United States or of the State of Missouri

                                      -38-
<PAGE>
 
(or of any other state of the United States so long as such corporation is
authorized to do business as a banking institution in the State of Missouri), in
good standing, having an office or agency in the State of New York, which is
authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust or stock transfer powers
and is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and
which has at the time of its appointment as Rights Agent a combined capital and
surplus of at least $50,000,000. After appointment, the successor Rights Agent
shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if
it had been originally named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but
the predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights
Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any
further reasonable assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose.
Not later than the effective date of any such appointment, the Company shall
file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each
transfer agent of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock, and mail a notice
thereof in writing to the registered holders of the Rights Certificates. Failure
to give any notice provided for in this Section 21 or any defect therein shall
not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights
Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as the case may be.

          Section 22.  Issuance of New Rights Certificates. Notwithstanding any
of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary, the
Company may, at its option, issue new Rights Certificates evidencing Rights in
such form as may be approved by its Board of Directors to reflect any adjustment
or change in the Purchase Price and the number or kind or class of shares or
other securities or property purchasable under the Rights Certificates made in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. In addition, in connection
with the issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock following the Distribution
Date and prior to the redemption or expiration of the Rights, the Company (a)
shall, with respect to shares of Common Stock so issued or sold pursuant to the
exercise of stock options or under any employee plan or arrangement, granted or
awarded prior to the Distribution Date, or upon the exercise, conversion or
exchange of securities hereinafter issued by the Company, and (b) may, in any
other case, if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board of Directors of the
Company, issue Rights Certificates representing an appropriate number of Rights
in connection with such issuance or sale; provided, however, that (i) no such
Rights Certificate shall be issued if, and to the extent that, the Company shall
be advised by counsel that such issuance would create a significant risk of
material adverse tax consequences to the Company or the Person to whom such
Rights Certificate would

                                      -39-
<PAGE>
 
be issued, and (ii) no such Rights Certificate shall be issued if, and to the
extent that, appropriate adjustment shall otherwise have been made in lieu of
the issuance thereof.

          Section 23.  Redemption and Termination.

          (a)  The Board of Directors of the Company may, at its option, at any
time prior to the earlier of (i) the close of business on the tenth day
following the Stock Acquisition Date (or, if the Stock Acquisition Date shall
have occurred prior to the Record Date, the close of business on the tenth day
following the Record Date), or (ii) the Final Expiration Date, redeem all but
not less than all of the then outstanding Rights at a redemption price of $.01
per Right, as such amount may be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock
split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof
(such redemption price being hereinafter referred to as the "Redemption Price").
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Rights
shall not be exercisable after the first occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event
until such time as the Company's right of redemption hereunder has expired. The
Company may, at its option, pay the Redemption Price in cash, shares of Common
Stock (based on the "current market price", as defined in Section 11(d)(i)
hereof, of the Common Stock at the time of redemption) or any other form of
consideration deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors. The redemption of
the Rights by the Board of Directors may be made effective at such time, on such
basis and with such conditions as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion
may establish.

          (b)  Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of the
Company ordering the redemption of the Rights, evidence of which shall have been
filed with the Rights Agent and without any further action and without any
notice, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right
thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price for
each Right so held. Promptly after the action of the Board of Directors ordering
the redemption of the Rights, the Company shall give notice of such redemption
to the Rights Agent and the holders of the then outstanding Rights by mailing
such notice to all such holders at each holder's last address as it appears upon
the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on
the registry books of the transfer agent for the Common Stock. Any notice which
is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not
the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of redemption will state the
method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made.

                                      -40-
<PAGE>
 
          Section 24.  Exchange.

          (a)  The Board of Directors of the Company may, at its option, at any
time after any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, exchange all or part of the
then outstanding and exercisable Rights (which shall not include Rights that
have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 7(e) hereof) for shares
of Common Stock at an exchange ratio of one share of Common Stock per Right,
appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar
transaction occurring after the date hereof (such exchange ratio being
hereinafter referred to as the "Exchange Ratio"). Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the Board of Directors shall not be empowered to effect such exchange at any
time after any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company,
any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company, or
any Person organized, appointed or established by the Company for or pursuant to
the terms of any such plan), together with all Affiliates and Associates of such
Person, becomes the Beneficial Owner of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
Common Stock then outstanding.

          (b)  Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of the
Company ordering the exchange of any Rights pursuant to subsection (a) of this
Section 24 and without any further action and without any notice, the right to
exercise such Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter of a holder
of such Rights shall be to receive that number of shares of Common Stock equal
to the number of such Rights held by such holder multiplied by the Exchange
Ratio. The Company shall promptly give public notice of any exchange; provided,
however, that the failure to give, or any defect in, such notice shall not
affect the validity of such exchange. The Company promptly shall mail a notice
of any such exchange to all of the holders of such Rights at their last
addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent. Any notice
which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or
not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of exchange will state the
method by which the exchange of the Common Stock for Rights will be effected
and, in the event of any partial exchange, the number of Rights which will be
exchanged. Any partial exchange will be effected pro rata based on the number of
Rights (other than Rights which have become void pursuant to the provisions of
Section 7(e) hereof) held by each holder of Rights.

          (c)  In any exchange pursuant to this Section 24, the Company, at its
option, may substitute shares of Preferred Stock (or equivalent preferred stock,
as such term is defined in paragraph (b) of Section 11 hereof) for shares of
Common Stock exchangeable for Rights, at the initial rate of one one-hundredth

                                      -41-
<PAGE>
 
of a share of Preferred Stock (or equivalent preferred stock) for each share of
Common Stock, as appropriately adjusted to reflect adjustments in the voting
rights of the Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms thereof, so that the
fraction of a share of Preferred Stock delivered in lieu of each share of Common
Stock shall have the same voting rights as one share of Common Stock.

          (d)  In the event that there shall not be sufficient shares of Common
Stock issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit any
exchange of Rights as contemplated in accordance with this Section 24, the
Company shall take all such actions as may be necessary to authorize additional
shares of Common Stock for issuance upon exchange of the Rights.

          (e)  The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of
Common Stock or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares of
Common Stock. In lieu of such fractional shares of Common Stock, there shall be
paid to the registered holders of the Rights Certificates with regard to which
such fractional shares of Common Stock would otherwise be issuable, an amount in
cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole share of
Common Stock. For the purposes of this subsection (e), the current market value
of a whole share of Common Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Common
Stock (as determined pursuant to the second sentence of Section 11(d)(i) hereof)
for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of exchange pursuant to this
Section 24.

          Section 25.  Notice of Certain Events.

          (a)  In case the Company shall propose, at any time after the
Distribution Date, (i) to pay any dividend payable in stock of any class to the
holders of Preferred Stock or to make any other distribution to the holders of
Preferred Stock (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend out of earnings or
retained earnings of the Company), or (ii) to offer to the holders of Preferred
Stock rights or warrants to subscribe for or to purchase any additional shares
of Preferred Stock or shares of stock of any class or any other securities,
rights or options, or (iii) to effect any reclassification of its Preferred
Stock (other than a reclassification involving only the subdivision of
outstanding shares of Preferred Stock), or (iv) to effect any consolidation or
merger into or with any other Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company in
a transaction which complies with Section 11(o) hereof), or to effect any sale
or other transfer (or to permit one or more of its Subsidiaries to effect any
sale or other transfer), in one transaction or a series of related transactions,
of more than 50% of the assets or earning power of

                                      -42-
<PAGE>
 
the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any other Person or
Persons (other than the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries in one or more
transactions each of which complies with Section 11(o) hereof), or (v) to effect
the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, then, in each such
case, the Company shall give to each holder of a Rights Certificate, to the
extent feasible and in accordance with Section 26 hereof, a notice of such
proposed action, which shall specify the record date for the purposes of such
stock dividend, distribution of rights or warrants, or the date on which such
reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, liquidation,
dissolution, or winding up is to take place and the date of participation
therein by the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock, if any such date is to
be fixed, and such notice shall be so given in the case of any action covered by
clause (i) or (ii) above at least twenty (20) days prior to the record date for
determining holders of the shares of Preferred Stock for purposes of such
action, and in the case of any such other action, at least twenty (20) days
prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the date of
participation therein by the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock, whichever
shall be the earlier.

          (b)  In case the event set forth in Section 11(a)(ii) hereof shall
occur, then, in any such case, (i) the Company shall as soon as practicable
thereafter give to each holder of a Rights Certificate, to the extent feasible
and in accordance with Section 26 hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such
event, which shall specify the event and the consequences of the event to
holders of Rights under Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, and (ii) all references in the
preceding paragraph to Preferred Stock shall be deemed thereafter to refer to
Common Stock and/or, if appropriate, other securities.

          Section 26.  Notices. Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement
to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Rights
Certificate to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by
first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in
writing with the Rights Agent) as follows:


Hussmann International, Inc.
12999 St. Charles Rock Road
Bridgeton, MO  63044
Attention:  General Counsel

                                      -43-
<PAGE>
 
Subject to the provisions of Section 21, any notice or demand authorized by this
Agreement to be given or made by the Company or by the holder of any Rights
Certificate to or on the Rights Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if
sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is
filed in writing with the Company) as follows:

          First Chicago Trust Company of New York
          P.O. Box 2507
          Suite 4660
          Jersey City, New Jersey  07303-2507
          Attention:  Tenders & Exchanges Administration

Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the
Company or the Rights Agent to the holder of any Rights Certificate (or, if
prior to the Distribution Date, to the holder of certificates representing
shares of Common Stock) shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-
class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of such
holder as shown on the registry books of the Company.

          Section 27. Supplements and Amendments. The Company may from time to
time supplement or amend this Agreement without the approval of any holders of
Rights Certificates in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any
provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other
provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to the Rights
which the Company may deem necessary or desirable, any such supplement or
amendment to be evidenced by a writing signed by the Company and the Rights
Agent; provided, however, that from and after such time as any Person becomes an
Acquiring Person, this Agreement shall not be amended in any manner which would
adversely affect the interests of the holders of Rights. Prior to the
Distribution Date, the interest of the holders of Rights shall be deemed
coincident with the interests of the holders of Common Stock. Without limiting
the foregoing, the Company may at any time prior to such time as any Person
becomes an Acquiring Person amend this Agreement (a) to lower the thresholds set
forth in Sections 1(a) and 3(a) to a percentage that (subject to exceptions for
specified Persons or Groups excepted from the definition of "Acquiring Person")
is not less than the greater of (i) the sum of .001% and the largest percentage
of the outstanding shares of Common Stock then known by the Company to be
beneficially owned by any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the
Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the
Company, any Person organized, appointed or established by the Company for or
pursuant to the terms of any such plan or, to the extent excepted from the
definition of "Acquiring Person", other specified

                                      -44-
<PAGE>
 
Persons or Groups) and (ii) 10.0% or (b) to raise the thresholds set forth in
Sections 1(a) and 3(a) to a percentage that is not greater than 20.0%.

          Section 28.  Successors. All the covenants and provisions of this
Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Rights Agent shall bind
and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

          Section 29.  Determination and Actions by the Board of Directors, etc.
For all purposes of this Agreement, any calculation of the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding at any particular time, including for purposes of
determining the particular percentage of such outstanding shares of Common Stock
of which any Person is the Beneficial Owner, shall be made in accordance with
the last sentence of Rule 13d-3(d)(l)(i) of the General Rules and Regulations
under the Exchange Act. The Board of Directors of the Company shall have the
exclusive power and authority to administer this Agreement and to exercise all
rights and powers specifically granted to the Board of Directors of the Company
or to the Company, or as may be necessary or advisable in the administration of
this Agreement, including, without limitation, the right and power to (i)
interpret the provisions of this Agreement, and (ii) make all determinations
deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of this Agreement
(including, but not limited to, a determination to redeem or not redeem the
Rights or to amend this Agreement). All such actions, calculations,
interpretations and determinations (including, for purposes of clause (y) below,
all omissions with respect to the foregoing) which are done or made by the Board
of Directors of the Company in good faith shall (x) be final, conclusive and
binding on the Company, the Rights Agent, the holders of the Rights and all
other parties, and (y) not subject the Board of Directors of the Company to any
liability to the holders of the Rights.

          Section 30.  Benefits of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement
shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Company, the Rights
Agent and the registered holders of the Rights Certificates (and, prior to the
Distribution Date, registered holders of the Common Stock) any legal or
equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this Agreement shall
be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Rights Agent and the
registered holders of the Rights Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution
Date, registered holders of the Common Stock).

          Section 31.  Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or
restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of

                                      -45-
<PAGE>
 
competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable,
the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this
Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected,
impaired or invalidated; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything in
this Agreement to the contrary, if any such term, provision, covenant or
restriction is held by such court or authority to be invalid, void or
unenforceable and the Board of Directors of the Company determines in its good
faith judgment that severing the invalid language from this Agreement would
adversely affect the purpose or effect of this Agreement, the right of
redemption set forth in Section 23 hereof shall be reinstated and shall not
expire until the close of business on the tenth day following the date of such
determination by the Board of Directors of the Company.

          Section 32.  Governing Law. This Agreement, each Right and each Rights
Certificate issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the
laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of such State applicable to contracts made
and to be performed entirely within such State.

          Section 33.  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be
deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute
but one and the same instrument.

          Section 34.  Descriptive Headings. Descriptive headings of the several
Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not
control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

          Section 35.  Book-Entry Account Statements. Except where the context
otherwise indicates (a) if at any time or from time to time the Company
determines that shares of Common Stock shall be evidenced by book-entry account
statements or similar instruments or documents ("Book-Entry Account
Statements"), then all references in this Agreement to certificates for Common
Stock or certificates for shares of Common Stock shall be deemed to include such
Book-Entry Account Statements which evidence such shares of Common Stock, (b) if
at any time or from time to time the Company determines that after the
Distribution Date the Rights shall be evidenced by Book-Entry Account
Statements, then all references in this Agreement to certificates for Rights or
Rights Certificates shall be deemed to include such Book-Entry Account
Statements which evidence such Rights and (c) if at any time or from time to
time the Company determines that shares of Preferred Stock issued upon the
exercise of Rights shall be

                                      -46-
<PAGE>
 
evidenced by Book-Entry Account Statements, then all references in this
Agreement to certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to
include such Book-Entry Account Statements which evidence such shares of
Preferred Stock.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and
attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

Attest:                                     HUSSMANN INTERNATIONAL, INC.


By:  /s/ Burton Halpern                     By:  /s/ Michael D. Newman
     ---------------------                       ---------------------
     Name:  Burton Halpern                       Name:  Michael D. Newman
     Title: V.P., General Counsel &              Title: Senior Vice President,
            Secretary                                   Chief Financial Officer


Attest:                                     FIRST CHICAGO TRUST COMPANY OF
                                            NEW YORK



By:  /s/ David Cohn                         By:  /s/ Joanne Gorostiola 
     ---------------------                       ---------------------
     Name:  David Cohn                           Name:  Joanne Gorostiola 
     Title: Operations Officer                   Title: Assistant Vice President


                                      -47-
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       Exhibit A


                          CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
                                      OF
                 SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK
                                      OF
                         HUSSMANN INTERNATIONAL, INC.


================================================================================

                        Pursuant to Section 151 of the
               General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

================================================================================



          The undersigned do hereby certify that the following resolution was
duly adopted by the Board of Directors of Hussmann International, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), on December 31, 1997:

          RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the board of
directors of the Corporation by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of
Directors does hereby create, authorize and provide for the issue of a series of
Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Corporation, to be designated
"Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock" (hereinafter referred to as the
"Series A Preferred Stock"), initially consisting of _________ shares, and to
the extent that the designations, powers, preferences and relative and other
special rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the Series
A Preferred Stock are not stated and expressed in the Certificate of
Incorporation, does hereby fix and herein state and express such designations,
powers, preferences and relative and other special rights and the
qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, as follows (all terms used
herein which are defined in the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to
have the meanings provided therein):

          Section 1.  Designation and Amount. The shares of such series shall be
designated as "Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock" and the number of
shares constituting such series shall be _________.
<PAGE>
 
          Section 2.  Dividends and Distributions.

          (A)  Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any
shares of any series of Preferred Stock ranking prior and superior to the shares
of Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of
Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared
by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose,
quarterly dividends payable in cash on the first business day of January, April,
July and October in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a
"Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend
Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of
Series A Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent)
equal to the greater of (a) $.01 or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment
hereinafter set forth, 100 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash
dividends, and 100 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all
non-cash dividends or other distributions other than a dividend payable in
shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common
Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock, par
value $.001 per share, of the Corporation (the "Common Stock") since the
immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the
first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or
fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock. In the event the Corporation
shall at any time after December 31, 1997 (the "Rights Declaration Date") (i)
declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii)
subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common
Stock into a small number of shares, then in each case the amount to which
holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to
such event under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by
multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of
shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the
denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were
outstanding immediately prior to such event.

          (B)  The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the
Series A Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) above immediately after it
declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend
payable in shares of Common Stock); provided, however, that, in the event no
dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the
period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, subject to the prior and superior rights of the
holders of

                                      A-2
<PAGE>
 
any shares of any series of Preferred Stock ranking prior to and superior to the
shares of Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, a dividend of $.01
per share on the Series A Preferred Stock shall nevertheless by payable on such
subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.

          (C)  Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding
shares of Series A Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next
preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, unless
the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall
begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of
issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date
for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled
to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date,
in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative
from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall
not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock in
an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and
payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis
among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a
record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred
Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared
thereon, which record date shall be no more than 60 days prior to the date fixed
for the payment thereof.

          Section 3.  Voting Rights.

          The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the
following voting rights:

          (A)  Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth,
each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 100
votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation.
In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date
(i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii)
subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common
Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the number of
votes per share to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were
entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such
number by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is
the

                                      A-3
<PAGE>
 
number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such
event.

          (B)  Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, the holders of
shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock
shall vote collectively as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of
stockholders of the Corporation.

          (C)  (i)  If at any time dividends on any Series A Preferred Stock
     shall be in arrears in an amount equal to six (6) quarterly dividends
     thereon, the occurrence of such contingency shall mark the beginning of a
     period (herein called a "default period") which shall extend until such
     time when all accrued and unpaid dividends for all previous quarterly
     dividend periods and for the current quarterly dividend period on all
     shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have been
     declared and paid or set apart for payment. During each default period, all
     holders of Preferred Stock (including holders of the Series A Preferred
     Stock) with dividends in arrears in an amount equal to six (6) quarterly
     dividends thereon, voting as a class, irrespective of series, shall have
     the right to elect two (2) Directors.

          (ii)  During any default period, such voting right of the holders of
     Series A Preferred Stock may be exercised initially at a special meeting
     called pursuant to subparagraph (iii) of this Section 3(C) or at any annual
     meeting of stockholders, and thereafter at annual meetings of stockholders,
     provided that such voting right shall not be exercised unless the holders
     of ten percent (10%) in number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding
     shall be present in person or by proxy. The absence of a quorum of the
     holders of Common Stock shall not affect the exercise by the holders of
     Preferred Stock of such voting rights. At any meeting at which the holders
     of Preferred Stock shall exercise such voting right initially during an
     existing default period, they shall have the right, voting as a class, to
     elect Directors to fill such vacancies, if any, in the Board of Directors
     as may then exist up to two (2) Directors or, if such right is exercised at
     an annual meeting, to elect two (2) Directors. If the number which may be
     so elected at any special meeting does not amount to the required number,
     the holders of the Preferred Stock shall have the right to make such
     increase in the number of Directors as shall be necessary to permit the
     election by them of the required number. After the holders of the Preferred
     Stock shall have exercised their right to elect

                                      A-4
<PAGE>
 
     Directors in any default period and during the continuance of such period,
     the number of Directors shall not be increased or decreased except by vote
     of the holders of Preferred Stock as herein provided or pursuant to the
     rights of any equity securities ranking senior to or pari passu with the
     Series A Preferred Stock.

          (iii)  Unless the holders of Preferred Stock shall, during an existing
     default period, have previously exercised their right to elect Directors,
     the Board of Directors may order, or any stockholder or stockholders owning
     in the aggregate not less than ten percent (10%) of the total number of
     shares of Preferred Stock outstanding, irrespective of series, may request,
     the calling of special meeting of the holders of Preferred Stock, which
     meeting shall thereupon be called by the Chairman, the President, a Vice
     President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Notice of such meeting and
     of any annual meeting at which holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to
     vote pursuant to this paragraph (C)(iii) shall be given to each holder of
     record of Preferred Stock by mailing a copy of such notice to him or her at
     his or her last address as the same appears on the books of the
     Corporation. Such meeting shall be called for a time not earlier than 10
     days and not later than 50 days after such order or request, or in default
     of the calling of such meeting within 50 days after such order or request,
     such meeting may be called on similar notice by any stockholder or
     stockholders owning in the aggregate not less than ten percent (10%) of the
     total number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding. Notwithstanding the
     provisions of this paragraph (C)(iii), no such special meeting shall be
     called during the period within 50 days immediately preceding the date
     fixed for the next annual meeting of the stockholders.

          (iv)  In any default period, the holders of Common Stock, and, if
     applicable, other classes of capital stock of the Corporation, shall
     continue to be entitled to elect the whole number of Directors until the
     holders of Preferred Stock shall have exercised their right to elect two
     (2) Directors voting as a class, after the exercise of which right (x) the
     Directors so elected by the holders of Preferred Stock shall continue in
     office until their successors shall have been elected by such holders or
     until the expiration of the default period, and (y) any vacancy in the
     Board of Directors may (except as provided in paragraph (C)(ii) of this
     Section 3) be filled by vote of a majority of the remaining Directors
     theretofore elected by the holders of the class of capital stock which
     elected the

                                      A-5
<PAGE>
 
     Director whose office shall have become vacant. References in this
     paragraph (C) to Directors elected by the holders of a particular class of
     stock shall include Directors appointed by such Directors to fill vacancies
     as provided in clause (y) of the foregoing sentence.

          (v)  Immediately upon the expiration of a default period, (x) the
     right of the holders of Preferred Stock as a class to elect Directors shall
     cease, (y) the term of any Directors elected by the holders of Preferred
     Stock as a class shall terminate, and (z) the number of Directors shall be
     such number as may be provided for in the certificate of incorporation or
     by-laws irrespective of any increase made pursuant to the provisions of
     paragraph (C)(ii) of this Section 3 (such number being subject, however, to
     change thereafter in any manner provided by law or in the certificate of
     incorporation or by-laws). Any vacancies in the Board of Directors effected
     by the provisions of clauses (y) and (z) in the preceding sentence may be
     filled by a majority of the remaining Directors.

          (D)  Except as set forth herein, holders of Series A Preferred Stock
shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required
(except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as
set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.

          Section 4.  Certain Restrictions.

          (A)  Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions
payable on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears,
thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether
or not declared, on shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding shall have
been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:

          (i)  declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on, or
     redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of
     capital stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation,
     dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock;

          (ii)  declare or pay dividends on or make any other distributions on
     any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon
     liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred Stock,
     except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and all such
     parity stock on which

                                      A-6
<PAGE>
 
     dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to
     which the holders of all such shares are then entitled;

          (iii)  redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration
     shares of any capital stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or
     upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred
     Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or
     otherwise acquire shares of any such parity stock in exchange for shares of
     any capital stock of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to dividends
     or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A Preferred
     Stock; or

          (iv)  purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of
     Series A Preferred Stock, or any shares of capital stock ranking on a
     parity with the Series A Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a
     purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the
     Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the
     Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend
     rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series
     and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and
     equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

          (B)  The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the
Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of
stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of
this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in
such manner.

          Section 5.  Reacquired Shares.

          Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired
by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and canceled
promptly after the acquisition thereof.  All such shares shall upon their
cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be
reissued as part of a new series of Preferred Stock to be created by resolution
or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions and
restrictions on issuance set forth herein.

                                      A-7
<PAGE>
 
          Section 6.  Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.

          (A)  Upon any liquidation (voluntary or otherwise), dissolution or
winding up of the Corporation, no distribution shall be made to the holders of
shares of capital stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon
liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock unless,
prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have
received $100 per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends
and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment
(the "Series A Liquidation Preference"). Following the payment of the full
amount of the Series A Liquidation Preference, no additional distributions shall
be made to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock unless, prior
thereto, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall have received an amount per
share (the "Common Adjustment") equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i)
the Series A Liquidation Preference by (ii) 100 (as appropriately adjusted as
set forth in subparagraph C below to reflect such events as stock splits, stock
dividends and recapitalizations with respect to the Common Stock) (such number
in clause (ii), the "Adjustment Number"). Following the payment of the full
amount of the Series A Liquidation Preference and the Common Adjustment in
respect of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock,
respectively, and the payment of liquidation preferences of all other shares of
capital stock which rank prior to or on a parity with Series A Preferred Stock,
holders of Series A Preferred Stock and holders of shares of Common Stock shall
receive their ratable and proportionate share of the remaining assets to be
distributed in the ratio of the Adjustment Number to 1 with respect to such
Preferred Stock and Common Stock, on a per share basis, respectively.

          (B)  In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets
available to permit payment in full of the Series A Liquidation Preference and
the liquidation preferences of all other series of Preferred Stock, if any,
which rank on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock, then such remaining
assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of such parity shares in
proportion to their respective liquidation preferences. In the event, however,
that there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the
Common Adjustment, then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to
the holders of Common Stock.

          (C)  In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights
Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of
Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, or (iii) combine the
outstanding

                                      A-8
<PAGE>
 
Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the
Adjustment Number in effect immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by
multiplying such Adjustment Number by a fraction the numerator of which is the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and
the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were
outstanding immediately prior to such event.

          Section 7.  Consolidation, Merger, etc.

          In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger,
combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are
exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other
property, then in any such case the shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall at
the same time be similarly exchanged or changed into an amount per share
(subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to 100
times the aggregate amount of capital stock, securities, cash and/or any other
property (payable in kind), as the case may be, for which or into which each
share of Common Stock is exchanged or changed. In the event the Corporation
shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on
Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding
Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller
number of shares, then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding
sentence with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Series A Preferred
Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator
of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after
such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock
that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

          Section 8.  No Redemption.

          The shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

          Section 9.  Ranking.

          The Series A Preferred Stock shall rank junior to all other series of
the Corporation's Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends and the
distribution of assets, whether or not upon the dissolution, liquidation or
winding up of the Corporation, unless the terms of any such series shall provide
otherwise.

                                      A-9
<PAGE>
 
          Section 10.  Amendment.

          The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall not be
amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers,
preferences or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect
them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class.

          Section 11.  Fractional Shares.

          Series A Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions of a share which
shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder's fractional shares, to
exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to
have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series A Preferred Stock.

                                      A-10
<PAGE>
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Hussmann International, Inc. has caused its
corporate seal to be hereunto affixed and this certificate to be signed by
______________________________, its _______, and the same to be attested to by
_________________, its ________________, this ____ day of January, 1998.


 
                              HUSSMANN INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                              By:  _______________________
                                   Name:
                                   Title:


(Corporate Seal)

Attest:



- ------------------------

                                      A-11
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       Exhibit B
                                                                       ---------



                         [Form of Rights Certificate]


Certificate No. R-                                             __________ Rights


NOT EXERCISABLE AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2007 OR EARLIER IF REDEEMED BY THE COMPANY.
THE RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO REDEMPTION, AT THE OPTION OF THE COMPANY, AT $.01 PER
RIGHT ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT. UNDER CERTAIN
CIRCUMSTANCES, RIGHTS BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS SUCH TERM IS
DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT) AND ANY SUBSEQUENT HOLDER OF SUCH RIGHTS MAY
BECOME NULL AND VOID. [THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED BY THIS RIGHTS CERTIFICATE ARE OR
WERE BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY A PERSON WHO WAS OR BECAME AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR AN
AFFILIATE OR ASSOCIATE OF AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE
RIGHTS AGREEMENT). ACCORDINGLY, THIS RIGHTS CERTIFICATE AND THE RIGHTS
REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID IN THE CIRCUMSTANCES SPECIFIED IN
SECTION 7(e) OF SUCH AGREEMENT.]/*/


_______________________

/*/  The portion of the legend in brackets shall be inserted only if applicable
     and shall replace the preceding sentence.
<PAGE>
 
                              Rights Certificate

                         HUSSMANN INTERNATIONAL, INC.


          This certifies that _______________, or registered assigns, is the
registered owner of the number of Rights set forth above, each of which entitles
the owner thereof, subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights
Agreement, dated as of December 31, 1997 (the "Rights Agreement"), between
Hussmann International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and First
Chicago Trust Company of New York, a New York corporation (the "Rights Agent"),
to purchase from the Company at any time prior to 5:00 P.M. (St. Louis time) on
December 31, 2007 at the office or offices of the Rights Agent designated for
such purpose, or its successors as Rights Agent, one one-hundredth of a fully
paid, nonassessable share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par
value $.001 per share (the "Preferred Stock"), of the Company, at a purchase
price of $150 per one one-hundredth of a share (the "Purchase Price"), upon
presentation and surrender of this Rights Certificate with the Form of Election
to Purchase and related Certificate duly executed. The number of Rights
evidenced by this Rights Certificate (and the number of shares which may be
purchased upon exercise thereof) set forth above, and the Purchase Price per
share set forth above, are the number and Purchase Price as of December 31,
1997, based on the Preferred Stock as constituted at such date. The Company
reserves the right to require prior to the occurrence of a Triggering Event (as
such term is defined in the Rights Agreement) that, upon any exercise of Rights,
a number of Rights be exercised so that only whole shares of Preferred Stock
will be issued.

          Upon the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event (as such term is
defined in the Rights Agreement), if the Rights evidenced by this Rights
Certificate are beneficially owned by (i) an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or
Associate of any such Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined in the Rights
Agreement), (ii) a transferee of any such Acquiring Person, Associate or
Affiliate, or (iii) under certain circumstances specified in the Rights
Agreement, a transferee of a person who, after such transfer, became an
Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of such Person, such Rights shall
become null and void and no holder hereof shall have any right with respect to
such Rights from and after the occurrence of such Section 11(a)(ii) Event.

          As provided in the Rights Agreement, the Purchase Price and the number
and kind of shares of Preferred Stock or other

                                      B-2
<PAGE>
 
securities which may be purchased upon the exercise of the Rights evidenced by
this Rights Certificate are subject to modification and adjustment upon the
happening of certain events, including Triggering Events.

          This Rights Certificate is subject to all of the terms, provisions and
conditions of the Rights Agreement, which terms, provisions and conditions are
hereby incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof and to which
Rights Agreement reference is hereby made for a full description of the rights,
limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities hereunder of the
Rights Agent, the Company and the holders of the Rights Certificates, which
limitations of rights include the temporary suspension of the exercisability of
such Rights under the specific circumstances set forth in the Rights Agreement.
Copies of the Rights Agreement are on file at the above-mentioned office of the
Rights Agent and are also available upon written request to the Rights Agent.

          This Rights Certificate, with or without other Rights Certificates,
upon surrender at the principal office or offices of the Rights Agent designated
for such purpose, may be exchanged for another Rights Certificate or Rights
Certificates of like tenor and date evidencing Rights entitling the holder to
purchase a like aggregate number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred
Stock as the Rights evidenced by the Rights Certificates surrendered shall have
entitled such holder to purchase. If this Rights Certificate shall be exercised
in part, the holder shall be entitled to receive upon surrender hereof another
Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates for the number of whole Rights not
exercised.

          Subject to the provisions of the Rights Agreement, the Rights
evidenced by this Certificate may, in each case at the option of the Company, be
(i) redeemed by the Company at its option at a redemption price of $.01 per
Right or (ii) exchanged in whole or in part for shares of Common Stock or other
securities of the Company. Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors
of the Company authorizing redemption, the Rights will terminate and the only
right of the holders of Rights will be to receive the redemption price.

          No fractional shares of Preferred Stock will be issued upon the
exercise of any Right or Rights evidenced hereby (other than fractions which are
integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock, which
may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts), but
in lieu thereof a cash payment will be made, as provided in the Rights
Agreement.

                                      B-3
<PAGE>
 
          No holder of this Rights Certificate shall be entitled to vote or
receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of shares of Preferred
Stock or of any other securities of the Company which may at any time be
issuable on the exercise hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Rights
Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon the holder hereof, as such, any
of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the
election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any
meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or, to
receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as
provided in the Rights Agreement), or to receive dividends or subscription
rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by this Rights
Certificate shall have been exercised as provided in the Rights Agreement.

          This Rights Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any
purpose until it shall have been countersigned manually or by facsimile
signature by the Rights Agent.

          WITNESS the facsimile signature of the proper officers of the Company
and its corporate seal.


Dated as of _______ __, ____

ATTEST:                       HUSSMANN INTERNATIONAL, INC.



_________________________     By:  _______________________
     Secretary                     Name:
                                   Title:


Countersigned:


FIRST CHICAGO TRUST COMPANY
OF NEW YORK



By:  ____________________
     Authorized Signature

                                      B-4
<PAGE>
 
                  [Form of Reverse Side of Rights Certificate]

                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT
                               ------------------

                (To be executed by the registered holder if such
              holder desires to transfer the Rights Certificate.)



FOR VALUE RECEIVED ____________________________________________________________
hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto ______________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
          (Please print name and address of transferee)
this Rights Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein,
and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint __________ Attorney, to
transfer the within Rights Certificate on the books of the within-named Company,
with full power of substitution.

Dated: ___________________, ____

                         _____________________________
                         Signature

Signature Guaranteed:

                                  Certificate
                                  -----------

          The undersigned hereby certifies by checking the appropriate boxes
that:

          (1)  this Rights Certificate [ ] is [ ] is not being sold, assigned
     and transferred by or on behalf of a Person who is or was an Acquiring
     Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person (as such terms
     are defined pursuant to the Rights Agreement);

          (2)  after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned,
     it [ ] did [ ] did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Rights
     Certificate from any Person who is, was or subsequently became an Acquiring
     Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person.

Dated: _______, ____                ____________________________
                                    Signature

Signature Guaranteed:

                                      B-5
<PAGE>
 
                                     NOTICE
                                     ------

 
          The signature to the foregoing Assignment and Certificate must
correspond to the name as written upon the face of this Rights Certificate in
every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.


                          FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE
                          ----------------------------
                      (To be executed if holder desires to
                       exercise Rights represented by the
                              Rights Certificate.)


TO:  HUSSMANN INTERNATIONAL, INC.

          The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise ______ Rights
represented by this Rights Certificate to purchase the shares of Preferred Stock
issuable upon the exercise of the Rights (or such other securities of the
Company or of any other person which may be issuable upon the exercise of the
Rights) and requests that certificates for such shares (or other securities) be
issued in the name of and delivered to:

Please insert social security
or other identifying number

________________________________________________________________________________
                    (Please print name and address)
________________________________________________________________________________

          If such number of Rights shall not be all the Rights evidenced by this
Rights Certificate, a new Rights Certificate for the balance of such Rights
shall be registered in the name of and delivered to:

                                      B-6
<PAGE>
 
Please insert social security
or other identifying number

________________________________________________________________________________
                        (Please print name and address)
________________________________________________________________________________


Dated:  _____________, ____

                      ________________________________________
                      Signature

Signature Guaranteed:


                                  Certificate
                                  -----------

          The undersigned hereby certifies by checking the appropriate boxes
that:

          (1)  the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate [ ] are [ ] are
     not being exercised by or on behalf of a Person who is or was an Acquiring
     Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person (as such terms
     are defined pursuant to the Rights Agreement);

         (2)  after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, it
   [ ] did [ ] did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate
   from any Person who is, was or became an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or
   Associate of an Acquiring Person.

Dated: _________, ___           __________________________________
                         Signature

Signature Guaranteed:


                                     NOTICE
                                     ------

          The signature to the foregoing Election to Purchase and Certificate
must correspond to the name as written upon the face of this Rights Certificate
in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

                                      B-7
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       Exhibit C



                 SUMMARY OF RIGHTS TO PURCHASE PREFERRED STOCK
                 ---------------------------------------------


          On December 31, 1997, the Board of Directors of Hussmann
International, Inc. (the "Company") declared a dividend distribution of one
Right for each outstanding share of the Company's common stock, par value $.001
per share ("Common Stock"), to stockholders of record at the close of business
on January 30, 1998. Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from
the Company a unit consisting of one one-hundredth of a share (a "Unit") of
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share (the
"Preferred Stock"), at a Purchase Price of $150 per Unit, subject to adjustment.
The description and terms of the Rights are set forth in a Rights Agreement (the
"Rights Agreement") dated as of December 31, 1997 between the Company and First
Chicago Trust Company of New York, as Rights Agent.

          Initially, the Rights will be attached to all Common Stock
certificates representing shares then outstanding, and no separate Rights
certificates will be distributed. The Rights will separate from the Common Stock
and the Distribution Date will occur upon the earlier of (i) 10 days following a
public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons
(an "Acquiring Person") has acquired, or obtained the right to acquire,
beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
(the "Stock Acquisition Date"), or (ii) 10 business days (or such later date as
may be determined by action of the Board of Directors prior to such time as any
person or group becomes an Acquiring Person) following the commencement of a
tender offer or exchange offer that would result in a person or group
beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

          Until the Distribution Date, (i) the Rights will be evidenced by the
Common Stock certificates and will be transferred with and only with such Common
Stock certificates, (ii) new Common Stock certificates issued on or after
January 30, 1998 will contain a notation incorporating the Rights Agreement by
reference and (iii) the surrender for transfer of any certificates for Common
Stock outstanding will also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated
with the Common Stock represented by such certificate.

          Pursuant to the Rights Agreement, the Company reserves the right to
require prior to the occurrence of a Triggering
<PAGE>
 
Event (as defined below) that, upon any exercise of Rights, a number of Rights
be exercised so that only whole shares of Preferred Stock will be issued.

          The Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date and will
expire at the close of business on December 31, 2007, unless earlier redeemed by
the Company as described below.

          As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, Rights
certificates will be mailed to holders of record of the Common Stock as of the
close of business on the Distribution Date and, thereafter, the separate Rights
certificates alone will represent the Rights. Except as otherwise provided in
the Rights Agreement, only shares of Common Stock issued prior to the
Distribution Date will be issued with Rights.

          In the event that, at any time following the Distribution Date, a
person or group becomes an Acquiring Person, each holder of a Right will
thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise, Common Stock having a value
equal to two times the exercise price of the Right. If an insufficient number of
shares of Common Stock is authorized for issuance, then the Board would be
required to substitute cash, property or other securities of the Company for the
Common Stock. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, following the occurrence of
the event set forth in this paragraph, all Rights that are, or (under certain
circumstances specified in the Rights Agreement) were, beneficially owned by any
Acquiring Person will be null and void. However, Rights are not exercisable
following the occurrence of the event set forth in this paragraph until such
time as the Rights are no longer redeemable by the Company as set forth below.

          For example, at an exercise price of $150 per Right, each Right not
owned by an Acquiring Person (or by certain related parties) following an event
set forth in the preceding paragraph would entitle its holder to purchase $300
worth of Common Stock (or other consideration, as noted above) for $150.
Assuming that the Common Stock had a per share value of $15 at such time, the
holder of each valid Right would be entitled to purchase 20 shares of Common
Stock for $150.

          In the event that, at any time following the Stock Acquisition Date,
(i) the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination
transaction in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, or (ii) 50%
or more of the Company's assets or earning power is sold or transferred, each
holder of a Right (except Rights which previously have been voided as set forth
above) shall thereafter have the right to

                                      C-2
<PAGE>
 
receive, upon exercise, common stock of the acquiring company having a value
equal to two times the exercise price of the Right. The events set forth in this
paragraph and in the second preceding paragraph are referred to as the
"Triggering Events." In addition, the Rights may be exchanged, in whole or in
part, for shares of the Common Stock, or shares of Preferred Stock having
essentially the same value or economic rights as such shares.

          The purchase price payable, and the number of Units of Preferred Stock
or other securities or property issuable, upon exercise of the Rights are
subject to adjustment from time to time to prevent dilution (i) in the event of
a stock dividend on, or a subdivision, combination or reclassification of, the
Preferred Stock, (ii) if holders of the Preferred Stock are granted certain
rights or warrants to subscribe for Preferred Stock or convertible securities at
less than the current market price of the Preferred Stock, or (iii) upon the
distribution to holders of the Preferred Stock of evidences of indebtedness or
assets (excluding regular quarterly cash dividends) or of subscription rights or
warrants (other than those referred to above).

          With certain exceptions, no adjustment in the Purchase Price will be
required until cumulative adjustments amount to at least 1% of the Purchase
Price. No fractional Units will be issued and, in lieu thereof, an adjustment in
cash will be made based on the market price of the Preferred Stock on the last
trading date prior to the date of exercise.

          At any time after any person or group becomes an Acquiring Person and
prior to the acquisition by such person or group of 50% or more of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Board of Directors of the Company may
exchange the Rights (other than Rights owned by such person or group which will
have become void), in whole or in part, at an exchange ratio of one share of
Common Stock, or one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock (or of a share
of a class or series of the Company's preferred stock having equivalent rights,
preferences and privileges), per Right (subject to adjustment).

          In general, the Company may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in
part, at a price of $.01 per Right (payable in cash, Common Stock or other
consideration deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors) at any time until
ten days following the Stock Acquisition Date. Immediately upon the action of
the Board of Directors authorizing any redemption, the Rights will terminate and
the only right of the holders of Rights will be to receive the redemption price.

                                      C-3
<PAGE>
 
          Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no
rights as a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right
to vote or to receive dividends.  While the distribution of the Rights will not
result in the recognition of taxable income by stockholders or the Company,
stockholders may, depending upon the circumstances, recognize taxable income in
the event that the Rights become exercisable for Common Stock (or other
consideration of the Company) or for common stock of the acquiring company as
set forth above.

          The terms of the Rights may be amended by the Board of Directors of
the Company without the consent of the holders of the Rights, including an
amendment to lower certain thresholds described above to not less than the
greater of (i) the sum of .001% and the largest percentage of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock then known to the Company to be beneficially owned by any
person or group of affiliated or associated persons and (ii) 10%, and (b) to
raise such thresholds to not more than 20%, except that from and after such time
as any person or group of affiliated or associated persons becomes an Acquiring
Person no such amendment may adversely affect the interests of the holders of
the Rights.

          A copy of the Rights Agreement is available free of charge from the
Rights Agent.  This description of the Rights does not purport to be complete
and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Rights Agreement, which is
incorporated herein by reference.

                                      C-4

<PAGE>



                                                                     Exhibit 4.5



 
                         Hussmann International, Inc.
                                        



                             --------------------




                         HUSSMANN INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR
                               HOURLY EMPLOYEES




                             --------------------




                          Established January 1, 1998






<PAGE>
 
Hussmann International, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan for
Hourly Employees
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Hussmann International, Inc. establishes the Hussmann International, Inc.
Retirement Savings Plan for Hourly Employees for the benefit of eligible
employees of the Company, Hussmann Corporation, and their participating
affiliates. The Plan is intended to constitute a qualified profit sharing plan,
as described in Code Section 401(a), which includes a qualified cash or deferred
arrangement, as described in Code Section 401(k).

As of the date this Plan receives a transfer of assets and liabilities from the
Whitman Corporation Master Retirement Savings Plan, such assets and liabilities
shall be allocated to the respective account of each Participant and Beneficiary
hereunder.  References herein to dates prior to January 1, 1998 shall be deemed
to refer to this Plan as it existed under the Whitman Corporation Master
Retirement Savings Plan.                           
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Table of Contents 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ARTICLE I
<S>                                                              <C>

DEFINITIONS.......................................................1
  1.1   "Accounting Period"....................................   1
  1.2   "Accounts".............................................   1
  1.3   "Accrued Benefit"......................................   2
  1.4   "Administrative Services Agreement"....................   2
  1.5   "Administrator"........................................   2
  1.6   "Appendix".............................................   2
  1.7   "Applicable Election Period"...........................   2
  1.8   "Authorized Leave of Absence"..........................   2
  1.9   "Beneficiary"..........................................   3
  1.10  "Board of Directors"...................................   3
  1.11  "Break in Service".....................................   3
  1.12  "Business Day".........................................   3
  1.13  "CEO"..................................................   3
  1.14  "Change Date"..........................................   3
  1.15  "Commonly Controlled Entity"...........................   3
  1.16  "Company"..............................................   4
  1.17  "Company Stock"........................................   4
  1.18  "Company Stock Fund"...................................   4
  1.19  "Compensation".........................................   4
  1.20  "Computation Period"...................................   5
  1.21  "Contract Administrator"...............................   5
  1.22  "Contributions"........................................   5
  1.23  "Contribution Dollar Limit"............................   6
  1.24  "Contribution Election" or "Election"..................   6
  1.25  "Contribution Percentage"..............................   6
  1.26  "Conversion Election"..................................   6
  1.27  "Custodial Agreement"..................................   6
  1.28  "Custodian"............................................   6
  1.29  "Direct Rollover"......................................   6
  1.30  "Director".............................................   6
  1.31  "Disability or Disabled"...............................   6
  1.32  "Distributee"..........................................   6
  1.33  "Early Retirement Date"................................   7
  1.34  "Effective Date".......................................   7
  1.35  "Elective Deferral"....................................   7
  1.36  "Eligible Employee"....................................   7
</TABLE> 

                                      -i-
<PAGE>

Table of Contents
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE> 
                                                                        Page
<S>                                                                    <C> 
   1.37  "Eligibility Service"..........................................  7
   1.38  "Eligible Retirement Plan".....................................  7
   1.39  "Eligible Rollover Distribution"...............................  8
   1.40  "Employee".....................................................  8
   1.41  "Employee Benefits Committee"..................................  8
   1.42  "Employer".....................................................  8
   1.43  "Employment Date"..............................................  8
   1.44  "ERISA"........................................................  8
   1.45  "Fiduciary"....................................................  9
   1.46  "Forfeiture"...................................................  9
   1.47  "Forfeiture Account"...........................................  9
   1.48  "Highly Compensated Eligible Employee" or "HCE"................  9
   1.49  "Hour of Service".............................................. 11
   1.50  "Insurance Contract Arrangement"............................... 12
   1.51  "Internal Revenue Code" or "Code".............................. 12
   1.52  "Investment Election".......................................... 12
   1.53  "Investment Fund" or "Fund".................................... 13
   1.54  "Limited Deferrals"............................................ 13
   1.55  "Maternity/Paternity Absence".................................. 13
   1.56  "Named Fiduciary".............................................. 13
   1.57  "Non-Highly Compensated Employee" or "NHCE".................... 13
   1.58  "Normal Retirement Date"....................................... 13
   1.59  "Notice Date".................................................. 13
   1.60  "Participant".................................................. 13
   1.61  "Payment Date"................................................. 14
   1.62  "Plan"......................................................... 14
   1.63  "Plan Year".................................................... 14
   1.64  "QDRO"......................................................... 14
   1.65  "Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity"......................... 14
   1.66  "Qualified Matching Contribution".............................. 14
   1.67  "Related Plan"................................................. 15
   1.68  "Rollover Contribution"........................................ 15
   1.69  "Settlement Date".............................................. 15
   1.70  "Spousal Consent".............................................. 15
   1.71  "Spouse"....................................................... 15
   1.72  "Sweep Date"................................................... 16
   1.73  "Termination of Employment".................................... 16
   1.74  "Trade Date"................................................... 16
   1.75  "Trust"........................................................ 16
   1.76  "Trust Agreement".............................................. 16
</TABLE> 
                
                                     -ii-
<PAGE>

Table of Contents
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                                                 Page
<S>                                                             <C> 

    1.77  "Trust Fund"..........................................  16
    1.78  "Trustee".............................................  16
    1.79  "Trustee Transfer"....................................  17
    1.80  "Unit Value"..........................................  17
    1.81  "Valuation Date"......................................  17
    1.82  "Vesting Service".....................................  17
    1.83  "Vice-President"......................................  17
    1.84  "Whitman Plan"........................................  17
    1.85  "Year of Service".....................................  17

ARTICLE II

PARTICIPATION...................................................  19
    2.1 Eligibility.............................................  19
    2.2 Reemployment............................................  19
    2.3 Participation Upon Change of Job Status.................  19

ARTICLE III

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS.......................................  20
    3.1 Pre-Tax Contribution Elections..........................  20
    3.2 Post-Tax Contribution Elections.........................  20
    3.3 Election Procedures.....................................  21
    3.4 Limitation of Elective Deferrals for all Participants...  22

ARTICLE IV

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS..........................  24
    4.1 Participant Contributions...............................  24
    4.2 Matching Contributions..................................  24
    4.3 Formula Based Contributions.............................  25
    4.4 Special Contributions...................................  25
    4.5 Miscellaneous...........................................  26

ARTICLE V

ROLLOVERS.......................................................  28
    5.1 Rollovers...............................................  28

</TABLE>
         
                                     -iii-
<PAGE>
 

Table of Contents
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 

<S>                                                                  <C> 
                                                                     Page
ARTICLE VI

ACCOUNTING FOR PARTICIPANTS'
ACCOUNTS AND FOR INVESTMENT FUNDS...................................  29
    6.1   Individual Participant Accounting.........................  29
    6.2   Accounting for Investment Funds...........................  30
    6.3   Accounts for QDRO Beneficiaries...........................  31
    6.4   Special Accounting During Conversion Period...............  31

ARTICLE VII

INVESTMENT FUNDS AND ELECTIONS......................................  33
    7.1   Investment Funds..........................................  33
    7.2   Investment of Contributions...............................  33
    7.3   Investment of Accounts....................................  34
    7.4   Establishment of Investment Funds.........................  34
    7.5   Transition Rules..........................................  34
    7.6   Assets Transferred from the Whitman Plan..................  35

ARTICLE VIII

VESTING AND FORFEITURES.............................................  36
    8.1   Fully Vested Contribution Accounts........................  36
    8.2   Vesting; Payment of Accrued Benefit On or After
          Retirement or Disability..................................  36
    8.3   Vesting Schedule and Forfeitures..........................  36
    8.4   Forfeitures...............................................  37
    8.5   Forfeiture Account........................................  38

ARTICLE IX

PARTICIPANT LOANS...................................................  39
    9.1   Participant Loans Permitted...............................  39
    9.2   Loan Funding Limits.......................................  39
    9.3   Maximum Number of Loans...................................  40
    9.4   Source of Loan Funding....................................  40
    9.5   Interest Rate.............................................  40
    9.6   Repayment.................................................  40
</TABLE> 

                                     -iv-
<PAGE>

Table of Contents
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Page
<S>  <C>     <C>                                                            <C>
      9.7    Repayment Hierarchy............................,,,,............ 40
      9.8    Loan Application, Note and Security................,,,,........ 40
      9.9    Default, Suspension and Acceleration Feature...........,,,,.... 41
      9.10   Loans from Whitman Plan..................................,,,,.. 41

ARTICLE X

IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS...................................................... 42
     10.1    Withdrawals for General Hardship............................... 42
     10.2    Withdrawals for 401(k) Hardship................................ 42
     10.3    Withdrawals for Participants over age 59 1/2 or who are
             Disabled....................................................... 44
     10.4    Unrestricted Withdrawals....................................... 44
     10.5    Withdrawal Processing.......................................... 45

ARTICLE XI

DISTRIBUTIONS ON AND AFTER
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT................................................... 47
     11.1    Request for Distribution of Benefits........................... 47
     11.2    Deadline for Distribution...................................... 47
     11.3    Payment Form and Medium........................................ 48
     11.4    Small Amounts Paid Immediately................................. 48
     11.5    Payment Within Life Expectancy................................. 48
     11.6    Incidental Benefit Rule........................................ 48
     11.7    QJSA and QPSA Information and Elections........................ 49
     11.8    Continued Payment of Amounts in Payment Status on January 1,
             1998........................................................... 50
     11.9    TEFRA Transitional Rule........................................ 51
     11.10   Direct Rollover................................................ 51

ARTICLE XII

DISTRIBUTION OF ACCRUED BENEFITS ON DEATH................................... 52
     12.1    Payment to Beneficiary......................................... 52
     12.2    Beneficiary Designation........................................ 52
     12.3    Benefit Election............................................... 52
     12.4    Payment Form................................................... 53
     12.5    Time Limit for Payment to Beneficiary.......................... 53
     12.6    QPSA Information and Election.................................. 53
</TABLE>

                                      -v-

<PAGE>

Table of Contents
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Page
<S>  <C>     <C>                                                            <C>
     12.7    Direct Rollover................................................ 54

ARTICLE XIII

MAXIMUM CONTRIBUTIONS....................................................... 55
     13.1    Definitions.................................................... 55
     13.2    Avoiding an Annual Excess...................................... 56
     13.3    Correcting an Annual Excess.................................... 56
     13.4    Correcting a Multiple Plan Excess.............................. 57
     13.5    Two-Plan Limit................................................. 57
     13.6    Short Plan Year................................................ 58
     13.7    Grandfathering of Applicable Limitations....................... 58

ARTICLE XIV

ADP AND ACP TESTS........................................................... 59
     14.1    Contribution Limitation Definitions............................ 59
     14.2    ADP and ACP Tests.............................................. 60
     14.3    Correction of ADP and ACP Tests................................ 61
     14.4    Method of Calculation.......................................... 61
     14.5    Multiple Use Test.............................................. 62
     14.6    Adjustment for Investment Gain or Loss......................... 62
     14.7    Required Records............................................... 63
     14.8    Incorporation by Reference..................................... 63
     14.9    Collectively Bargained Employees............................... 63
     14.10   QSLOB.......................................................... 63

ARTICLE XV

CUSTODIAL ARRANGEMENTS...................................................... 64
     15.1    Custodial Agreement............................................ 64
     15.2    Selection of Custodian......................................... 64
     15.3    Custodian's Duties............................................. 64
     15.4    Separate Entity................................................ 64
     15.5    Plan Asset Valuation........................................... 65
     15.6    Right of Employers to Plan Assets.............................. 65

ARTICLE XVI
</TABLE>

                                     -vi-

<PAGE>
 

Table of Contents
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Page

ADMINISTRATION AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT....................................  66
     16.1      General......................................................  66
     16.2      Administrator Acting as Employer.............................  66
     16.3      Employee Benefits Committee Acting as Employer...............  67
     16.4      Administrator as Named Fiduciary.............................  68
     16.5      Employee Benefits Committee as Named Fiduciary...............  68
     16.6      Employee Benefits Committee Membership.......................  68
     16.7      Employee Benefits Committee Structure........................  69
     16.8      Actions......................................................  69
     16.9      Procedures for Designation of a Named Fiduciary..............  70
     16.10     Compensation.................................................  70
     16.11     Discretionary Authority of each Named Fiduciary..............  70
     16.12     Responsibility and Powers of the Administrator Regarding
               Administration of the Plan...................................  71
     16.13     Allocations and Delegations of Responsibility................  72
     16.14     Bonding......................................................  73
     16.15     Information to be Supplied by Employer.......................  73
     16.16     Information to be Supplied by Named Fiduciary................  73
     16.17     Misrepresentations...........................................  73
     16.18     Records......................................................  74
     16.19     Plan Expenses................................................  74
     16.20     Fiduciary Capacity...........................................  74
     16.21     Employer's Agent.............................................  74
     16.22     Plan Administrator...........................................  74
     16.23     Plan Administrator Duties and Power..........................  74
     16.24     Named Fiduciary Decisions Final..............................  75
     16.25     No Agency....................................................  76

ARTICLE  XVII

CLAIMS PROCEDURE............................................................  77
     17.1      Initial Claim for Benefits...................................  77
     17.2      Review of Claim Denial.......................................  77

ARTICLE XVIII

ADOPTION AND WITHDRAWAL FROM PLAN...........................................  79
     18.1      Procedure for Adoption.......................................  79
     18.2      Procedure for Withdrawal.....................................  79

                                       - vii -
<PAGE>
 
Table of Contents
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Page


ARTICLE XIX

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGER...........................................  80
     19.1      Amendments...................................................  80
     19.2      Plan Termination.............................................  81
     19.3      Plan Merger..................................................  82

ARTICLE XX

SPECIAL TOP-HEAVY RULES.....................................................  83
     20.1      Application..................................................  83
     20.2      Special Terms................................................  83
     20.3      Minimum Contribution.........................................  87
     20.4      Maximum Benefit Accrual......................................  87
     20.5      Special Vesting..............................................  87

ARTICLE XXI

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS....................................................  89
     21.1      Assignment and Alienation....................................  89
     21.2      Protected Benefits...........................................  89
     21.3      Plan Does Not Affect Employment Rights.......................  89
     21.4      Deduction of Taxes from Amounts Payable......................  89
     21.5      Facility of Payment..........................................  89
     21.6      Source of Benefits...........................................  90
     21.7      Indemnification..............................................  90
     21.8      Reduction for Overpayment....................................  90
     21.9      Limitation on Liability......................................  90
     21.10     Company Merger...............................................  90
     21.11     Employees' Trust.............................................  90
     21.12     Gender and Number............................................  91
     21.13     Invalidity of Certain Provisions.............................  91
     21.14     Headings.....................................................  91
     21.15     Uniform and Nondiscriminatory Treatment......................  91
     21.16     Notice and Information Requirements..........................  91
     21.17     Military Service.............................................  91
     21.18     Law Governing................................................  91


                                     -viii-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

ARTICLE I
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                  DEFINITIONS
                                  -----------

     The following sections of this Article I provide basic definitions of terms
used throughout the Plan, and whenever used herein in a capitalized form, except
as otherwise expressly provided or defined in an Appendix (but in such case only
with respect to persons covered by such Appendix), the terms shall be deemed to
have the following meanings:

     1.1  "Accounting Period" means the periods generally designated by the
Administrator with respect to each Investment Fund not to exceed one year in
duration.

     1.2  "Accounts" means the record of a Participant's interest in the Plan's
assets represented by his or her:

          (a) "Formula Based Account" which means a Participant's interest in
     the Plan's assets composed of Formula Based Contributions allocated on or
     after January 1, 1998 to the Participant under the Plan and an amount
     allocated from the Whitman Plan on and after January 1, 1998, if any (as
     identified by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to,
     and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to,
     such Account.

          (b) "Matching Account" which means a Participant's interest in the
     Plan's assets composed of Matching Contributions allocated on or after
     January 1, 1998 to the Participant under the Plan and an amount allocated
     from the Whitman Plan on and after January 1, 1998, if any (as identified
     by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all
     losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

          (c) "Post-Tax Account" which means a Participant's interest in the
     Plan's assets composed of post-tax contributions allocated on or after
     January 1, 1998 to the Participant under the Plan and an amount allocated
     from the Whitman Plan on and after January 1, 1998, if any (as identified
     by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all
     losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

          (d) "Pre-Tax Account" which means a Participant's interest in the
     Plan's assets composed of Pre-Tax Contributions allocated on or after
     January 1, 1998 to the Participant under the Plan and an amount allocated
     from the Whitman Plan on and after January 1, 1998, if any (as identified
     by
                                      -1-
<PAGE>
 
                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

     the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all
     losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

          (e) "Rollover Account" which means a Participant's interest in the
     Plan's assets composed of Rollover Contributions allocated on or after
     January 1, 1998 to the Participant under the Plan and an amount allocated
     from the Whitman Plan on and after January 1, 1998, if any (as identified
     by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all
     losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

          (f) "Special Account" which means a Participant's interest in the
     Plan's assets composed of Special Contributions allocated on or after
     January 1, 1998 to the Participant under the Plan and an amount allocated
     from the Whitman Plan on and after January 1, 1998, if any (as identified
     by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all
     losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

          1.3 "Accrued Benefit" means the units held in or posted to Accounts on
the Settlement Date in accordance with the terms of this Plan, including any
applicable Administrative Services Agreement.

          1.4 "Administrative Services Agreement" means a contractual
arrangement with, or if no separate contractual arrangement exists, that portion
of an Insurance Contract Arrangement with, a Trustee, Named Fiduciary or a
Contract Administrator which describes the services to be rendered by the
Trustee, Named Fiduciary or Contract Administrator to or on behalf of the Plan
and which Administrative Services Agreement is incorporated into and made a part
of the Plan.

          1.5 "Administrator" means the Director. References to the
Administrator in this document shall include any Fiduciary (other than a Named
Fiduciary) to whom the Administrator has allocated or delegated its authority to
control and manage pursuant to the procedures in Article XVI.

          1.6 "Appendix" means a written supplement attached to this Plan and
made a part hereof which has been added in accordance with the provisions of the
Plan.

          1.7 "Applicable Election Period" means, with respect to an election
described in Section 11.3 to waive the Normal Form, a period of time beginning
90 days before the Payment Date and ending with the Payment Date, or if later,
at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day
after the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to
the Participant.

          1.8 "Authorized Leave of Absence" means an absence, with or without
Compensation, authorized on a nondiscriminatory basis by a Commonly Controlled
Entity under its standard personnel practices applicable to the Employee,
including
                                      -2-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

any period of time during which such person is covered by a short-term
disability plan of his or her Employer and any period of time required to be
recognized by the collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and such
Employee's collective bargaining representative. An Employee who leaves the
service of a Commonly Controlled Entity to enter the Armed Forces of the United
States of America and who reenters the service of the Commonly Controlled Entity
with reemployment rights under any statute granting reemployment rights to
persons in the Armed Forces shall be deemed to have been on an Authorized Leave
of Absence. The date that an Employee's Authorized Leave of Absence ends shall
be determined in accordance with the personnel policies of such Commonly
Controlled Entity, which ending date shall be no earlier than the date that the
Authorized Leave of Absence is scheduled to end, unless the Employee
communicates to such Commonly Controlled Entity that he or she is to have a
Termination of Employment as of an earlier date.

     1.9  "Beneficiary" means any person designated by a Participant to receive
any benefits which shall be payable with respect to the death of a Participant
under the Plan or as a result of a QDRO.

     1.10 "Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Company.

     1.11 "Break in Service" means the end of five consecutive Computation
Periods (or six consecutive Computation Periods if absence from employment was
due to a Maternity/Paternity Absence) for which a Participant is credited with
less than 501 Hours of Service.

     1.12 "Business Day" means any day or part of a day on which the New York
Stock Exchange and the Trustee are open for business.

     1.13 "CEO" means the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.            

     1.14 "Change Date" means the one or more dates during the Plan Year
generally designated by the Administrator (or, with respect to a specific
Employee group, as may be provided in an Appendix) as the dates available for
implementing or changing a Participant's Contribution Election.

     1.15 "Commonly Controlled Entity" means (1) an Employer and any
corporation, trade or business, but only for so long as it and the Employer are
members of a controlled group of corporations as defined in Section 414(b) of
the Code or under common control as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code;
provided, however, that solely for purposes of the limitations of Code Section
415, the standard of control under Sections 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code shall
be deemed to be "more than 50%" rather than "at least 80%," (2) an Employer and
an organization, but only for so long as it and the Employer are, on and after
the Effective Date, members of an affiliated service group as defined in Section
414(m) of the Code, (3) an Employer

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

and an organization, but only for so long as the employees of it and the
Employer are required to be aggregated, on and after the Effective Date, under
Section 414(o) of the Code, or (4) any other organization designated as such by
the Administrator.

     1.16 "Company" means Hussmann International, Inc. or any successor
corporation by merger, consolidation, purchase, or otherwise, which elects to
adopt the Plan and the Trust.

     1.17 "Company Stock" means common stock issued by Whitman Corporation;
provided however, on and after the date of distribution by Whitman Corporation
to its shareholders of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company,
Company Stock will means shares of common stock issued by the Company.

     1.18 "Company Stock Fund" means an Investment Fund primarily invested in
Company Stock.

     1.19 "Compensation" means:

          (a) for purposes of allocating Contributions with respect to a
     Participant, compensation as specified in an Appendix which applies to such
     Participant;

          (b) for purposes of applying Section 415 of the Code to the Plan and
     its Participants for any limitation year, such compensation from a Commonly
     Controlled Entity, as determined by the Administrator, and satisfying the
     definition of compensation under Section 415 of the Code (within the
     meaning of Treasury Regulation 1.415-2(d)(2) and (3)); and

          (c) for any determination period with respect to an applicable
     provision of the Code other than Section 415, such compensation from a
     Commonly Controlled Entity, as determined by the Administrator, and which
     satisfies the requirements of Section 414(s) of the Code.

     In addition to other applicable limitations set forth in the Plan, and
notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, for Plan Years
beginning on or after January 1, 1994 the annual Compensation of each Employee
taken into account under the Plan shall not exceed the OBRA '93 annual
compensation limit. The OBRA '93 annual compensation limit is $150,000, as
adjusted by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for increases in the cost of
living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. The cost-of-living
adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any period, not exceeding
twelve (12) months, over which Compensation is determined (determination period)
beginning in such calendar year. If a determination period consists of fewer
than twelve (12) months, the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit will be
multiplied by a fraction, the

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

numerator of which is the number of months in the determination period, and the
denominator of which is twelve (12).

     For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994 any reference in this
Plan to the limitation under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code shall mean the OBRA
'93 annual compensation limit set forth in this provision.

     If Compensation for any prior determination period is taken into account in
determining an Employee's benefits accruing in the current Plan Year, the
Compensation for that prior determination period is subject to the OBRA '93
annual compensation limit in effect for that prior determination period. For
this purpose, for determination periods beginning before the first day of the
first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1994 the OBRA '93 annual
compensation limit is $150,000.

     1.20 "Computation Period" means:

          (a) with respect to Eligibility Service, and any Break in Service with
     respect to Eligibility Service, the twelve (12) consecutive month period
     commencing with an Employee's Employment Date (or if Eligibility Service is
     disregarded due to the occurrence of a Break in Service, the Employment
     Date thereafter) and the Plan Year which includes the first anniversary of
     the Employment Date and each subsequent Plan Year; and

          (b) with respect to Vesting Service, and any Break in Service with
     respect to Vesting Service, the Plan Year beginning with the Plan Year in
     which occurs the Employee's Employment Date (or if Vesting Service is
     disregarded due to the occurrence of a Break in Service, the Employment
     Date thereafter) and each Plan Year thereafter.

     1.21 "Contract Administrator" means each individual and entity designated
by the Administrator or another Named Fiduciary, pursuant to this Plan, to
render services to the Plan or Trust as a Fiduciary.

     1.22 "Contributions" means amounts contributed to the Plan by the Employer
or an Eligible Employee. Specific types of contributions include:

          (a)  "Formula Based". An amount contributed by the Employer and
               allocated based on a formula to eligible Participants' Accounts.

          (b)  "Matching". An amount contributed by the Employer based upon the
               amount contributed by the eligible Participant as a Pre-Tax or
               Post-Tax Contribution.

          (c)  "Post-Tax".  An amount contributed on a post-tax basis.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

          (d)  "Pre-Tax". An amount contributed on a pre-tax basis in
               conjunction with a Participant's Code Section 401(k) salary
               deferral agreement.

          (e)  "Special". An amount contributed by the Employer to avoid
               prohibited discrimination under Section 401(a)(4) of the Code.

     1.23 "Contribution Dollar Limit" means the annual limit imposed on each
Participant pursuant to Section 402(g) of the Code, which shall be ten thousand
dollars ($10,000) per calendar year (as indexed for cost of living adjustments
pursuant to Code Section 402(g)(5) and 415(d)).

     1.24 "Contribution Election" or "Election" means the election made by a
Participant to reduce his or her Compensation from the Employer by an amount
equal to the product of his or her Contribution Percentage and such Compensation
subject to the Contribution Election; provided however, effective January 1,
1998, the Contribution Election for a Participant for whom assets and
liabilities have been transferred to this Plan from the Whitman Plan shall be
the same as the Contribution Election of such Participant under the Whitman
Plan.

     1.25 "Contribution Percentage" means the percentage (or flat dollar amount
which results in a percentage) of a Participant's Compensation which is to be
contributed to the Plan by his or her Employer as a Pre-Tax or a Post-Tax
Contribution.

     1.26 "Conversion Election" means an election by a Participant to change the
investment of all or some specified portion of such Participant's Accounts by
voice response to the telephone number provided by the Named Fiduciary to whom
it is spoken, or on such form that may be required by the Named Fiduciary to
whom it is delivered. No Conversion Election shall be deemed to have been given
to the Named Fiduciary unless it is complete and delivered in accordance with
the procedures established by such Named Fiduciary for this purpose.

     1.27 "Custodial Agreement" means the Trust Agreement or an insurance
contract to provide for the holding of the assets of the Plan.

     1.28 "Custodian" means the Trustee or an insurance company if the contract
issued by such company is not held by the Trustee.

     1.29 "Direct Rollover" means a payment by the Plan to the Eligible
Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

     1.30 "Director" means the Director of Compensation and Benefits Services
for Hussmann Corporation, or such other title as which will from time to time
assume the responsibilities of the Director of Compensation and Benefits
Services.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

     1.31 "Disability or Disabled" means a Participant is eligible to receive
disability benefits under the Social Security Act.

     1.32 "Distributee" includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition,
the Employee's or former Employee's surviving Spouse and the Employee's or
former Employee's Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a
QDRO are Distributees with regard to the interest of the Spouse or former
Spouse.

     1.33 "Early Retirement Date" has the meaning given to it in an Appendix.

     1.34 "Effective Date" means January 1, 1998, the date upon which the
provisions of this document become effective (unless otherwise specified in an
Appendix with respect to a specific Employee group). In general, the provisions
of this document only apply to Participants who are Employees on or after the
Effective Date. However, investment and distribution provisions apply to all
Participants with Account balances to be invested or distributed after the
Effective Date.

     1.35 "Elective Deferral" means amounts subject to the Contribution Dollar
Limit .

     1.36 "Eligible Employee" means any Employee (including an Employee on an
Authorized Leave of Absence) of an Employer, on and after the Effective Date of
the adoption of this Plan by the Employer, who is included in a group of
Employees of an Employer to whom the Plan has been extended either unilaterally
by an Employer or pursuant to a collective bargaining or other agreement entered
into between an Employer and any other union or non-union group, and that is
described in an Appendix, but excluding any Employee:

          (a) who is considered an Employee solely because of the application of
     Section 414(n) of the Code;

          (b)  who is not a U.S. citizen; and

          (c) who is a resident alien not legally in the U.S. or who is legally
     in the U.S. but can continue to participate in a retirement plan sponsored
     by a Commonly Controlled Entity. 

     1.37 "Eligibility Service" means the sum of an Employee's Years of Service;
provided however, Years of Service shall be disregarded:

          (a) if the Employee had no vested interest in his or her Contributions
     by an Employer, Years of Service earned before a Break in Service shall be
     disregarded; or

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

          (b) if such Years of Service were earned prior to the date the
     Employee's Employer became a Commonly Controlled Entity, unless the
     Administrator makes such a determination not to apply this exclusion with
     respect to each such Employee in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

     1.38 "Eligible Retirement Plan" means an individual retirement account
described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity
described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section
403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the
Code, that accepts the Distributee's Eligible Rollover Distribution. However, in
the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the surviving Spouse, an
Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account or individual
retirement annuity.

     1.39 "Eligible Rollover Distribution" means any distribution of all or any
portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible
Rollover Distribution does not include any distribution that is one of a series
of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually)
made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or
joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee's designated
Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to
the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code;
and the portion any distribution that is not includible in gross income
(determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with
respect to employer securities).

     1.40 "Employee" means any person who renders services as a common law
employee to a Commonly Controlled Entity or is on an Authorized Leave of
Absence, including the period of time before which the trade or business became
a Commonly Controlled Entity, but excluding the period of time after which it
ceases to be a Commonly Controlled Entity. No person who was hired through a
temporary agency (including but not limited to any leased Employee) shall be
considered an Employee and no person, the terms of whose services are governed
by an independent contractor or consulting agreement with an Employer, shall be
considered an Employee except to the extent explicitly provided to the contrary
in such agreement; provided, however, any individual considered an Employee of a
Commonly Controlled Entity under Section 414(n) of the Code shall be deemed
employed by the Commonly Controlled Entity for which the individual performed
services.

     1.41 "Employee Benefits Committee" means the committee appointed pursuant
to the terms of the Trust.

     1.42 "Employer" means the Company and any Commonly Controlled Entity which
has adopted the Plan; provided, that an entity will cease to be an Employer when
it ceases to be a Commonly Controlled Entity; provided however, each Employer,
for whom assets and liabilities are transferred to this Plan from the

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

Whitman Plan on behalf of its Employees on or after the Effective Date, shall be
deemed to be an Employer.

     1.43 "Employment Date" means the day an Employee first earns an Hour of
Service.

     1.44 "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended. Reference to any specific Section shall include such Section, any valid
regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any future
legislation amending, supplementing or superseding such Section.
     
     1.45 "Fiduciary" means (a) any individual or entity who performs a
Fiduciary function under the Plan as defined in accordance with Section 3(21) of
ERISA; (b) such individual or entity which the Administrator or Employee
Benefits Committee, acting on behalf of the Plan Sponsor, designates to be a
Named Fiduciary with respect to such person's authority to control and manage
the operation and administration of the Plan or Trust; or (c) such individual or
entity which a Named Fiduciary, acting on behalf of the Plan, designates to be a
Fiduciary with respect to such person's authority to control and manage the
operation and administration of the Plan or Trust.

     1.46 "Forfeiture" means the portion of the Participant's Accrued Benefit
which is forfeited pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

     1.47 "Forfeiture Account" means an account holding amounts forfeited by
Participants.

     1.48 "Highly Compensated Eligible Employee" or "HCE" means a highly
compensated active employee or a highly compensated former employee.

     A highly compensated active employee includes any Employee who performs
service for the Employer during the determination year and who, during the look-
back year: (i) received Compensation from the Employer in excess of $75,000 (as
adjusted pursuant to Section 415(d) of the Code); (ii) received Compensation
from the Employer in excess of $50,000 (as adjusted pursuant to Section 415(d)
of the Code) and was a member of the top-paid group for such year; or (iii) was
an officer of the Employer and received Compensation during such year that is
greater than fifty percent (50%) of the dollar limitation in effect under
Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code. The term highly compensated active employee
also includes: (i) Employees who are both described in the preceding sentence if
the term "determination year" is substituted for the term "look-back year" and
the Employee is one of the 100 Employees who received the most Compensation from
the Employer during the determination year; and (ii) Employees who are 5-percent
owners at any time during the lookback year or determination year.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

     If no officer has satisfied the Compensation requirement of (iii) above
during either a determination year or look-back year, the highest paid officer
for such year shall be treated as a highly compensated active employee.

     For this purpose, the determination year shall be the Plan Year. The look-
back year shall be the twelve-month period immediately preceding the
determination year. Pursuant to Code Section 414(q), the Administrator may elect
for the lookback year to be the calendar year ending with or within the
applicable Plan Year determination year.

     If the Employer at all times during the Plan Year maintains significant
business activities (and employs Employees in such activities) in at least two
significantly separate geographic areas and satisfies such other conditions as
the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe, the Administrator may elect to
apply a simplified definition of Highly Compensated Employee under the Plan by
substituting "$50,000" for "$75,000" in paragraph (i) above, and disregarding
paragraph (ii) above.

     An Employee who performs services for the Employer any time during the year
is in the top-paid group of Employees for any year if such Employee is in the
group consisting of the top twenty percent (20%) of the Employees when ranked on
the basis of Compensation paid during such year. For purposes of determining the
number of Employees in the top-paid group (but not for identifying the
particular Employees in the top-paid group), the following Employees shall be
excluded:

               (i) Employees who have not completed six (6) months of service;

               (ii) Employees who normally work less than seventeen and one-half
     (17 1/2) Hours of Service;

               (iii) Employees who normally work not more than six (6) months
     during any year;

               (iv) Employees who have not attained age twenty-one (21);

               (v) Employees who are included in a unit of Employees covered by
     a bona fide collective bargaining agreement with the Employer; and

               (vi) Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no
     earned income (within the meaning of Section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from
     the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States
     (within the meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code).

The Administrator may elect to apply paragraph (i), (ii) or (iv) of this Section
by substituting a shorter period of service, smaller number of hours or months,
or lower age for that specified in such subparagraphs.

                                     -10-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

     A highly compensated former employee includes any Employee who separated
from service (or was deemed to have separated) prior to the determination year,
performs no service for the Employer during the determination year, and was a
Highly Compensated Employee for either the separation year or any determination
year ending on or after the Employee's 55th birthday. If a former Employee
separated from service with the Employer prior to January 1, 1987, and the
Administrator irrevocably elects to apply this special rule, he is a Highly
Compensated Employee only if he or she was described in any one or more of the
following groups during either the Employee's separation year (or the year
preceding such separation year) or any year ending on or after such individual's
55th birthday (or the last year ending before such Employee's 55th birthday):

               (i) 5-percent owner. The Employee was a 5-percent owner of the
     Employer at any time during the year.

               (ii) Compensation amount. The Employee received Compensation in
     excess of $50,000 during the year.

     The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including the
determination of the number and identity of Employees in the top-paid group, the
top 100 Employees, the number of Employees treated as officers and the
Compensation that is considered, will be made in accordance with Section 414(q)
of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

     1.49  "Hour of Service" means:

          (a) as it applies to Eligibility Service, each hour for which an
     Employee is entitled to:

               (1) payment for the performance of duties for any Commonly
          Controlled Entity;

               (2) payment from any Commonly Controlled Entity for any period
          during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the
          employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday,
          sickness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, leave of absence,
          jury duty or military service;

               (3) back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, by award or
          agreement with any Commonly Controlled Entity (and these hours shall
          be credited to the period to which the agreement pertains); or

               (4) no payment, but is on an Authorized Leave of Absence (and
          these hours shall be based upon his or her normally scheduled hours
          per week or a 40 hour week if there is no regular schedule).

                                     -11-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998
 
     The crediting of hours shall be made in accordance with Department of Labor
     regulation Section 2530.200b-2 and 3, but in no event shall hours be
     credited in excess of the minimum number required thereunder for a
     Computation Period in order to avoid a Break in Service. An equivalent
     number of hours shall be credited for each payroll period in which the
     Employee would be credited with at least 1 hour. The payroll period
     equivalences are 190 hours monthly.

          (b) as it applies to Vesting Service, each hour for which an Employee
     is entitled to:

               (1) payment for the performance of duties for any Commonly
          Controlled Entity;

               (2) payment from any Commonly Controlled Entity for any period
          during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the
          employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday,
          sickness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, leave of absence,
          jury duty or military service;

               (3) back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, by award or
          agreement with any Commonly Controlled Company (and these hours shall
          be credited to the period to which the agreement pertains); or

               (4) no payment, but is on an Authorized Leave of Absence (and
          these hours shall be based upon his or her normally scheduled hours
          per week or a 40 hour week if there is no regular schedule).

     The crediting of hours shall be made in accordance with Department of Labor
regulation Section 2530.200b-2 and 3, but in no event shall hours be credited in
excess of the minimum number required thereunder for a Computation Period in
order to avoid a Break in Service. An equivalent number of hours shall be
credited for each payroll period in which the Employee would be credited with at
least 1 hour. The payroll period equivalences are 190 hours monthly.

     1.50 "Insurance Contract Arrangement" means a contractual arrangement of
one or more contracts with an entity, whether or not subject to the applicable
regulations of a State regarding reserve requirements, which assumes the risk of
payment of a Benefit primarily from its assets and which Insurance Contract
Arrangement is incorporated and made a part of this Plan, but only to the extent
it is specifically referred to herein and is not inconsistent with the terms and
provisions of this Plan.

     1.51 "Internal Revenue Code" or "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, any subsequent Internal Revenue Code and final Treasury
Regulations. If there is a subsequent Internal Revenue Code, any references
herein

                                     -12-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

to Internal Revenue Code Sections shall be deemed to refer to comparable
Sections of any subsequent Internal Revenue Code.

     1.52 "Investment Election" means an election by which a Participant directs
the investment of his or her Contributions by voice response to the telephone
number provided by the Named Fiduciary to whom it is spoken, or on such form
that may be required by the Named Fiduciary to whom it is delivered.  No
Investment Election shall be deemed to have been given to the Named Fiduciary
unless it is complete and delivered in accordance with the procedures
established by such Named Fiduciary for this purpose; provided however,
effective January 1, 1998, the Investment Election for a Participant for whom
assets and liabilities have been transferred to this Plan from the Whitman Plan
shall be the same as the Investment Election of such Participant under the
Whitman Plan.

     1.53 "Investment Fund" or "Fund" means one or more collective investment
funds, a pool of assets, or deposits with the Custodian, a mutual fund,
insurance contract, or managed pool of assets.  The Investment Funds which are
authorized for investment by a particular Participant are described in the
adoption agreements referred to in Appendix 18.1 hereto.

     1.54 "Limited Deferrals" means Elective Deferrals subject to the limits of
Code Section 401(a)(30).

     1.55 "Maternity/Paternity Absence" means a paid or unpaid and unapproved
absence from employment with a Commonly Controlled Entity (1) by reason of the
pregnancy of the Employee; (2) by reason of the birth of a child of the
Employee; (3) by reason of the placement of a child under age eighteen (18) in
connection with the adoption of such child by the Employee (including a trial
period prior to adoption); and (4) for the purpose of caring for a child of the
Employee immediately following the birth or adoption of such child.  The
Employee must prove to the satisfaction of the Administrator or its agent that
the absence meets the above requirements and must supply information concerning
the length of the absence unless the Administrator has access to relevant
information without the Employee submitting it.

     1.56 "Named Fiduciary" means:

          (a) with respect to the authority each has over management and control
     of the Plan's administration and operation or discretionary authority and
     control it may have with respect to the Plan, the Administrator and such
     other person who may be designated to be a Named Fiduciary pursuant to
     Article XV;

          (b) with respect to the management and control of the Plan's assets or
     the discretionary authority it may have with respect to the Plan's assets,
     the 

                                      -13-
<PAGE>
                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998
 
     Trustee, the Employee Benefits Committee, and other such person who may
     be designated to be a Named Fiduciary pursuant to the terms of the Trust.

     1.57 "Non-Highly Compensated Employee" or "NHCE" means an Employee who is
not an HCE.

     1.58 "Normal Retirement Date" means the date a Participant attains sixty-
five (65) years of age.

     1.59 "Notice Date" means the date established by the responsible Named
Fiduciary as the deadline for it to receive notification with respect to an
administrative matter in order to be processed as of a Change Date designated by
the responsible Named Fiduciary.

     1.60 "Participant" means an Eligible Employee who begins to participate in
the Plan after completing the eligibility requirements. A Participant's
participation continues until his or her Termination of Employment and his or
her Accrued Benefit is distributed or forfeited.

     1.61 "Payment Date" means the date on or after the Settlement Date on which
a Participant's Accrued Benefit is distributed or commences to be distributed,
which date shall be at least the minimum number of days required by law, if any,
after the date the Participant has received any notice required by law, if any.

     If a distribution is one to which Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 of the
Internal Revenue Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less than
thirty (30) days after the notice required under Section 401(a)(11) of the
Income Tax Regulations is given, provided that:

          (a) the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the
     Participant has a right to a period of at least thirty (30) days after
     receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a
     distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and

          (b) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects
     a distribution.

Notwithstanding the determination of a Payment Date hereunder, distribution in
accordance with an affirmative election will not commence before the expiration
of the 7-day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant.

     1.62 "Plan" means the Hussmann International, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan
for Hourly Employees, as set forth herein and as hereafter may be amended from
time to time.

                                      -14-
<PAGE>
                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998
 
     1.63 "Plan Year" means the Annual Accounting period of the Plan and Trust
which ends on each December 31.

     1.64 "QDRO" means a domestic relations order which the Administrator has
determined to be a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of
Section 414(p) of the Code.

     1.65 "Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity" means the QJSA described in
Article XI.

     1.66 "Qualified Matching Contribution" means a Matching Contribution that
is treated as a Pre-Tax Contribution and posted to the Pre-Tax Account.


     1.67 "Related Plan" means:

          (a) with respect to Section 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code, any plan or
     plans maintained by a Commonly Controlled Entity which is treated with this
     Plan as a single plan for purposes of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the
     Code; and

          (b) with respect to Section 415 of the Code, any other defined
     contribution plan or a defined benefit plan (as defined in Section 415(k)
     of the Code) maintained by a Commonly Controlled Entity, respectively
     called a "Related Defined Contribution Plan" and a "Related Defined Benefit
     Plan".

     1.68 "Rollover Contribution" means:

          (a) a rollover contribution as described in Section 402(c) of the Code
     (or its predecessor); or

          (b) a Trustee Transfer (1) to the Custodian of an amount by the
     custodian of a retirement plan qualified for tax-favored treatment under
     Code Section 401(a), which plan provides for such transfer; (2) with
     respect to which the benefits otherwise protected by Code Section 411 in
     such transferor plan are no longer required by Code Section 411 to be
     protected in this Plan; and (3) which does not include amounts subject to
     Code Section 401(k).

     1.69 "Settlement Date" means the date on which the transactions from the
most recent Trade Date are settled.

     1.70 "Spousal Consent" means the irrevocable written consent given by a
Spouse to a Participant's election (or waiver) of a specified form of benefit or
Beneficiary designation.  The Spouse's consent must acknowledge the effect on
the Spouse of the Participant's election, waiver or designation and be duly
witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public.  Spousal Consent shall be
valid only with 

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998 

respect to the spouse who signs the Spousal Consent and only for the particular
choice made by the Participant which requires Spousal Consent. A Participant may
revoke (without Spousal Consent) a prior election, waiver or designation that
required Spousal Consent at any time before the Sweep Date associated with the
Settlement Date upon which payments will begin. Spousal Consent also means a
determination by the Administrator that there is no Spouse, the Spouse cannot be
located or such other circumstances as may be established by applicable law.

     1.71 "Spouse" means a person, not of the same sex, who, as of the earlier
of a Participant's Payment Date and death, is alive and married to the
Participant within the meaning of the laws of the State of the Participant's
residence as evidenced by a valid marriage certificate or other proof acceptable
to the Administrator. A spouse who was the Spouse on the Payment Date but who is
divorced from the Participant at the Participant's death shall still be the
Spouse at the date of the Participant's death, except as otherwise provided in a
QDRO.

     1.72 "Sweep Date" means the date established by the responsible Named
Fiduciary as the cutoff date and time for the responsible Named Fiduciary to
receive notification with respect to a financial transaction for an Accounting
Period in order to be processed with respect to a Trade Date designated by the
responsible Named Fiduciary (or, with respect to a specific Employee group, as
may be provided in an Appendix).

     1.73 "Termination of Employment" occurs when a person ceases to be an
Employee, as determined by the personnel policies of the Commonly Controlled
Entity to whom he or she rendered services; provided, however, where a Commonly
Controlled Entity ceases to be such with respect to an Employee as a result of
either an asset sale or stock sale an Employee of the Commonly Controlled Entity
shall be deemed not to have incurred a Termination of Employment:  (a) unless
the Administrator shall make a determination that the transaction satisfies
Section 401(k) of the Code, or if no such determination is made, until such
Employee ceases to be employed by the successor to the Commonly Controlled
Entity; or (b) if the Administrator shall make a Trustee Transfer of his or her
Accrued Benefit.  Transfer of employment from one Commonly Controlled Entity to
another Commonly Controlled Entity shall not constitute a Termination of
Employment for purposes of the Plan.

     1.74 "Trade Date" means the date as of which a financial transaction
occurs, however with respect to a transaction involving Investment Funds
maintained on a unit accounting methodology, the transaction shall be executed
based upon the daily Unit Value of the Fund as of the designated time of day on
the applicable Valuation Date.

     1.75 "Trust" means the legal entity resulting from the agreement between
the Company and the Trustee and all amendments thereto, in which some or all of
the 

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998 
 
assets of this Plan will be received, held, invested and distributed to or
for the benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries.

     1.76 "Trust Agreement" means the agreement between the Company and the
Trustee establishing the Trust, and any amendments thereto.

     1.77 "Trust Fund" means any property, real or personal, received by and
held by the Trustee, plus all income and gains and minus all losses, expenses,
withdrawals and distributions chargeable thereto.

     1.78 "Trustee" means any corporation, individual or individuals designated
in the Trust Agreement who shall accept the appointment as Trustee to execute
the duties of the Trustee as set forth in the Trust Agreement.

     1.79 "Trustee Transfer" means (a) a transfer to the Custodian of an amount
by the custodian of a retirement plan qualified for tax-favored treatment under
Section 401(a) of the Code or by the trustee(s) of a trust forming part of such
a plan, which plan provides for such transfer; or (b) a Direct Rollover within
the meaning of Section 402(c)(8)(B) of the Code; provided that with respect to
any withdrawal or distribution from the Plan, a Participant may elect a transfer
to only one eligible retirement plan, except as may otherwise be determined by
the Administrator, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

     1.80 "Unit Value" means the value of a unit in the applicable Investment
Fund, as determined in good faith by the Trustee or the Administrator.

     1.81 "Valuation Date" means the close of business on each Business Day.

     1.82 "Vesting Service" means the sum of the Years of Service of an
Employee; provided however, Years of Service shall be disregarded

          (a) if the Employee had no vested interest in his or her Contributions
     by an Employer, and such Years of Service were earned before the Break in
     Service; or

          (b) if such Years of Service were earned after a Break in Service, for
     purposes of determining the nonforfeitable percentage of his or her Accrued
     Benefit earned before such Break in Service; or

          (c) if applicable as provided in the Appendix for such Employee, such
     Years of Service were earned prior to the date the Employee's Employer
     became a Commonly Controlled Entity, unless the Administrator makes such a
     determination not to apply this exclusion with respect to each such
     Employee in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner; or

                                      -17-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998 
 
          (d) if applicable as provided in the Appendix for such Employee, such
     Years of Service were earned before the Effective Date with respect to an
     Eligible Employee.

     1.83 "Vice-President" means the Vice-President of Human Resources of the
Company, or any successor.

     1.84 "Whitman Plan" means the Whitman Corporation Master Retirement Savings
Plan.

     1.85 "Year of Service" means:

          (a) as it applies to Eligibility Service, each Computation Period in
     which an Employee is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service; and to
     the extent not already recognized, each Year of Service recognized under
     the Whitman Plan with respect to a Participant for whom this Plan has
     received a transfer of assets and liabilities from the Whitman Plan.

          (b) as it applies to Vesting Service, a Computation Period in which an
     Employee is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service and such other
     periods of employment continuation recognized by an applicable Appendix;
     and to the extent not already recognized, each Year of Service recognized
     under the Whitman Plan with respect to a Participant for whom this Plan has
     received a transfer of assets and liabilities from the Whitman Plan.

     An Employee's service with a company, the assets of which are acquired by a
Commonly Controlled Entity, shall only be counted as employment with such
Commonly Controlled Entity in the determination of his or her Years of Service
if (1) the Administrator directs that credit for such service be granted, or (2)
a qualified plan of the acquired company is subsequently maintained by any
Employer or Commonly Controlled Entity.  Notwithstanding the above, prior to the
date this Plan was first amended to comply with ERISA, a Year of Service was
each year earned and recognized as of such date under the terms and provisions
of the Plan used to measure service immediately prior to such date.

                                      -18-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998 
 

ARTICLE II
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 PARTICIPATION
                                 -------------

     2.1  Eligibility.  On or after the Effective Date as to each Employer:

          (a) Participant on January 1, 1998.  Each Eligible Employee shall
     become a Participant on the first day of the month on or after the date he
     or she completes at least one year of Eligibility Service.

          (b) Participant in the Whitman Plan .  Each person who was a
     participant in the Whitman Plan whose accrued benefit under the Whitman
     Plan was (or is to be) transferred to this Plan shall become a Participant
     as of January 1, 1998, or, if later, the date of such transfer.

     2.2  Reemployment.

          (a) Eligible Employee Was Previously a Participant.  An Eligible
     Employee who has at least one year of Eligibility Service and previously
     was a Participant prior to his or her Termination of Employment shall
     become a Participant on the first day he or she earns an Hour of Service.

          (b) Eligible Employee Had a Termination.  An Eligible Employee who
     previously completed the service requirement to become a Participant and
     who had a Termination of Employment before he or she became a Participant
     shall be eligible to become a Participant on the later of (1) the date he
     or she would have become a Participant but for his or her Termination of
     Employment, or (2) the date he or she again performs an Hour of Service.

     2.3  Participation Upon Change of Job Status.  An Employee who is not an
Eligible Employee shall become a Participant on the later of (1) the date he or
she would have become a Participant had he or she always been an Eligible
Employee, or (2) the date he or she becomes an Eligible Employee.

                                      -19-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998 
 
ARTICLE III
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                           PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS
                           -------------------------

     3.1  Pre-Tax Contribution Elections.

          (a) A Participant who is an Eligible Employee and who desires to have
     Pre-Tax Contributions made on his or her behalf by his or her Employer
     shall file a Contribution Election, pursuant to procedures adopted by the
     responsible Named Fiduciary, specifying his or her Contribution Percentage,
     which percentage shall be no less nor more than the percentages authorized
     in an Appendix which applies to such Eligible Employee, and authorizing the
     Compensation otherwise payable to him or her to be reduced in the
     contribution periods selected in such Appendix.
 
          (b) Notwithstanding Subsection (a) hereof, for any Plan Year the
     Administrator may determine that the maximum Contribution Percentage shall
     be greater or lesser than the percentages set forth in an Appendix.
     Otherwise, the maximum Contribution Percentage as provided in an Appendix
     shall apply.

          (c) A Participant's Contribution Election shall be effective only with
     respect to Compensation not yet paid as of the date the Contribution
     Election is effective. A Contribution Election received on or before a
     Notice Date shall become initially effective with respect to payroll cycles
     ended after the applicable Change Date or, if reemployed, on the first day
     of the next month.  However, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may
     declare an additional window period to Participants.  Any Contribution
     Election which has not been properly completed or which does not contain a
     properly completed Investment Election will be deemed not to have been
     received and be void.

     3.2  Post-Tax Contribution Elections.

          (a) A Participant who is an Eligible Employee and who desires to have
     Post-Tax Contributions made on his or her behalf by his or her Employer
     shall file a Contribution Election, pursuant to procedures adopted by the
     responsible Named Fiduciary, specifying his or her Contribution Percentage,
     which percentage shall be no less nor more than the percentages authorized
     in an Appendix which applies to such Eligible Employee, and authorizing the
     Compensation otherwise payable to him or her to be reduced in the
     contribution periods selected in such Appendix.
 
          (b) Notwithstanding Subsection (a) hereof, for any Plan Year the
     Administrator may determine that the maximum Contribution Percentage shall

                                      -20-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998 
 
     be greater or lesser than the percentages set forth in an Appendix.
     Otherwise, the maximum Contribution Percentage as provided in an Appendix
     shall apply.

          (c) A Participant's Contribution Election shall be effective only with
     respect to Compensation not yet paid as of the date the Contribution
     Election is effective. A Contribution Election received on or before a
     Notice Date shall become initially effective with respect to payroll cycles
     ended after the applicable Change Date or, if reemployed, on the first day
     of the next month.  However, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may
     declare an additional window period to Participants.  Any Contribution
     Election which has not been properly completed or which does not contain a
     properly completed Investment Election will be deemed not to have been
     received and be void.

     3.3  Election Procedures.  A Participant's Contribution Election shall
continue in effect (with automatic adjustment for any change in his or her
Compensation) until the earliest of the date (1) his or her Contribution
Election is changed in accordance with paragraph (a) hereof; (2) he or she
ceases to be paid as an Eligible Employee; or (3) his or her Contribution
Election is cancelled in accordance with paragraph (b) hereof.

          (a) Changing the Election.  A Participant may increase or decrease his
     or her Contribution Percentage (subject to the percentage limits stated
     above) only once each Change Date by making a new Contribution Election,
     pursuant to procedures specified by the responsible Named Fiduciary, on
     which is specified the amount of the Contribution Percentage.

               (1)  If such Contribution Election is received by the Notice
                    Date, the change shall be effective with respect to the
                    first payroll cycle ended after the Change Date.

               (2)  However, if the Administrator deems it necessary, the
                    Administrator may specify an additional window period to
                    Participants.

               (3)  The amount of increase or decrease of such Contribution
                    Percentage shall be effective only with respect to
                    Compensation not yet paid.

               (4)  Any Contribution Election which has not been properly
                    completed will be deemed not to have been received and be
                    void.

          (b) Canceling the Election.  A Participant desiring to cancel his or
     her existing Contribution Election and reduce his or her Contribution
     Percentage to zero must make a new Contribution Election, pursuant to
     procedures specified 

                                      -21-
<PAGE>
 

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998 


     by the responsible Named Fiduciary. The responsible Named Fiduciary will
     establish procedures, to be administered in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
     manner, for allowing a Participant to cancel his or her Contribution
     Election. Any Contribution Election received on or before a Notice Date
     shall become effective with respect to the payroll cycle ended after the
     next Change Date. A Participant who is an Eligible Employee and who has
     cancelled his or her Election may again make a Contribution Election at any
     time. If such Contribution Election is received by the Notice Date, it
     shall become effective with respect to the first payroll cycle ended after
     the next Change Date, provided at least the number of months of suspension
     required in an Appendix applicable to the Employee have elapsed since the
     effective date of the cancellation. Any Participant who has improperly
     completed a Contribution Election will be deemed not to have made an
     Election.

     3.4  Limitation of Elective Deferrals for all Participants.  A
Participant's Limited Deferrals for any calendar year shall not exceed the
Contribution Dollar Limit.  If a Participant advises the Administrator that he
or she has Elective Deferrals (reduced by Elective Deferrals previously
distributed or which are recharacterized as a result of the application of Code
Section 401(k)(3) to such Participant) in excess of the Contribution Dollar
Limit ("Excess Deferral"), the Administrator shall return such Excess Deferrals
for the taxable year to the Participant.  To the extent the Participant's
Limited Deferrals exceed the Contribution Dollar Limit, the Employer may notify
the Plan on behalf of the Participant (and "Excess Deferral" shall be calculated
by taking into account only Limited Deferrals).  If such advice was received by
the Administrator during the taxable year, the Plan shall distribute the Excess
Deferral as soon as administratively feasible.  If such advice was received by
the Administrator after the taxable year but no later than March 1 following the
close of the taxable year, the Administrator shall cause the Plan to return such
Excess Deferral no later than April 15 immediately following the end of such
taxable year, adjusted by income allocable to that amount.


                                      -22-
<PAGE>
 
                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998 

     The net investment gain or loss associated with the Excess Deferral is
calculated as follows:

                               G
                        E x -------- x (1 + (10% x M))
                             (AB-G)

where:
 
      E  =  the Excess Deferral amount, 

      G  =  the net gain or loss for the Plan Year in the Participant's Pre-Tax
            Account,
 
     AB  =  the total value of the Participant's Pre-Tax Account, determined
            as of the end of the calendar year being corrected,

      M  =  the number of full months from the calendar year end to the date the
            excess amount is paid, plus one for the month during which payment
            is to be made if payment will occur after the 15th of that month.

If the application of the limitations in this Section results in a reduction of
previously contributed Pre-Tax Contributions on behalf of a Participant,
Matching Contributions allocable with respect thereto (prior to such reduction)
which are not distributed under the ACP Test shall be forfeited.


                                      -23-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998 

ARTICLE IV
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS
                     --------------------------------------

        4.1  Participant Contributions.

          (a) Frequency and Eligibility.  Subject to the limits of the Plan and
     to the Administrator's authority to limit Contributions under the terms of
     this Plan, for each period for which a Contribution Election is in effect,
     the Employer shall contribute to the Plan on behalf of each Participant who
     is an Eligible Employee an amount equal to the amount designated by the
     Participant as a Pre-Tax or Post-Tax Contribution on his or her
     Contribution Election.

          (b) Allocation.  Any Pre-Tax Contribution shall be allocated to the
     Pre-Tax Account of the Participant with respect to whom the amount is paid
     and any Post-Tax Contribution shall be allocated to the Post-Tax Account of
     the Participant with respect to whom the amount is paid.

          (c) Timing, Medium and Posting.  Pre-Tax and Post-Tax Contributions
     shall be paid to the Custodian in cash and posted to each Participant's
     Pre-Tax or Post-Tax Account, respectively, by the Administrator as soon as
     such amounts can reasonably be balanced against the specific amount made on
     behalf of each Participant.  Pre-Tax and Post-Tax Contributions shall be
     paid to the Custodian not later than the fifteenth (15th) day of the month
     next following the month in which amounts are deducted from the
     Participant's Compensation.

     4.2  Matching Contributions.

          (a) Frequency and Eligibility.  Subject to the limits of the Plan and
     to the Administrator's authority to limit Contributions under the Plan, for
     each period for which Participants' Contributions are made, the Employer
     shall make Matching Contributions as described in the following Allocation
     Method paragraph on behalf of each Participant who is an Eligible Employee
     and who contributed during the period.

          (b) Allocation Method.  The Matching Contributions for each period
     with respect to each Participant shall be the amount, if any, as is
     described in an Appendix which applies to such Participant.  The Employer
     may change the matching rate to any other percentages, including zero (0%).

          (c) Timing, Medium and Posting.  The Employer shall make each period's
     Matching Contribution in cash as soon as is feasible as of or after the

                                      -24-
<PAGE>

                                   Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                   Established January 1, 1998

 
     date provided in an applicable Appendix, and not later than the Employer's
     federal tax filing date, including extensions, for deducting such
     Contribution. The Administrator shall post such amount to each
     Participant's Matching Account once the total Contribution received by the
     Custodian has been balanced against the specific amount to be credited to
     each Participant's Matching Account.

          (d) Compensation.  Compensation from the Employer shall be measured by
     the period (not to exceed the Plan Year) for which the Contribution is
     being made provided the Eligible Employee is a Participant during such
     period.

     4.3  Formula Based Contributions.

          (a) Frequency and Eligibility.  Subject to the limits of the Plan and
     to the Administrator's authority to limit Contributions under the Plan, for
     each period the formula is in effect, the Employer shall make a Formula
     Based Contribution with respect to each Participant who is an Eligible
     Employee in the amount, if any, as is described in an Appendix which
     applies to such Participant.

          (b) Allocation Method.  The Formula Based Contribution for each period
     shall be allocated among eligible Participants in the manner provided in an
     Appendix which applies to each such Participant.

          (c) Timing, Medium and Posting.  The Employer shall make each period's
     Formula Based Contribution in cash as soon as is feasible as of or after
     the date provided in an applicable Appendix, and not later than the
     Employer's federal tax filing date, including extensions, for deducting
     such Contribution.  The Administrator shall post such amount to each
     Participant's Formula Based Account once the total Contribution received by
     the Custodian has been balanced against the specific amount to be credited
     to each Participant's Formula Based Account.

          (d) Compensation.  Compensation from the Employer shall be measured by
     the period (not to exceed the Plan Year) for which the Contribution is
     being made provided the Eligible Employee is a Participant during such
     period.

     4.4  Special Contributions.

          (a) Frequency and Eligibility.  Subject to the limits of the Plan and
     to the Administrator's authority to limit Contributions under the Plan, for
     each Plan Year, the Employer may make a Special Contribution in an amount

                                     -25-

<PAGE>

                                   Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                   Established January 1, 1998

  
     determined by the Administrator on behalf of each Non-Highly Compensated
     Employee Participant who is an Eligible Employee.

          (b) Allocation Method.  The Special Contribution for each period shall
     be allocated among eligible Participants as determined by the
     Administrator, subject to a maximum dollar amount which may be contributed
     on behalf of any Participant as determined by the Administrator.

          (c) Timing, Medium and Posting.  The Employer shall make each period's
     Special Contribution in cash as soon as is feasible, but no later than
     twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year to which it is allocated.
     The Administrator shall post such amount to each Participant's Special
     Account once the total Contribution received by the Custodian has been
     balanced against the specific amount to be credited to each Participant's
     Special Account.

          (d) Compensation.  Compensation from the Employer shall be measured by
     the period (not to exceed the Plan Year) for which the Contribution is
     being made, provided the Eligible Employee is a Participant during such
     period.

     4.5  Miscellaneous.

          (a) Deduction Limits.  In no event shall the Employer Contributions
     for a Plan Year exceed the maximum the Company estimates will be deductible
     (or which would be deductible if the Employers had taxable income) by any
     Employer or Commonly Controlled Entity under Section 404 of the Code
     ("Deductible Amount").  Any amount in excess of the Deductible Amount shall
     not be contributed in the following order of Contribution type, to the
     extent needed to eliminate the excess:

               (1)  Each Participant's allocable share of Pre-Tax Contributions
                    for the Plan Year will be reduced by an amount equal to the
                    excess of the Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions over an
                    amount which bears the same ratio to the amount of Pre-Tax
                    Contributions made to the Plan on behalf of such Participant
                    during the Plan Year as the Deductible Amount available for
                    the Plan Year (reduced by the total amount of other types of
                    Employer Contributions for the Plan Year) bears to the
                    aggregate Pre-Tax Contributions made to the Plan on behalf
                    of all Participants subject to such Deductible Amount during
                    the Plan Year (before the application of this provision).

                                     -26-

<PAGE>

                                   Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                   Established January 1, 1998

   
               (2)  If the application of Section (a)(1) would result in a
                    reduction of a Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions which are
                    matched by Matching Contributions, the rate at which Pre-Tax
                    Contributions are reduced shall be offset by a reduction for
                    each Matching Contribution not made as a result.

               (3)  Formula Based Contributions.

          (b) Profit Sharing Plan.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the
     contrary, the Plan shall constitute a profit sharing plan for all purposes
     of the Code.

                                     -27-

<PAGE>

                                   Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                   Established January 1, 1998

 
ARTICLE V
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                   ROLLOVERS
                                   ---------

     5.1  Rollovers.  The Administrator may authorize the Custodian to accept a
Rollover Contribution from an Eligible Employee if Rollover Contributions are
allowed with respect to such Eligible Employee in an Appendix which applies to
such Eligible Employee.  In such case, the Employee shall furnish satisfactory
evidence to the Administrator that the amount is eligible for rollover
treatment.  Such amount shall be posted to the Employee's Rollover Account by
the Administrator as of the date received by the Custodian.

     If it is later determined that an amount transferred pursuant to the above
paragraph did not in fact qualify as a Rollover Contribution, the balance
credited to the Employee's Rollover Account shall immediately be (1) segregated
from all other Plan assets, (2) treated as a non-qualified trust established by
and for the benefit of the Employee, and (3) distributed to the Employee.  Any
such nonqualifying rollover shall be deemed never to have been a part of the
Plan.







                                     -28-

<PAGE>

                                   Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                   Established January 1, 1998

 
ARTICLE VI
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                          ACCOUNTING FOR PARTICIPANTS'
                       ACCOUNTS AND FOR INVESTMENT FUNDS
                       ---------------------------------

     6.1  Individual Participant Accounting.

          (a) Account Maintenance.  The responsible Named Fiduciary shall cause
     the Account for each Participant to reflect transactions involving assets
     of the Account in accordance with this Article.  Financial transactions
     during or with respect to an Accounting Period shall be accounted for at
     the individual Account level by "posting" each transaction to the
     appropriate Account of each affected Participant.  Participant Account
     values shall be maintained in units.  At any point in time, the value of a
     Participant's Accrued Benefit shall be equal to the net Unit Value of his
     or her Account determined by using the most recent Trade Date values
     provided by the Custodian.

          (b) Trade Date Accounting and Investment Cycle.  For any transaction
     to be processed as of a Trade Date, the responsible Named Fiduciary must
     receive instructions by the Sweep Date and such instructions shall apply
     only to amounts held in or posted to the Accounts as of the Trade Date.
     Financial transactions in an Investment Fund shall be posted to a
     Participant's Account as of the Trade Date and based upon the Trade Date
     values provided by the Custodian.  All transactions shall be effected on
     the Settlement Date relating to the Trade Date (or as soon as is
     administratively feasible).

          (c) Suspension of Transactions.  Whenever the responsible Named
     Fiduciary considers such action to be in the best interest of the
     Participants, the Administrator in its discretion may suspend from time to
     time the Trade Date.

          (d) Temporary Investment.  To the extent practicable, the responsible
     Named Fiduciary shall direct the Custodian to make temporary investments in
     a short term interest fund of assets in an Account held pending a Trade
     Date.

          (e) How Fees and Expenses are Charged to Participants.  Account
     maintenance fees to the extent not paid by the Employer shall be charged
     prorata to each Participant's Account on the basis of each Participant's
     Accrued Benefit, provided that no fee shall reduce a Participant's Account
     balance below zero.  Transaction type fees (such as special asset fees,
     Conversion Election change fees, etc.) shall be charged to the Accounts
     involved in the transaction.  Fees and expenses incurred for the management
     and maintenance of Investment Funds shall be charged at the Investment Fund

                                     -29-

<PAGE>

                                   Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                   Established January 1, 1998

 
     level and reflected in the net gain or loss of each Fund to the extent not
     paid by the Employer.

          (f) Error Correction.  The Administrator may correct any errors or
     omissions in the administration of the Plan by restoring or charging any
     Participant's Accrued Benefit with the amount that would be credited or
     charged to the Account had no error or omission been made.  Funds necessary
     for any such restoration shall be provided through payment made by the
     responsible Named Fiduciary.

          (g) Accounting for Participant Loans.  Participant loans shall be held
     in a separate Fund for investment only by such Participant and accounted
     for in dollars as an earmarked asset of the borrowing Participant's
     Account.

     6.2  Accounting for Investment Funds.

          (a) Unit Accounting.  The investments in each Investment Fund
     designated in the Appendix shall be maintained in full and fractional
     units.  The responsible Named Fiduciary is responsible for determining the
     number of full and fractional units of each such Fund.  To the extent an
     Investment Fund is comprised of a collective investment fund of the
     Custodian, the net asset and unit values shall be determined in accordance
     with the rules governing such collective investment funds, which are
     incorporated herein by reference.  Fees and expenses incurred for the
     management and maintenance of Investment Funds shall be charged at the
     Investment Fund level and reflected in the net gain or loss of each Fund to
     the extent not paid by the Employer.

          (b) Accounting for Company Stock.  The following additional rules
     shall apply to the Company Stock Fund:

               (1)  Shareholder Rights.  Shareholder Rights with respect to all
                    Company Stock in an Account shall be exercised by the
                    Trustee in accordance with directions from the Participant
                    pursuant to the procedures of the Trust Agreement.

               (2)  Tender Offer.  If a tender offer is commenced for Company
                    Stock, the provisions of the Trust Agreement regarding the
                    response to such tender offer, the holding and investment of
                    proceeds derived from such tender offer and the substitution
                    of new securities for such proceeds shall be followed.

               (3)  Dividends and Income. Dividends (whether in cash or in
                    property) and other income received by the Custodian in
                    respect of Company Stock shall be reinvested in Company

                                     -30-

<PAGE>

                                   Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                   Established January 1, 1998

 
                    Stock and shall constitute income and be recognized on an
                    accrual basis for the Accounting Period in which occurs the
                    record date with respect to such dividend; provided that,
                    with respect to any dividend which is reflected in the
                    market price of the underlying stock, the Administrator
                    shall direct the Custodian during such trading period to
                    trade such stock the regular way to reflect the value of the
                    dividend, and all Fund transfers and cash distributions
                    shall be transacted accordingly with no accrual of such
                    dividend, other than as reflected in such market price.

               (4)  Transaction Costs.  Any brokerage commissions, transfer
                    taxes, transaction charges, and other charges and expenses
                    in connection with the purchase or sale of Company Stock
                    shall be added to the cost thereof in the case of a purchase
                    or deducted from the proceeds thereof in the case of a sale;
                    provided, however, where the purchase or sale of Company
                    Stock is with a "disqualified person" as defined in Section
                    4975(e)(2) of the Code or a "party in interest" as defined
                    in Section 3(14) of ERISA, no commissions may be charged
                    with respect thereto.

     6.3  Accounts for QDRO Beneficiaries.  A separate Account shall be
established for a Beneficiary entitled to any portion of a Participant's Account
under a QDRO as of the date and in accordance with the directions specified in
the QDRO.  Such Account shall be valued and accounted for in the same manner as
any other Account.

          (a) Investment Direction.  A QDRO Beneficiary may direct the
     investment of such Account in the same manner as any other Participant.

          (b) Distributions.  A QDRO Beneficiary shall be entitled to payment as
     provided in the QDRO and permissible under the otherwise applicable terms
     of this Plan, regardless of whether the Participant is an Employee, and to
     name a Beneficiary as specified in the QDRO.

          (c) Participant Loans.  A QDRO Beneficiary shall not be entitled to
     borrow from his or her Account.  If a QDRO specifies that the QDRO
     Beneficiary is entitled to any portion of the Account of a Participant who
     has an outstanding loan balance, all outstanding loans shall continue to be
     held in the Participant's Account and shall not be divided between the
     Participant's and QDRO Beneficiary's Accounts.

     6.4  Special Accounting During Conversion Period.  The responsible Named
Fiduciary and Custodian may use any reasonable accounting methods in performing

                                     -31-

<PAGE>

                                   Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                   Established January 1, 1998

 
their respective duties during the period of converting the prior accounting
system of the Plan and Trust to conform to the individual Participant accounting
system described in this Section. This includes, but is not limited to, the
method for allocating net investment gains or losses and the extent, if any, to
which contributions received by and distributions paid from the Trust during
this period share in such allocation. All or a portion of the Trust assets may
be held, if necessary, in a short term interest bearing vehicle, which may
include deposits of the Trustee, during the conversion period for establishing
such individual Participant Accounts.





                                     -32-

<PAGE>

                                   Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                   Established January 1, 1998

 
ARTICLE VII
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         INVESTMENT FUNDS AND ELECTIONS
                         ------------------------------

     7.1  Investment Funds.  Except for a Participant's loan Account, the Trust
shall be maintained in various Investment Funds.  The Administrator may change
the number or composition of the Investment Funds, subject to the terms and
conditions agreed to with the Custodian.

     7.2  Investment of Contributions.

          (a) Investment Election.  Each Participant may direct the Trustee, by
     submission to the responsible Named Fiduciary of a completed Investment
     Election provided for that purpose by the responsible Named Fiduciary, to
     invest Contributions posted to his or her Accounts in one or more
     Investment Funds which are available for investments by such Participant,
     as described in an Appendix which applies to such Participant.

          (b) Effective Date of Investment Election; Change of Investment
     Election.  A Participant's initial Investment Election will be effective
     with respect to a Fund on the Trade Date which relates to the Sweep Date on
     which or prior to which the Investment Election is received pursuant to
     procedures specified by the responsible Named Fiduciary.  Any Investment
     Election which has not been properly completed will be deemed not to have
     been received.  A Participant's Investment Election shall continue in
     effect, notwithstanding any change in his or her Compensation or his or her
     Contribution Percentage, until the earliest of (1) the effective date of a
     new Investment Election, or (2) the date he or she ceases to be paid as an
     Eligible Employee.  A change in Investment Election shall be effective with
     respect to a Fund on the Trade Date which relates to the Sweep Date on
     which or prior to which  the Administrator receives the Participant's new
     Investment Election.  Any Investment Election which has not been properly
     completed will be deemed not to have been received.

          (c) Switching Fees.  A reasonable processing fee may be charged
     directly to a Participant's Account for Investment Election changes in
     excess of a specified number per Plan Year as determined by the
     Administrator.

                                     -33-

<PAGE>

                                   Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                   Established January 1, 1998

 
     7.3  Investment of Accounts.
 
          (a) Conversion Election.  Notwithstanding a Participant's Investment
     Election, a Participant or Beneficiary may direct the Trustee, by
     submission of a completed Conversion Election provided for that purpose to
     the responsible Named Fiduciary, to change the interest his or her Accrued
     Benefit has in one or more Investment Funds to one or more Investment Funds
     which are available for investments by such Participant, as described in an
     Appendix which applies to such Participant.

          (b) Effective Date of Conversion Election.  A Conversion Election to
     change a Participant's or Beneficiary's investment of his or her Accrued
     Benefit in one Investment Fund to another Fund shall be effective with
     respect to such Funds on the Trade Date(s) which relates to the Sweep Date
     on which or prior to which the Election is received pursuant to procedures
     specified by the responsible Named Fiduciary.  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, to the extent required by any provisions of an Investment Fund,
     the effective date of any Conversion Election may be delayed or the amount
     of any permissible Conversion Election may be reduced.  Any Conversion
     Election which has not been properly completed will be deemed not to have
     been received.

          (c) Switching Fees.  A reasonable processing fee may be charged
     directly to a Participant's Account for Conversion Election changes in
     excess of a specified number per Plan Year as determined by the
     Administrator.

     7.4  Establishment of Investment Funds.  The Administrator shall cause to
be established one or more Investment Funds set forth in the Appendix.  In
addition, the Administrator may, from time to time, in its discretion:

          (a) limit investments in or transfers from an Investment Fund;

          (b) add funding vehicles thereunder;

          (c) liquidate, consolidate or otherwise reorganize an existing
     Investment Fund; or

          (d) add new Investment Funds to the Appendix which are available
     through the Trust.

     7.5  Transition Rules.  Effective as of the date any Investment Fund is
added or deleted to an Appendix which applies to any Participant or Beneficiary,
each such Participant and Beneficiary shall have the opportunity to submit new
Investment Elections and Conversion Elections to the responsible Named Fiduciary
no later than the applicable Sweep Date.  The responsible Named Fiduciary and
Custodian may use any reasonable accounting methods in performing their
respective duties during the

                                     -34-

<PAGE>

                                   Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                   Established January 1, 1998

 
period of transition from one Investment Fund to another, including, but not
limited to:

          (a) designating into which Investment Fund a Participant's Accrued
     Benefit will be invested if the Participant fails to submit a proper
     Conversion Election;

          (b) the method for allocating net investment gains or losses and the
     extent, if any, to which amounts received by and distributions paid from
     the Trust during this period share in such allocation;

          (c) investing all or a portion of the Trust's assets in a short-term,
     interest-bearing Fund during such transition period; or

          (d) delaying any Trade Date during a designated transition period or
     changing any Notice Date, Sweep Date or Change Date during such transition
     period.

     7.6  Assets Transferred from the Whitman Plan.  Assets received from the
Whitman Plan shall be invested on the date of receipt in the same Investment
Fund in this Plan as such assets were invested in the Whitman Plan on the date
of transfer.

                                     -35-

<PAGE>

                                   Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                   Established January 1, 1998

 
ARTICLE VIII
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                            VESTING AND FORFEITURES
                            -----------------------


     8.1  Fully Vested Contribution Accounts.

          A Participant shall be fully vested and have a nonforfeitable right to
his or her Accrued Benefit in these Accounts at all times:

                               Post-Tax Account
                               Pre-Tax Account
                               Rollover Account
                               Special Account

     8.2  Vesting; Payment of Accrued Benefit On or After Retirement or
Disability.  A Participant's Accrued Benefit shall be fully vested and
nonforfeitable upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

          (a) completion of at least the minimum number of years of Vesting
     Service in the Vesting Schedule for a 100% nonforfeitable percentage;

          (b) attainment of Normal Retirement Date or Early Retirement Date;

          (c) his or her Termination of Employment for reason of a Disability;
     or

          (d)  he or she dies while an Employee.

     8.3  Vesting Schedule and Forfeitures.

          (a) Vesting.  If a Participant has a Termination of Employment, the
     Participant shall be vested and have a nonforfeitable right to his or her
     Accrued Benefit in his or her Matching and Formula Based Accounts,
     determined in accordance with the following vesting schedule (unless a
     separate vesting schedule is otherwise provided for in an Appendix which
     applies to such Participant):

                                     -36-

<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

 
       Years of Vesting Service                Nonforfeitable Percentage
      --------------------------               -------------------------

          Less than 1 year                                  0%
          1 year but less than 2 years                     20%
          2 years but less than 3 years                    40%
          3 years but less than 4 years                    60%
          4 years but less than 5 years                    80%
          5 years or more                                 100%

     Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, with respect to that portion of a
     Participant's Accounts that is attributable to amounts transferred from the
     Whitman Plan, the vested percentage of such Accounts shall be no less than
     their vested percentage under the Whitman Plan as of the transfer's
     effective date.

     8.4  Forfeitures.
          ----------- 

          (a) Forfeiture Where Payment Commences After a Break in Service.  If
     no Payment Date of a Participant's nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit occurs
     before having incurred a Break in Service, that portion of the
     Participant's Accrued Benefit (which is Employer-derived) which is
     forfeitable as of his or her Termination of Employment shall be forfeited
     as of the completion of a Break in Service.  If the Participant is
     reemployed as an Employee prior to having incurred a Break in Service, the
     Forfeiture shall not occur.  If the Participant is reemployed as an
     Employee after incurring a Break in Service, the Participant shall be fully
     vested and have a nonforfeitable interest in that portion of his or her
     Accounts accrued prior to the Break in Service and not forfeited as a
     result of such Break in Service.  A Participant who incurs a Termination of
     Employment with a zero vested interest in his or her Accrued Benefit (which
     is Employer-derived) shall be deemed to have a Payment Date and a
     Forfeiture of his or her Accrued Benefit as of such Termination of
     Employment.

          (b) Forfeiture Where Payment Commences Prior to a Break in Service.
     If the Payment Date of a Participant's nonforfeitable percentage of his or
     her Accrued Benefit occurs prior to having incurred a Break in Service,
     that portion of his or her Accrued Benefit which is forfeitable shall be
     forfeited as of the Payment Date.  Thereafter, if such person is rehired as
     an Employee prior to incurring a Break in Service, he or she shall be
     entitled to make repayment to the Plan of the full amount distributed to
     him or her on or after the Payment Date no later than (1) the date he or
     she incurs a Break in Service, and (2) the last day of the 5-year period
     commencing on or after his or her date of reemployment.  Upon making
     repayment in a single payment of the amount distributed to him or her, the
     amount repaid shall be credited to the 

                                      -37-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

 
     Participant's Account from which paid and the Forfeiture shall be
     reinstated to his or her Accounts and invested in the same manner as the
     Account to which it is posted. The amount required to restore such
     Participant's Accounts shall be charged against the Plan's Forfeitures, and
     if insufficient, be made up from additional Employer Contributions. Where a
     Participant has been deemed to have a Payment Date because he or she had a
     zero vested interest in his or her Accrued Benefit, he or she will be
     deemed to have made the repayment required by this subparagraph on his or
     her date of hire.

          If the Employee makes the above-described repayment, such repayment
     shall be considered to be the "investment in the contract" for purposes of
     Sections 72(c)(1)(A), 72(f) and 402(e)(4)(D)(i) of the Code in relation to
     the amount reinstated in his or her Account on account of the repayment.

     8.5  Forfeiture Account.
          ------------------ 

     A Forfeiture will be posted, no later than the end of the Plan Year in
which the Forfeiture arises, to the Forfeiture Account on the Settlement Date
for the Trade Date on which the Custodian, at the direction of the
Administrator, has converted the Forfeiture to cash.  The Forfeiture Account
shall be invested in interest bearing deposits of the Custodian or short term
money market instruments.  No later than the end of such Plan Year, the
Forfeiture Account shall be used in the following order: to reinstate Accrued
Benefits and to reduce Employer Contributions, as determined by the
Administrator and to pay expenses of the Plan.

                                      -38-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

 
ARTICLE IX
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               PARTICIPANT LOANS
                               -----------------

     9.1  Participant Loans Permitted.  The Administrator is authorized to
establish and administer a loan program for a Participant who is an Eligible
Employee or a former Eligible Employee who is a "party in interest" under ERISA
pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Article.  All loan limits
are determined as of the Trade Date the Trustee reserves funds for the loan.
The funds will be disbursed to the Participant as soon as is administratively
feasible after the next following Settlement Date.  Loans will be available to a
Participant only to the extent provided in the Appendix applicable to that
Participant.

     9.2  Loan Funding Limits.
          ------------------- 

          The loan amount must meet the following limits:

          (a) Plan Minimum Limit.  The minimum amount for any loan is $1,000.00.

          (b) Plan Maximum Limit.  Subject to the legal limit described in (c)
     below, the maximum a Participant may borrow, including the outstanding
     balance of existing Plan loans, is fifty percent (50%) of his or her
     following Accounts which are fully vested:

                         Pre-Tax Account
                         Special Account
                         Matching Account
                         Formula Based Account
                         Rollover Account
                         Post-Tax Account.

          (c) Legal Maximum Limit.  The maximum a Participant may borrow,
     including the outstanding balance of existing loans, is based upon the
     value of his or her vested interest in this Plan and all other qualified
     plans maintained by a Commonly Controlled Entity (the "Vested Interest").
     The maximum amount is equal to fifty percent (50%) of his or her Vested
     Interest, not to exceed $50,000.  However, the $50,000 amount is reduced by
     the Participant's highest outstanding balance of all loans from any
     Commonly Controlled Entity's qualified plans during the 12-month period
     ending on the day before the Trade Date on which the loan is made.

                                      -39-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

 
     9.3  Maximum Number of Loans.  A Participant may have only one loan
outstanding at any given time, and any prior existing loan must be fully repaid
for sixty (60) days before a new loan may be secured.

     9.4  Source of Loan Funding.  A loan to a Participant shall be made solely
from the assets of his or her following Accounts which are fully vested:

                         Pre-Tax Account
                         Special Account
                         Matching Account
                         Formula Based Account
                         Rollover Account
                         Post-Tax Account.

The available assets shall be determined first by Contribution Account and then
by investment type within each type of Contribution Account.  The hierarchy for
loan funding by type of Contribution Account shall be the order listed in the
preceding Plan Maximum Limit paragraph.  Within each Account used for funding,
amounts shall first be taken from the available cash in the Account and then
taken by type of investment in direct proportion to the market value of the
Participant's interest in each Investment Fund as of the Sweep Date on which the
loan is made.

     9.5  Interest Rate.  The interest rate charged on Participant loans shall
be fixed and equal to the Trustee's prime rate in effect on Monday of the week
in which the loan request is received by the responsible Named Fiduciary.

     9.6  Repayment.  Substantially level amortization shall be required of each
loan with payments made at least monthly, through payroll deduction, provided
that payment can be made by check for advance loan payments, or when a
Participant is on an Authorized Leave of Absence, Disabled or transferred to the
employ of a Commonly Controlled Entity which is not participating in the Plan.
Loans may be prepaid in full or in part at any time.  The loan repayment period
shall be as mutually agreed upon by the Participant and Administrator, not to
exceed five (5) years.

     9.7  Repayment Hierarchy.  Loan principal repayments shall be credited to
the Participant's Contribution Accounts in the inverse of the order used to fund
the loan.  Loan interest shall be credited to the Contribution Account in direct
proportion to the principal repayment.  Loan payments are credited by investment
type based upon the Participant's current Conversion Election for that Account.

     9.8  Loan Application, Note and Security.  A Participant shall apply for
any loan in accordance with a procedure established by the responsible Named
Fiduciary.  The responsible Named Fiduciary shall administer Participant loans
and shall specify the time frame for approving loan applications.  All loans
shall be evidenced by a promissory note and security agreement and secured only
by a Participant's vested

                                      -40-
<PAGE>
 
Account balance. The Plan shall have a lien on a Participant's Account to the
extent of any outstanding loan balance.

     9.9  Default, Suspension and Acceleration Feature.
          -------------------------------------------- 

          (a) Default.  A loan is treated as a default on the earlier of (i) the
     date any scheduled loan payment is more than ninety (90) days late,
     provided that the Administrator may agree to a suspension of loan payments
     for up to twelve (12) months for a Participant who is on an Authorized
     Leave of Absence; or (ii) thirty (30) days from the time the Participant
     receives written notice of the note being due and payable and a demand for
     past due amounts.

          (b) Actions upon Default.  In the event of default, the Administrator
     will direct the Trustee to report the default as a taxable distribution.
     As soon as a Plan withdrawal or distribution to such Participant would
     otherwise be permitted, the Administrator will direct the Trustee to
     execute upon its security interest in the Participant's Account by
     segregating the unpaid loan balance from the Account, including interest to
     the date of default, and to distribute the note to the Participant.

          (c) Acceleration.  A loan shall become due and payable in full once
     the Participant incurs a Termination of Employment.

     9.10 Loans from Whitman Plan.  Each loan from the Whitman Plan, which is a
portion of assets and liabilities transferred to this Plan from the Whitman
Plan, shall be established as a loan from this Plan to the same Participant, the
note shall be credited to a separate Investment Fund for investment only by such
Participant and accounted for in dollars as an earmarked asset of the same
Account of the borrowing Participant as it had been reflected in the Whitman
Plan.

                                      -41-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

 
ARTICLE X
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                             IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS
                             ----------------------

     10.1  Withdrawals for General Hardship.
           -------------------------------- 

           (a) Requirements.  To the extent permitted by an Appendix, a
     Participant may request the withdrawal of any amount from the vested
     portion of his or her Accounts needed to satisfy a general hardship by
     submitting a completed withdrawal request to the Administrator.

           (b) General Hardship.  General hardship will mean circumstances of
     sufficient severity that a Participant is confronted by present or
     impending financial ruin or his or her family is clearly endangered by
     present or impending want or privation.

           (c) Contribution Account Sources for Withdrawal.  All available
     amounts must first be withdrawn from his or her Accounts under Sections
     10.2 or 10.3 to the extent either such Section applies to such Participant
     (as specified in an applicable Appendix).  The remaining withdrawal amount
     shall come only from his or her Accounts, in the following priority order
     of Post-Tax Accounts:

                         Post-Tax Account
                         Rollover Account
                         Formula Based Account
                         Matching Account

     10.2  Withdrawals for 401(k) Hardship.
           ------------------------------- 

           (a) Requirements.  To the extent permitted in an Appendix which
     applies to a Participant, each such Participant may request the withdrawal
     of any amount from the portion of his or her Accounts to the extent vested
     needed to satisfy a financial need by making a withdrawal request in
     accordance with a procedure established by the Administrator.  The
     Administrator shall only approve those requests for withdrawals (1) on
     account of a Participant's "Deemed Financial Need", and (2) which are
     "Deemed Necessary" to satisfy the financial need.

           (b) "Deemed Financial Need".  Financial commitments relating to:

                                      -42-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998


                (1)  costs directly related to the purchase or construction
                     (excluding mortgage payments or balloon payments) of a
                     Participant's principal residence;

                (2)  the payment of expenses for medical care described in
                     Section 213(d) of the Code previously incurred by the
                     Participant, the Participant's Spouse, or any dependents of
                     the Participant (as defined in Section 152 of the Code) or
                     necessary for those persons to obtain medical care
                     described in Section 213(d) of the Code;

                (3)  payment of tuition and related educational fees and room
                     and board expenses for the next twelve (12) months of post-
                     secondary education for the Participant, his or her Spouse,
                     children or dependents (as defined in Section 152 of the
                     Code); or

                (4)  necessary payments to prevent the eviction of the
                     Participant from his or her principal residence or the
                     foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant's principal
                     residence.

           (c) "Deemed Necessary".  A withdrawal is "deemed necessary" to
     satisfy the financial need only if all of these conditions are met:

                (1)  the withdrawal may not exceed the dollar amount needed to
                     satisfy the Participant's documented Financial Hardship,
                     plus an amount necessary to pay federal, state, or local
                     income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result
                     from such withdrawal;

                (2)  the Participant must have obtained all distributions, other
                     than Financial Hardship distributions, and all nontaxable
                     loans under all plans maintained by the Company or any
                     Commonly Controlled Entity;

                (3)  the Participant will be suspended from making Pre-Tax
                     Contributions and Post-Tax Contributions (or similar
                     contributions under any other qualified or nonqualified
                     plan of deferred compensation maintained by a Commonly
                     Controlled Entity) for at least twelve (12) months from the
                     date the withdrawal is received; and

                (4)  the Contribution Dollar Limit for the taxable year
                     immediately following the taxable year in which the

                                      -43-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

 
                     Financial Hardship withdrawal is received shall be reduced
                     by the Elective Deferrals for the taxable year in which the
                     Financial Hardship withdrawal is received.


           (d) Account Sources for Withdrawal.  All available amounts must first
     be withdrawn from his or her Accounts under Section 10.2 or 10.3 to the
     extent either such Section applies to such Participant (as specified in an
     applicable Appendix).  The remaining withdrawal amount shall come only from
     his or her Accounts, to the extent vested, in the following priority order
     of Accounts:

                         Post-Tax Account
                         Rollover Account
                         Formula Based Account
                         Matching Account
                         Pre-Tax Account

     The amount that may be withdrawn from a Participant's Pre-Tax Account shall
     not include earnings and Qualified Matching Contributions posted to his or
     her Pre-Tax Account after the end of the Plan Year which ends before July
     1, 1989.

     10.3  Withdrawals for Participants over age 59 1/2 or who are Disabled.
           ---------------------------------------------------------------- 

           (a) Requirements.  To the extent permitted in an Appendix which
     applies to a Participant, each such Participant who is over age 59 1/2 or
     who is Disabled may withdraw from the portion of his or her Accounts to the
     extent vested listed in paragraph (b) below.

           (b) Account Sources for Withdrawal.  When requesting a withdrawal,
     any withdrawal amount shall come only from his or her Accounts, to the
     extent vested, in the following priority order of Accounts:

                     Post-Tax Account
                     Rollover Account
                     Formula Based Account
                     Matching Account
                     Pre-Tax Account
                     Special Account.

     10.4  Unrestricted Withdrawals.
           ------------------------ 

           (a) Requirements.  To the extent permitted in an Appendix, withdrawal
     is permitted from an amount credited to any of the Accounts listed in
     paragraph (b) below.

                                      -44-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

 
           (b) Contribution Account Sources for Withdrawal.  When requesting a
     withdrawal, any withdrawal amount shall come only from his or her Accounts,
     in the following priority order of Accounts:

                     Post-Tax Account
                     Rollover Account

     10.5  Withdrawal Processing.
           --------------------- 

           (a) Ordering of Post-Tax Account Withdrawals.  To the extent of the
     outstanding principal amount (excluding earnings) as of December 31, 1986
     attributable to his or her Post-Tax Account, any withdrawal hereunder shall
     be deemed first to be made therefrom, second from Post-Tax Contributions,
     if any, made after December 31, 1986, plus earnings thereon in the same pro
     rata manner as required by Code Section 72(e), and, thirdly, from earnings
     on such principal amount as of December 31, 1986.

           (b) Minimum Amount.  There is no minimum payment for any type of
     withdrawal.

           (c) Permitted Frequency.  The maximum number of withdrawals permitted
     in any Plan Year (other than for 401(k) Hardship) is two.  For this
     purpose, two types of withdrawals distributed in one payment shall
     constitute one withdrawal.

           (d) Application by Participant.  A Participant must submit a
     withdrawal request in accordance with a procedure established by the
     responsible Named Fiduciary to the responsible Named Fiduciary to apply for
     any type of withdrawal.  Only a Participant who is an Employee may make a
     withdrawal request.

           (e) Approval by Responsible Named Fiduciary.  The responsible Named
     Fiduciary is responsible for determining that a withdrawal request conforms
     to the requirements described in this Section and notifying the Custodian
     of any payments to be made in a timely manner.

           (f) Time of Processing.  The Custodian shall process all withdrawal
     requests which it receives by a Sweep Date, based on the value as of the
     Trade Date to which it relates, and fund them on the next Settlement Date.
     The Custodian shall then make payment to the Participant as soon thereafter
     as is administratively feasible.

           (g) Medium and Form of Payment.  The medium of payment for
     withdrawals is either cash or direct deposit; provided however, a
     withdrawal under either Section 10.3 or 10.4 may be paid, as directed by
     the Participant, 

                                      -45-
<PAGE>

                                              Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                              Established January 1, 1998

 
     in whole shares of Company Stock to the extent the withdrawal is funded
     from the Company Stock Fund. The form of payment for withdrawals shall be a
     single installment.

           (h) Investment Fund Sources.  Within each Account used for funding a
     withdrawal, amounts shall be taken by type of investment in direct
     proportion to the market value of the Participant's interest in each
     Investment Fund (which excludes the Participant's loans) at the time the
     withdrawal is made.

           (i) Direct Rollover.  With respect to any cash payment hereunder in
     excess of $200 which constitutes an Eligible Rollover Distribution, a
     Distributee may direct the responsible Named Fiduciary to have all or some
     portion of such payment (other than from a Post-Tax Account) paid in the
     form of a Trustee Transfer, in accordance with procedures established by
     the responsible Named Fiduciary, provided the responsible Named Fiduciary
     receives written notice of such direction with specific instructions as to
     the Eligible Retirement Plan on or prior to the applicable Sweep Date for
     payment.  If the Participant does not transfer all of such payment, the
     minimum amount which can be transferred is $500.

                                      -46-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998
 
ARTICLE XI
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                           DISTRIBUTIONS ON AND AFTER
                           TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
                           -------------------------

     11.1  Request for Distribution of Benefits.
           ------------------------------------ 

           (a) Request for Distribution.  Subject to the other requirements of
     this Article, a Participant may elect to have his or her vested Accrued
     Benefit paid to him or her  beginning upon any Settlement Date following
     his or her Termination of Employment by submitting a completed distribution
     election in accordance with a procedure established by the responsible
     Named Fiduciary.  Such election form shall include or be accompanied by a
     notice which provides the Participant with information regarding all
     optional times and forms of payment available.  The election must be
     submitted to the responsible Named Fiduciary by the Sweep Date that relates
     to the Payment Date.

           (b) Failure to Request Distribution.  If a Participant has a
     Termination of Employment and fails to submit a distribution request in
     accordance with a procedure established by the responsible Named Fiduciary
     by the last Payment Date permitted under this Article, his or her vested
     Accrued Benefit shall be valued as of the Valuation Date which immediately
     precedes such latest date of distribution (called the "Default Valuation
     Date") and a notice of such deemed distribution shall be issued to his or
     her last known address as soon as administratively possible.  If the
     Participant does not respond to the notice or cannot be located, his or her
     vested Accrued Benefit determined on the Default Valuation Date shall be
     treated as a Forfeiture.  If the Participant subsequently files a claim,
     the amount forfeited (unadjusted for gains and losses) shall be reinstated
     to his or her Accounts and distributed as soon as administratively
     feasible, and such payment shall be accounted for by charging it against
     the Forfeiture Account or by a contribution from the Employer of the
     affected Participant.

     11.2  Deadline for Distribution.  In addition to any other Plan
requirements and unless the Participant elects otherwise, or cannot be located,
the Payment Date of a Participant's vested Accrued Benefit shall be not later
than sixty (60) days after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which (i)
the Participant attains the earlier of age sixty-five (65) or his or her Normal
Retirement Date, (ii) occurs the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Plan Year in
which the Participant commenced participation, or (iii) the Participant had a
Termination of Employment.  However, if the amount of the payment or the
location of the Participant (after a reasonable search) cannot be ascertained by
that deadline, payment shall be made no later than sixty (60) days after the
earliest date on which such amount or location is ascertained.  In any case, 

                                      -47-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

 
     the Payment Date of the Accrued Benefit of a Participant (i) who is not an
     Employee or (ii) who is an Employee and who is a 5-percent owner (as
     defined in Code Section 416), shall not be later than April 1 following the
     calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half 
     (70 1/2) and each December 31 thereafter and shall comply with the
     requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations
     promulgated thereunder.

     11.3  Payment Form and Medium.
           ----------------------- 

           (a) General.  A Participant's vested Accrued Benefit shall be paid in
     the form of:

                (1)  a single sum,

                (2) periodic installments as selected by the Participant, not to
           exceed 15 years, or

                (3) periodic distributions of at least $500.00, each in an
           amount designated by the Participant but not to exceed two
           distributions per Plan Year.

           (b) Medium of Payment.  Payments will generally be made in cash
     (generally by check); alternatively, if the Participant elects a single sum
     distribution, a single sum payment will be made, as directed by the
     Participant, in whole shares of Company Stock (to the extent his or her
     distribution is funded from the Company Stock Fund).  Any annuity option
     permitted will be provided through the purchase of a non-transferable
     single premium contract from an insurance company which must conform to the
     terms of the Plan and Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and which will be
     distributed to the Participant or Beneficiary in complete satisfaction of
     the benefit due.

     11.4  Small Amounts Paid Immediately.  If a Participant has a Termination
of Employment and the Participant's vested Accrued Benefit is $5,000 or less,
the Participant's Accrued Benefit shall be paid as a single sum as soon as
administratively feasible after his or her Termination of Employment.

     11.5  Payment Within Life Expectancy.  The Participant's payment election
must be consistent with the requirement of Code Section 401(a)(9) that all
payments are to be completed within a period not to exceed the lives or the
joint and last survivor life expectancy of the Participant and his or her
Beneficiary.  The life expectancies of a Participant and his or her spouse may
be recomputed annually.

     11.6  Incidental Benefit Rule.  The Participant's payment election must be
consistent with the requirement that, if the Participant's Spouse is not his or
her sole primary Beneficiary, the minimum annual distribution for each calendar
year, 

                                      -48-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

 
beginning with the year in which he or she attains age seventy and one-half 
(70 1/2), shall not be less than the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the
Participant's vested Accrued Benefit as of the last Trade Date of the preceding
year by (b) the applicable divisor as determined under the incidental benefit
requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9).

     11.7  QJSA and QPSA Information and Elections.  The following information
and election rules will apply to any Participant who elects an annuity option
with respect to that portion of the Participant's Account which includes a
transfer from the Whitman Plan as of January 1, 1998.

           (a) "QJSA".  A qualified joint and fifty percent (50%) survivor
     annuity, meaning a form of benefit payment which is the actuarial
     equivalent of the Participant's applicable portion of the vested Accrued
     Benefit at the Payment Date, payable to the Participant in monthly payments
     for life and providing that, if the Participant's Spouse survives him or
     her, monthly payments equal to fifty percent (50%) of the amount payable to
     the Participant during his or her lifetime will be paid to the Spouse for
     the remainder of such person's lifetime.

           (b) "QPSA".  A qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity, meaning
     that upon the death of a Participant before the Payment Date of the
     applicable portion of his or her vested Accrued Benefit, such benefit will
     become payable to the surviving Spouse as an annuity, unless Spousal
     Consent has been given to a different Beneficiary or the surviving Spouse
     chooses a different form of payment.

           (c) QJSA Information to a Participant.  No more than ninety (90) days
     before the Payment Date, each Participant who has a Spouse and requests or
     will receive an annuity form of payment shall be given a written
     explanation of (1) the terms and conditions of the QJSA to his or her
     annuity; (2) the right to make an election to waive this form of payment
     and choose an optional form of payment and the effect of this election; (3)
     the right to revoke this election and the effect of this revocation; (4)
     the need for Spousal Consent; and (5) the right of the Participant to
     consider, for at least thirty (30) days, whether to waive the Qualified
     Joint and Survivor Annity.

           (d) QJSA Election.  A Participant may elect (and such election shall
     include Spousal Consent if married), at any time within the ninety (90) day
     period ending on the Payment Date, to (1) waive the right to receive the
     QJSA and elect an optional form of payment; or (2) revoke or change any
     such election.

           (e) QJSA Spousal Consent to Participant Loans.  Spousal Consent must
     be obtained for any Participant loan which is funded from any amount to

                                      -49-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

 
     which the election in paragraph (d) above applies within the ninety (90)
     day period ending on the date such loan is secured.

           (f) QJSA Spousal Consent to Participant In-Service Withdrawals.
     Spousal Consent must be obtained for any Participant in-service withdrawal
     which is funded from the applicable portion of his or her Account or any
     portion of an Account to which the election in paragraph (d) above applies
     within the ninety (90) day period ending on the date of such in-service
     withdrawal.

           (g) QPSA Beneficiary Information to Participant.  Each married
     Participant who has requested or will receive an annuity form of payment
     shall be given written information stating that (1) his or her death
     benefit is payable to his or her surviving Spouse; (2) his or her ability
     to choose that the benefit be paid to a different Beneficiary; (3) the
     right to revoke or change a prior designation and the effects of such
     revocation or change; and (4) the need for Spousal Consent.  Such
     information shall be provided during whichever of the following periods
     ends later:

                (1)  the period that begins one year before the date on which
                     the Participant requests an annuity form of payment and
                     that ends one year after such date; and

                (2)  the period that begins with the first day of the Plan Year
                     in which the Participant attains age thirty-two (32) and
                     that ends with the close of the Plan Year in which the
                     Participant attains age thirty-five (35).

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant incurs a Termination of
     Employment after requesting an annuity form of payment, but before
     attaining age thirty-five (35), the information described in the first
     sentence of this Subsection shall be provided during the period that begins
     one year before the date of the Participant's Termination of Employment and
     that ends one year after such date.

           (h) QPSA Beneficiary Designation by Participant.  A married
     Participant may designate (with Spousal Consent) a non-spouse Beneficiary
     at any time after the Participant has been given the information in the
     QPSA Beneficiary Information to Participant paragraph above and upon the
     earlier of (1) the date the Participant incurs a Termination of Employment,
     or (2) the beginning of the Plan Year in which that Participant attains age
     thirty-five (35).

     11.8  Continued Payment of Amounts in Payment Status on January 1, 1998.
Any person who became a Participant prior to January 1, 1998 only because he or
she had an Accrued Benefit and who had commenced to receive payments prior to

                                      -50-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

 
January 1, 1998 shall continue to receive such payments in the same form and
payment schedule under this Plan.

     11.9  TEFRA Transitional Rule.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of
this Plan, distribution on behalf of any Participant may be made in accordance
with the following requirements (regardless of when such distribution
commences):

           (a) The distribution must have been one provided for in the Plan.

           (b) The distribution by the Plan is one which would not have
     disqualified the Plan under Code Section 401(a)(9) as in effect prior to
     amendment by TEFRA.

           (c) The distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution
     designated by the Participant whose interest is being distributed or, if
     the Participant is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Participant.

           (d) Such designation was in writing, was signed by the Participant or
     the Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984.

           (e) The Participant had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of
     December 31, 1983.

           (f) The method of distribution designated by the Participant or the
     Beneficiary specifies the time at which distribution will commence, the
     period over which  distribution will be made, and in the case of any
     distribution upon the Participant's death, the Beneficiaries of the
     Participant listed in order of priority.

     11.10  Direct Rollover.  With respect to any payment in excess of $200
hereunder which constitutes an Eligible Rollover Distribution, a Distributee may
direct the Administrator to have such payment (other than from a Post-Tax
Account) paid in the form of a Trustee Transfer, in accordance with procedures
established by the Administrator, provided the responsible Named Fiduciary
receives written notice of such direction with specific instructions as to the
Eligible Retirement Plan on or prior to the applicable Sweep Date for payment.
If the Participant does not transfer all of such payment, the minimum amount
which can be transferred is $500.

                                      -51-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

 
ARTICLE XII
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                   DISTRIBUTION OF ACCRUED BENEFITS ON DEATH
                   -----------------------------------------

     12.1  Payment to Beneficiary.  On the death of a Participant prior to his
or her Payment Date, his or her vested Accrued Benefit shall be paid to the
Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designated by the Participant in accordance with
the procedure established by the responsible Named Fiduciary.  Death of a
Participant on or after his or her Payment Date shall result in payment to his
or her Beneficiary of whatever death benefit is provided by the form of payment
in effect on his or her Payment Date.

     12.2  Beneficiary Designation.  Each Participant shall complete a
beneficiary designation indicating the Beneficiary who is to receive the
Participant's remaining Plan interest at the time of his or her death.  The
Participant may change such designation of Beneficiary from time to time by
filing a new beneficiary designation with the Administrator.  No designation of
Beneficiary or change of Beneficiary shall be effective until properly filed
with the Administrator.  Notwithstanding any designation to the contrary, the
Participant's Beneficiary shall be the Participant's Spouse to whom the
Participant is legally married under the laws of the State of the Participant's
residence on the date of the Participant's death and surviving him or her on
such date, unless such designation includes Spousal Consent.  If the Participant
dies leaving no Spouse and either (1) the Participant shall have failed to file
a valid beneficiary designation, or (2) all persons designated on the
beneficiary designation shall have predeceased the Participant, the
Administrator shall have the Custodian distribute such Participant's Accrued
Benefit in a single sum to his or her estate.

     12.3  Benefit Election.
           ---------------- 

           (a) Request for Distribution.  In the event of a Participant's death
     prior to his or her Payment Date, a Beneficiary may elect to have the
     vested Accrued Benefit of a deceased Participant paid to him or her
     beginning upon any Settlement Date following the Participant's date of
     death by submitting a completed distribution election in accordance with
     the procedure established by the responsible Named Fiduciary.  The election
     must be submitted to the responsible Named Fiduciary by the Sweep Date that
     relates to the Settlement Date upon which payments are to begin.

           (b) Failure to Request Distribution.  In the event a Beneficiary
     fails to submit a timely distribution request, his or her vested Accrued
     Benefit shall be valued as of the Valuation Date which immediately precedes
     such latest date of distribution (called the "Default Valuation Date") and
     a notice of such deemed distribution shall be issued to his or her last
     known address as soon 

                                      -52-
<PAGE>
                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998
 
     as administratively possible. If the Beneficiary does not respond to the
     notice or cannot be located, his or her vested Accrued Benefit determined
     on the Default Valuation Date shall be treated as a Forfeiture. If the
     Beneficiary subsequently files a claim, the amount forfeited (unadjusted
     for gains and losses) shall be reinstated to his or her Accounts and
     distributed as soon as administratively feasible, and such payment shall be
     accounted for by charging it against the Forfeiture or by a Contribution
     from the Employer of the affected Beneficiary.

     12.4  Payment Form.  In the event of a Participant's death after his or her
Payment Date, payment shall be made in the form selected by the Participant.
Otherwise, a Beneficiary shall be limited to the same form and medium of payment
to which the Participant was limited.  Payments will generally be made in cash
(by check); alternatively, if the Beneficiary elects an in-kind distribution, a
single sum payment will be made in a combination of cash and whole shares.

     12.5  Time Limit for Payment to Beneficiary.  Payment to a Beneficiary must
either:

           (a) be completed within five (5) years of the Participant's death; or

           (b) begin within one year of his or her death and be completed within
     the period of the Beneficiary's lifetime, except that:

                (1)  If the Participant dies after the April 1 immediately
                     following the end of the calendar year in which he or she
                     attains age seventy and one-half (70 1/2), payment to his
                     or her Beneficiary must be made at least as rapidly as
                     provided in the Participant's distribution election;

                (2)  If the surviving Spouse is the Beneficiary, payments need
                     not begin until the date on which the Participant would
                     have attained age seventy and one-half (70 1/2) and must be
                     completed within the Spouse's lifetime; and

                (3)  If the Participant and the surviving Spouse who is the
                     Beneficiary die (A) before the April 1 immediately
                     following the end of the calendar year in which the
                     Participant would have attained age seventy and one-half
                     (70 1/2); and (B) before payments have begun to the Spouse,
                     the Spouse will be treated as the Participant in applying
                     these rules.

                                      -53-
<PAGE>
                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998
 
     12.6 QPSA Information and Election. The following information and election
rules will apply to any Beneficiary of a Participant who dies prior to his or
her Payment Date after having elected a life annuity option.

          (a) Form of Payment.  The applicable portion of a Participant's
     vested Accrued Benefit will be paid in the form of a QPSA.

          (b) QPSA Information to a Surviving Spouse.  Each surviving Spouse who
     requests an annuity form of payment shall be given a written explanation of
     (1) the terms and conditions of being paid his or her vested Accrued
     Benefit in the form of a single life annuity, (2) the right to make an
     election to waive this form of payment and choose an optional form of
     payment and the effect of making this election, and (3) the right to revoke
     this election and the effect of this revocation.

          (c) QPSA Election by Surviving Spouse.  A surviving Spouse may elect,
     at any time up to the Sweep Date associated with the Settlement Date upon
     which payments will begin, to (1) waive the single life annuity and elect
     an optional form of payment, or (2) revoke or change any such election.

          (d) Small Amounts Paid Immediately.  If a Beneficiary's vested
     Accrued Benefit is $5,000 or less, the Beneficiary's Accrued Benefit shall
     be paid as a single sum as soon as administratively feasible.

     12.7 Direct Rollover. With respect to any cash payment in excess of $200
hereunder which constitutes an Eligible Rollover Distribution, a Distributee may
direct the Administrator to have such payment (other than from a Post-Tax
Account) paid in the form of a Trustee Transfer, in accordance with the
procedure established by the responsible Named Fiduciary, provided the
responsible Named Fiduciary receives written Notice of such direction with
specific instructions as to the Eligible Retirement Plan on or prior to the
applicable Sweep Date for payment. If the Participant does not transfer all of
such payment, the minimum amount which can be transferred is $500.

                                      -54-
<PAGE>
                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998
 
ARTICLE XIII
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                             MAXIMUM CONTRIBUTIONS
                             ---------------------

     13.1  Definitions.

           (a) "Annual Additions" means with respect to a Participant for any
     Plan Year the sum of:

                (1)  Contributions and Forfeitures (and any earnings thereon)
                     allocated as of a date within the Plan Year;

                (2)  All contributions, forfeitures and suspended amounts (and
                     income thereon) for such Plan Year, allocated to such
                     Participant's account(s) under any Related Defined
                     Contribution Plan as of a date within such Plan Year;

                (3)  The sum of all after-tax contributions of the Participant
                     to Related Plans for the Plan Year and allocated to such
                     Participant's accounts under such Related Plan as of a date
                     within such Plan Year ("Aggregate Employee Contributions");

                (4)  Solely for purposes of this Section, all contributions to
                     any "separate account" (as defined in Section 419A(d) of
                     the Code) allocated to such Participant as of a date within
                     the Plan Year if such Participant is a "Key Employee"
                     within the meaning of Code Section 416(i); and

                (5)  Solely for purposes of this Section, all contributions to
                     any "individual medical benefit account" (as defined in
                     Section 415(l) of the Code) allocated to such Participant
                     as of a date within the Plan Year.

           (b) "Maximum Annual Additions" of a Participant for a Plan Year means
     the lesser of:

                (1)  twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant's
                     Compensation, or

                (2)  the greater of thirty thousand dollars ($30,000) or one-
                     quarter of the dollar limitation in Code Section
                     415(b)(1)(A) as adjusted for cost of living increases

                                      -55-
<PAGE>
                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998
 
                     (determined in accordance with regulations prescribed by
                     the Secretary of the Treasury or his or her delegate
                     pursuant to the provisions of Section 415(d) of the Code).

           (c) "Annual Excess" means, for each Participant affected, the amount
     by which the allocable Annual Additions for such Participant exceeds or
     would exceed the Maximum Annual Addition for such Participant.

     13.2  Avoiding an Annual Excess.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Plan, a Participant's "Annual Additions" for any Plan Year, which is hereby
designated as the "limitation year" for the Plan, as that term is used in
Section 415 of the Code, shall not exceed his or her "Maximum Annual Additions."
If, at any time during a Plan Year, the allocation of additional Contributions
for a Plan Year would produce an Annual Excess, the affected Participant shall
receive only the Maximum Annual Addition from Contributions, and, at the
direction of the responsible Named Fiduciary, for the remainder of the Plan Year
Contributions will be reduced, if possible, to the amount needed for each
affected Participant to receive only the Maximum Annual Addition.

     13.3  Correcting an Annual Excess.  If for any Plan Year as a result of a
reasonable error in estimating a person's Compensation, Elective Deferrals, or
such other facts and circumstances which the Internal Revenue Service will
permit, a Participant's Annual Excess shall be treated in the following manner:

           (a) Aggregate Employee Contributions allocable under a Related Plan
     shall be distributed to the Participant, if permitted, and then Post-Tax
     Contributions to the Plan shall be distributed, by the amount of the Annual
     Excess.

           (b) If any Annual Excess remains, Pre-Tax Contributions (and earnings
     thereon) shall be distributed to such Participant.

           (c) If any Annual Excess (adjusted for investment gains and losses)
     remains, Contributions shall be a Forfeiture for such Participant in the
     following order:

                     (1) Matching Contributions;

                     (2) Formula Based Contributions.

           (d) Any Forfeiture of a Participant's allocations of Contributions
     under subparagraph 13.3(c) above shall be held in the Forfeiture Account
     and shall be used for the Plan Year to reduce or applied as Contributions.
     If any such amount remains in the Forfeiture Account, it shall again be
     held in
                                      -56-
<PAGE>
                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998
 
suspense in the Forfeiture Account and be utilized to reduce future
Contributions for succeeding Plan Years.

           (e) Any amounts held in suspense in the Forfeiture Account pursuant
     to Paragraph 13.3(d) above remaining upon Plan termination shall be
     returned to the Employers in such proportions as shall be determined by the
     Administrator.

     13.4  Correcting a Multiple Plan Excess.  If a Participant's  Accounts have
or would have an Annual Excess, the Annual Excess shall be corrected by reducing
the Annual Addition to this Plan before reductions have been made to other
Related Defined Contribution Plans.

     13.5 Two-Plan Limit. If a Participant participates in any Related Defined
Benefit Plan, the sum of the "Defined Benefit Plan Fraction" (as defined below)
and the "Defined Contribution Plan Fraction" (as defined below) for such
Participant shall not exceed one (called the "Combined Fraction").

           (a) "Defined Benefit Plan Fraction" means, for any Plan Year, a
     fraction, the numerator of which is the projected benefit payable pursuant
     to Code Section 415(e)(2)(A) under all Related Defined Benefit Plans and
     the denominator of which is the lesser of: (i) the product of 1.25 and the
     dollar limit in effect for the Plan Year under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A),
     and (ii) the product of 1.4 and one hundred percent (100%) of the
     Participant's average Compensation for his or her high three (3) years.

           (b) "Defined Contribution Plan Fraction" means, for any Plan Year, a
     fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the  Annual Additions (as
     determined pursuant to Section 415(c) of the Code in effect for such Plan
     Year) to a Participant's Accounts as of the end of the Plan Year under the
     Plan or any Related Defined Contribution Plan, and the denominator of which
     is the lesser of:

                (1)  The sum of the products of 1.25 and the dollar limit under
                     Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) for such Plan Year and for each
                     prior year of service with a Commonly Controlled Entity and
                     its predecessor, and

                (2)  the sum of the products of 1.4 and twenty-five percent
                     (25%) of the Participant's Compensation for such Plan Year
                     and for each prior year of service with a Commonly
                     Controlled Entity and its predecessor.

     If the Combined Fraction of such Participant exceeds one and if the Related
     Defined Benefit Plan permits it, the Participant's Defined Benefit Plan
     Fraction 

                                      -57-
<PAGE>
                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998
 
     shall be reduced by limiting the Participant's annual benefits
     payable from the Related Defined Benefit Plan in which he or she
     participates to the extent necessary to reduce the Combined Fraction of
     such Participant to one.


     13.6  Short Plan Year.  With respect to any change of the Plan Year (and
co-existent limitation year), the dollar limitation of the Maximum Annual
Addition for such Plan Year shall be determined by multiplying such dollar
amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months (including
fractional parts of a month) in the short Plan Year, and the denominator of
which is twelve (12).

     13.7  Grandfathering of Applicable Limitations.  The Plan shall recognize
and apply any grandfathering of applicable benefits and contributions
limitations which are permitted under ERISA, the Tax Equity and Fiscal
Responsibility Act of 1982 and the Tax Reform Act of 1986.

                                      -58-
<PAGE>
                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998
 
ARTICLE  XIV
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               ADP AND ACP TESTS
                               -----------------

     14.1   Contribution Limitation Definitions.  For purposes of this Article,
the following terms are defined as follows:

            (a) "Average Contribution Percentage" or "ACP" means, separately,
     the average of the Calculated Percentage for Participants within the HCE
     Group and the NHCE Group, respectively, for a Plan Year.

            (b) "Average Deferral Percentage" or "ADP" means, separately, the
     average of the Calculated Percentage calculated for Participants within the
     HCE Group and the NHCE Group, respectively, for a Plan Year.

            (c) "Calculated Percentage" means the calculated percentage for a
     Participant.  The calculated percentage refers to either the K-
     Contributions (including amounts distributed because they exceeded the
     Contribution Dollar Limit) with respect to Compensation which would have
     been received by the Participant in the Plan Year but for his or her
     Contribution Election, or M-Contributions allocated to the Participant's
     Account as of a date within the Plan Year, divided by his or her
     Compensation for such Plan Year.

            (d) "HCE Group" and "NHCE Group" means, with respect to each
     Employer and its Commonly Controlled Entities, the respective group of HCEs
     and NHCEs who are eligible to have amounts contributed on their behalf for
     the Plan Year, including Employees who would be eligible but for their
     election not to participate or to contribute, or because their pay is
     greater than zero but does not exceed a stated minimum, but subject to the
     following:

                 (1)  If the Related Plans are subject to the ADP or ACP Test,
                      and are considered as one plan for purposes of Code
                      Sections 401(a)(4) or 410(b) (other than 410(b)(2)), all
                      such plans shall be aggregated and treated as one plan for
                      purposes of meeting the ADP and ACP Tests provided that,
                      for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1989, plans
                      may only be aggregated if they have the same Plan Year.

                 (2)  If an HCE is covered by more than one cash or deferred
                      arrangement maintained by the Related Plans, all such
                      arrangements (other than arrangements in plans that are
                      not required to be aggregated for this purpose under

                                      -59-
<PAGE>
                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998
 
                      Treas. Reg. (S)1.401(k)-1(g)(l)(ii)(B)) with respect to
                      the Plan Years ending with or within the same calendar
                      year shall be aggregated and treated as one arrangement
                      for purposes of calculating the separate percentage for
                      the HCE which is used in the determination of the Average
                      Percentage.

            (e) "K-Contributions" shall include Pre-Tax Contributions (excluding
     Pre-Tax Contributions treated as Matching Contributions), but shall exclude
     Limited Deferrals to this Plan made on behalf of any NHCE in excess of the
     Contribution Dollar Limit.  In addition, Deferrals may include Qualified
     Matching Contributions and Special Contributions, but only to the extent
     that (1) the Administrator elects to use them and (2) they meet the
     requirements of Code Section 401(k) to be regarded as elective
     contributions.

            (f) "M-Contributions" shall include Matching and Post-Tax
     Contributions (excluding Qualified Matching Contributions),  and Pre-Tax
     Contributions which are recharacterized as Post-Tax Contributions.  In
     addition, M-Contributions may include Pre-Tax Contributions and Special
     Contributions treated as Matching Contributions, but only to the extent
     that (1) the Administrator elects to use them; and (2) they meet the
     requirements of Code Section 401(m) to be regarded as Matching
     Contributions.  M-Contributions shall not include Matching Contributions
     which become a Forfeiture because the Contribution to which it relates is
     in excess of the ADP Test, ACP Test or the Contribution Dollar Limit.

     14.2   ADP and ACP Tests.  For each Plan Year, the ADP and ACP for the HCE
Group must meet either the Basic or Alternative Limitation when compared to the
respective ADP and ACP for the NHCE Group:

            (a) Basic Limitation.  The ADP or ACP for the HCE Group may not
     exceed 1.25 times the ADP or ACP, respectively, for the NHCE Group.

            (b) Alternative Limitation.  The ADP or ACP for the HCE Group is
     limited by reference to the ADP or ACP, respectively, for the NHCE Group as
     follows:

     If the NHCE Group              Then the Maximum HCE
     Percentage is   :              Group Percentage is:
     ----------------               ------------------- 
     Less than 2%                   2 times ADP or ACP for the NHCE Group
     2% to 8%                       ADP or ACP for the NHCE Group plus 2%
     More than 8%                   Basic Limitation applies

                                      -60-
<PAGE>
                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998
 
      14.3  Correction of ADP and ACP Tests.

            (a) Reduction of K-Contributions or M-Contributions.  If the ADP or
      ACP are not met or will not be met, the Administrator shall determine a
      maximum percentage to be used in place of the Calculated Percentage for
      each HCE that would reduce the ADP or ACP of the HCE Group by a sufficient
      amount to meet the ADP and ACP Tests.

            (b) ADP Correction.  Pre-Tax Contributions (including amounts
      previously refunded because they exceeded the Contribution Dollar Limit)
      shall be refunded to the Participant by the end of the next Plan Year in
      an amount equal to the actual K-Contribution minus the product of the
      maximum percentage for that HCE and the HCE's Compensation.  Matching
      Contributions with respect to such distributed Pre-Tax Contributions shall
      be forfeited (unless paid to the Participant due to an ACP Correction).

            (c) ACP Correction.  Matching Contribution amounts in excess of the
      maximum percentage of an HCE's Compensation shall, by the end of the next
      Plan Year, be refunded to the Participant to the extent vested, and
      forfeited to the extent such amounts were not vested as of the end of the
      Plan Year being tested.  The excess amounts shall first be taken from
      unmatched Post-Tax Contributions, and then as a proportional combination
      of matched Post-Tax and Matching Contributions.

            (d) Investment Fund Sources.  Once the amount of Pre-Tax, Post-Tax
      and Matching Contributions to be refunded is determined, amounts shall
      then be taken by type of investment in direct proportion to the market
      value of the Participant's interest in each Investment Fund (which
      excludes Participant loans) as of the Trade Date as of which the
      correction is processed.

      14.4  Method of Calculation.  The Administrator shall determine the
maximum percentage for each HCE whose Calculated Percentage(s) is(are) the
highest at any one time by reducing his or her Calculated Percentage in the
following manner until the ADP and/or ACP Test is satisfied:

            (a) The Calculated Percentage for each HCE under a Related Plan
      shall be reduced to the extent permitted under such Related Plan.

            (b) If more reduction is needed, the Calculated Percentage of each
      HCE whose Calculated Percentage (stated in absolute terms) is the greatest
      shall be reduced by one-hundredth (1/100) of one percentage point.

                                      -61-
<PAGE>
                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998
 
          (c) If more reduction is needed, the Calculated Percentage of each
     HCE whose Calculated Percentage (stated in absolute terms) is the greatest
     (including the Calculated Percentage of any HCE whose Calculated Percentage
     was adjusted under Paragraph (b) shall be reduced by one-hundredth (1/100)
     of one percentage point.

          (d) If more reduction is needed, the procedures of Paragraph (c)
      shall be repeated.

     14.5  Multiple Use Test.  If the Average Contribution Percentage and the
Average Deferral Percentage for the HCE Group exceeds the Basic Limitation in
both the ADP or the ACP Tests (after correction of the ADP and ACP Test),  the
ADP and ACP (as corrected) for the HCE Group must also comply with the
requirements of Code Section 401(m)(9), which as of the Effective Date require
that the sum of these two percentages (as determined after any corrections
needed to meet the ADP or ACP Tests have been made) must not exceed the greater
of:

          (a)  the sum of

               (1)  the larger of the ADP or ACP for the NHCE Group times
                    1.25; and

               (2)  the smaller of the ADP or ACP for the NHCE Group, times two
                    (2) if the NHCE Average Percentage is less than two percent
                    (2%), or plus two percent (2%) if it is two percent (2%) or
                    more; or

          (b)  the sum of

               (1)  the lesser of the ADP or ACP for the NHCE Group times
                    1.25; and

               (2)  the greater of the ADP or ACP for the NHCE Group, times two
                    (2) if the NHCE Average Percentage is less than two percent
                    (2%), or plus two percent (2%) if it is two percent (2%) or
                    more.

     If the multiple use limit is exceeded, the Administrator shall determine a
     maximum ADP or ACP for the HCE Group and shall reduce the ADP or ACP for
     each HCE in the same manner as would be used to correct to ADP or ACP.

     14.6  Adjustment for Investment Gain or Loss.  The net investment gain or
loss associated with the K-Contributions and/or M-Contributions to be
distributed shall be distributed or charged against a distribution within two
and one-half (2 1/2) months

                                      -62-
<PAGE>
 
                             Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                             Established January 1, 1998

but no later than twelve (12) months following the close of the applicable Plan
Year. Such gain or loss is calculated as follows:

                               G
                       E x ---------- x (1 + (10% x M))
                             (AB-G)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
where:
        <C>    <S>
         E  =  the total excess Deferrals or Contributions,

         G  =  the net gain or loss for the Plan Year from all of an HCE's
               affected Accounts,

        AB  =  the total value of an HCE's affected Accounts, determined
               as of the end of the Plan Year being corrected,

         M  =  the number of full months from the Plan Year end to the date
               excess amounts are paid, plus one for the month during which
               payment is to be made if payment will occur after the fifteenth
               (15th) of the month.
</TABLE> 

     14.7 Required Records. The Administrator shall maintain records which are
sufficient to demonstrate that the ADP, ACP and Multiple Use Test has been met
for each Plan Year for at least as long as the Employer's corresponding tax year
is open to audit.

     14.8 Incorporation by Reference. The provisions of this Section are
intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(k)(3), (m)(2), (m)(9)
and Treas. Reg. (S)(S) 1.401(k)-1(b), 1.401(m)-1(b) and 1.401(m)-2 and, to the
extent not otherwise stated in this Section, those Code Sections and Treasury
Regulations are incorporated herein by reference.

     14.9 Collectively Bargained Employees. The provisions of this Article shall
apply separately to Participants who are collectively bargained employees within
the meaning of Treas. Reg. (S) 1.410(b)-6(d)(2) and for Participants who are not
collectively bargained employees to the extent required by law.

     14.10 QSLOB.  The Administrator in its sole discretion may apply the
provisions of this Article separately with respect to each qualified separate
line of business, as defined in Section 414(r) of the Code.

                                      -63-
<PAGE>
 
                             Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                             Established January 1, 1998


ARTICLE  XV
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                            CUSTODIAL ARRANGEMENTS
                            ----------------------

     15.1 Custodial Agreement. The Administrator may enter into one or more
Custodial Agreements to provide for the holding, investment and payment of Plan
assets, or direct by execution of an insurance contract that all or a specified
portion of the Plan's assets be held, invested and paid under such a contract.
All Custodial Agreements, as from time to time amended, shall continue in force
and shall be deemed to form a part of the Plan. Subject to the requirements of
the Code and ERISA, the Administrator may cause assets of the Plan which are
securities to be held in the name of a nominee or in street name provided such
securities are held on behalf of the Plan by:

          (a) a bank or trust company that is subject to supervision by the
     United States or a State, or a nominee of such bank or trust company;

          (b) a broker or dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of
     1934, or a nominee of such broker or dealer; or

          (c) a "clearing agency" as defined in Section 3(a)(23) of the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or its nominee.

     15.2 Selection of Custodian. The Administrator shall select, remove or
replace the Custodian in accordance with the Custodial Agreement. The subsequent
resignation or removal of a Custodian and the approval of its accounts shall all
be accomplished in the manner provided in the Custodial Agreement.

     15.3 Custodian's Duties. Except as provided in ERISA, the powers, duties
and responsibilities of the Custodian shall be as stated in the Custodial
Agreement, and unless expressly stated or delegated to the Custodian (with the
Custodian's acceptance), nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed by
implication to impose any additional powers, duties or responsibilities upon the
Custodian. All Employer Contributions and Rollover Contributions shall be paid
into the Trust, and all benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid from the
Trust, except to the extent such amounts are paid to a Custodian other than the
Trustee. An Employer shall have no rights or claims of any nature in or to the
assets of the Plan except the right to require the Custodian to hold, use, apply
and pay such assets in its hands, in accordance with the directions of the
Administrator, for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their
Beneficiaries, except as hereinafter provided.

     15.4 Separate Entity. The Custodial Agreement under this Plan from its
inception shall be a separate entity aside and apart from Employers or their
assets,
                                      -64-
<PAGE>

                             Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                             Established January 1, 1998

 
and the corpus and income thereof shall in no event and in no manner whatsoever
be subject to the rights or claims of any creditor of any Employer.

     15.5 Plan Asset Valuation. As of each Valuation Date, the Unit Value of the
Plan's assets held or posted to an Investment Fund shall be determined by the
Administrator or the Custodian, as appropriate.

     15.6 Right of Employers to Plan Assets. The Employers shall have no right
or claim of any nature in or to the assets of the Plan except the right to
require the Custodian to hold, use, apply, and pay such assets in its possession
in accordance with the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or
their Beneficiaries and for defraying the reasonable expenses of administering
the Plan; provided, that:

          (a) if the Plan receives an adverse determination with respect to its
     initial qualification under Sections 401(a), 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code,
     Contributions conditioned upon the qualification of the Plan shall be
     returned to the appropriate Employer within one (1) year of such denial of
     qualification; provided, that the application for determination of initial
     qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the
     respective Employer's return for the taxable year in which the Plan is
     adopted, or by such later date as is prescribed by the Secretary of the
     Treasury under Section 403(c)(2)(B) of ERISA;

          (b) if, and to the extent that, deduction for a Contribution under
     Section 404 of the Code is disallowed, Contributions conditioned upon
     deductibility shall be returned to the appropriate Employer within one (1)
     year after the disallowance of the deduction;

          (c) if, and to the extent that, a Contribution is made through mistake
     of fact, such Contribution shall be returned to the appropriate Employer
     within one year of the payment of the Contribution; and

          (d) any amounts held suspended pursuant to the limitations of Code
     Section 415 shall be returned to the Employers upon termination of the
     Plan.

     All Contributions made hereunder are conditioned upon the Plan being
     qualified under Sections 401(a) or 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code and a
     deduction being allowed for such contributions under Section 404 of the
     Code. Pre-Tax and Post-Tax Contributions returned to an Employer pursuant
     to this Section shall be paid to the Participant for whom contributed as
     soon as administratively convenient. If these provisions result in the
     return of Contributions after such amounts have been allocated to Accounts,
     such Accounts shall be reduced by the amount of the allocation attributable
     to such amount, adjusted for any losses or expenses.

                                     -65-
<PAGE>
 
                             Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                             Established January 1, 1998


ARTICLE XVI
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                   ADMINISTRATION AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
                   ----------------------------------------

     16.1 General. The Company, through the authority vested in the Board of
Directors, has established, by separate documentation, the Administrator and
Employee Benefits Committee, and has enabled each, respectively, to have the
power and authority to act, to the extent delegated to each, on behalf of the
Company (and therefore all Employers), with respect to matters which relate to
the Plan and Trust, but not on behalf of the Plan and Trust. Furthermore, the
Company has adopted the Plan and Trust, thereby:

          (a) establishing a separate Administrator and Employee Benefits
Committee, and enabling each, respectively, to have the power and authority to
act, to the extent provided in the Plan or Trust, on behalf of the Plan or
Trust, but not on behalf of the Company; and

          (b) enabling the Administrator and Employee Benefits Committee to have
the power and authority to act, to the extent provided in and the manner
provided in the Plan or Trust, on behalf of the Company, but not on behalf of
the Plan or Trust.

     16.2 Administrator Acting as Employer. The Administrator has the following
authority and control and such other authority and control as shall be granted
to it, from time to time, to act on behalf of the Company:

          (a) amend or terminate the Plan to the extent permitted in the Plan;

          (b) designate which employee groups are eligible to participate in the
Plan to the extent permitted in the Plan;

          (c) select, monitor and remove, as necessary, consultants, actuaries,
underwriters, insurance companies, third party administrators, or other service
providers, and to appoint and remove any such person as a Named Fiduciary, and
determine and delegate to them their duties and responsibilities, either
directly or by the adoption of Plan provisions which specify such duties and
responsibilities (the provisions of the Plan documents will control in the case
of a conflict);

          (d) appoint and consult with legal counsel, independent consulting or
evaluation firms, accountants, actuaries, or other advisors, as necessary, to
perform its functions;

                                     -66-
<PAGE>
                                        Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                        Established January 1, 1998
 
          (e) determine what expenses, if any, related to the operation and
administration of the Plan and the investment of Plan assets, may be paid from
Plan assets, subject to applicable law;

          (f) report to the Vice-President all Plan changes;

          (g) report to the Vice-President any Plan matters of significance to
the Company with respect to the Plan;

          (h) review with the Vice-President any proposals which would be
submitted to the Board of Directors or CEO; and

          (i) establish such policies and make such other delegations or
designations necessary or incidental to the Company's sponsorship of the Plan;
and

          (j) take any other actions necessary or incidental to the performance
of the above-stated powers and duties.

     16.3   Employee Benefits Committee Acting as Employer.  The Employee
Benefits Committee has the following authority and control and such other
authority and control, as shall be granted to it, from time to time, to act on
behalf of the Company:

          (a) adopt, amend or terminate, in part or completely, a Trust
document, provided such action is consistent with the Plan for which the Trust
is established;

          (b) appoint and consult with legal counsel, investment advisors,
independent consulting or evaluation firms, accountants, actuaries, or other
advisors, as necessary, to perform its functions;

          (c) determine the funding policies of the Plan and related matters;

          (d) report to the CEO any Plan funding or investment policies of
significance to the Company;

          (e) review with the CEO any proposals which would be submitted to
the Board of Directors;

          (f) establish such policies and make such other delegations or
designations necessary or incidental to the Company's sponsorship of the Plan or
Trust;

          (g) select, monitor and remove, as necessary, consultants, actuaries,
underwriters, insurance companies, third party administrators, or other 

                                      -67-
<PAGE>
                                        Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                        Established January 1, 1998
 
service providers, and to appoint and remove any such person as a Named
Fiduciary, and determine and delegate to them their duties and responsibilities,
either directly or by the adoption of Trust provisions which specify such duties
and responsibilities (the provisions of the Plan or Trust documents will control
in the case of a conflict); and

          (h) take any other actions necessary or incidental to the
performance of the above-stated powers and duties.

     16.4   Administrator as Named Fiduciary.
            -------------------------------- 

          (a) The Administrator, acting on behalf of the Plan or Trust and
subject to subsection (b) hereof, shall be a Named Fiduciary with respect to the
authority to manage and control the administration and operation of the Plan,
including without limitation, the management and control with respect to the
operation and administration of the Plan contained in an agreement with a Named
Fiduciary but only to the extent it has been specifically designated in such
agreement as being the responsibility of the Administrator, an Employer, the
Company, or any employee, member or delegate of any of them.

          (b) The Administrator shall not be a Named Fiduciary whenever it acts
on behalf of the Company and, notwithstanding any other term or provision of the
Plan, Trust, or an agreement with a Named Fiduciary, the Administrator shall
cease to be a Named Fiduciary with respect to some specified portion of the
operation and administration of the Plan or Trust, to the extent that a Named
Fiduciary is designated pursuant to the procedure in the Plan or Trust to
severally have authority to manage and control such portion of the operation and
administration of the Plan or Trust.

     16.5   Employee Benefits Committee as Named Fiduciary.
            ---------------------------------------------- 

     (a) The Employee Benefits Committee, acting on behalf of the Plan or Trust
and subject to subsection (b) hereof, shall be a Named Fiduciary with respect to
its authority to manage and control the Plan or Trust or the Plan's assets, but
only to the extent not inconsistent with the Plan or Trust.

          (b) The Employee Benefits Committee shall not be a Named Fiduciary
whenever it acts on behalf of the Company and, notwithstanding any other term or
provision of the Plan, Trust, or an agreement with a Named Fiduciary, the
Employee Benefits Committee shall cease to be a Named Fiduciary with respect to
some specified portion of the operation and administration of the Plan or Trust,
to the extent that a Named Fiduciary is designated pursuant to the procedure in
the Plan or Trust to severally have authority to manage and control such portion
of the operation and administration of the Plan or Trust.

                                      -68-
<PAGE>
                                        Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                        Established January 1, 1998
 
     16.6   Employee Benefits Committee Membership.  The Employee Benefits
Committee each consist of not less than 3 persons, who shall be appointed by the
CEO.  Members shall remain in office at the will of the CEO and the CEO may from
time to time remove any of said members with or without cause and shall appoint
their successors.

     16.7   Employee Benefits Committee Structure.  Any individual may be a
member of the Employee Benefits Committee.  Any member may resign by delivering
his or her written resignation to CEO, and such resignation shall become
effective upon the date specified therein.  A member who is an Employee shall
automatically cease to be a member upon his or her Termination of Employment.
In the event of a vacancy in membership, the remaining members shall constitute
the Employee Benefits Committee in question with full power to act until said
vacancy is filled.

     16.8   Actions.  The Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee may act,
whether as a Named Fiduciary on behalf of the Plan or on behalf of the Company,
as follows:

          (a) The members may act at a meeting (including a meeting at different
locations by telephone conference) or in writing without a meeting (through the
use of a single document or concurrent document).

          (b) Any member by writing may delegate any or all of his or her
rights, powers, duties and discretions to any other member with the consent of
such other member.

          (c) The Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee shall act by
majority decision, which action shall be effective as if such action had been
taken by all members; provided that by majority action one or more members or
other persons may be authorized to act with respect to particular matters on
behalf of all members.

          (d) Subject to applicable law, no member shall be liable for an act or
omission of the other members of the same committee in which the former had not
concurred.

          (e) Any action by the Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee on
behalf of this Plan or Trust involving its authority to manage and control the
operation and administration of the Plan or Trust or the Plan's assets shall be
treated as an action of a Named Fiduciary under this Plan.

          (f) Where reference is made in this Plan (or where the Administrator
or Employee Benefits Committee designates in writing) that its action is on
behalf of the Company, such committee shall be acting only on behalf of the
Company and not as a Named Fiduciary.

                                      -69-
<PAGE>
                                        Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                        Established January 1, 1998
 
          (g) Except as provided in Section 16.25, the Administrator or Employee
Benefits Committee may, in writing delivered to the Trustee, empower a
representative to act on its behalf and such person shall have the authority to
act within the scope of such empowerment to the full extent the Employee
Benefits Committee could have acted.

     16.9   Procedures for Designation of a Named Fiduciary.  The Administrator
or Employee Benefits Committee, acting on behalf of the Company, may from time
to time, designate a person to be a Named Fiduciary with respect to some portion
of the authority it may have with respect to management and control of the
operation and administration of the Plan or the management and control of the
Plan's assets.  Such designation shall specify the person designated by name and
either (a) specify the management and control authority with respect to which
the person will be a Named Fiduciary; or (b) incorporate by reference an
agreement with such person to provide services to or on behalf of the Plan or
Trust and use such agreement as a means for specifying the management and
control authority with respect to which such person will be a Named Fiduciary.
No person who is designated as a Named Fiduciary hereunder must consent to such
designation nor shall it be necessary for the Administrator or Employee Benefits
Committee to seek such person's acquiescence.  The authority to manage and
control, which any person who is designated to be a Named Fiduciary hereunder
may have, shall be several and not joint with the Administrator or Employee
Benefits Committee, whichever is applicable, and shall result in the
Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee, whichever is applicable, no longer
being a Named Fiduciary with respect to, nor having any longer, such authority
to manage and control.  On and after the designation of a person as a Named
Fiduciary, the Employer, the Administrator, the Employee Benefits Committee, and
any other Named Fiduciary with respect to the Plan or Trust, shall have no
liability for the acts (or failure to act) of any such Named Fiduciary except to
the extent of its co-Fiduciary duty under ERISA.

     16.10  Compensation.  The Administrator or members of the Employee Benefits
Committee, acting on behalf of the Plan or Trust, shall serve without
compensation for their services as such.

     16.11  Discretionary Authority of each Named Fiduciary.  Each Named
Fiduciary on behalf of the Plan and Trust will enforce the Plan and Trust in
accordance with their terms.  Each Named Fiduciary shall have full and complete
authority, responsibility and control (unless an allocation has been made to
another Named Fiduciary in which case such Named Fiduciary shall have such
authority, responsibility and control) over that portion of the management,
administration, and operation of the Plan or Trust allocated to such Named
Fiduciary, including, but not limited to, the authority and discretion to:

                                      -70-
<PAGE>
                                        Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                        Established January 1, 1998
 
          (a) formulate, adopt, issue and apply procedures and rules and change,
alter or amend such procedures and rules in accordance with law and as may be
consistent with the terms of the Plan or Trust;

          (b) specify the basis upon which payments are to be made under the
Plan and, as the final appeals Fiduciary under ERISA Section 503, to make a
final determination, based upon the information known to the Named Fiduciary
within the scope of its authority and control as a Named Fiduciary, based upon
determinations made and such other information made available from an Employer
plus such final determinations made by each other Named Fiduciary within the
scope of its authority and control, as are determined to be relevant to the
final appeals Fiduciary;

          (c) exercise such discretion as may be required to construe and apply
the provisions of the Plan or Trust, subject only to the terms and conditions of
the Plan or Trust; and

          (d) take all necessary and proper acts as are required for such Named
Fiduciary to fulfill its duties and obligations under the Plan or Trust.

     16.12  Responsibility and Powers of the Administrator Regarding
Administration of the Plan.  The Administrator shall have full and complete
authority, responsibility and control (unless an allocation has been made to
another Named Fiduciary in which case such Named Fiduciary shall have such
authority, responsibility and control only if specifically provided) over that
portion of the management, administration, and operation of the Plan or Trust
allocated to the Administrator and the power to act on behalf of the Plan or
Trust, including, but not limited to, the authority and discretion to:

          (a) appoint and compensate such specialists (including attorneys,
actuaries and accountants) to aid it in the administration of the Plan, and
arrange for such other services, as the Administrator considers necessary or
appropriate in carrying out the provisions of the Plan;

          (b) appoint and compensate an independent outside accountant to
conduct such audits of the financial statements of the Trust as the
Administrator considers necessary or appropriate;

          (c) settle or compromise any litigation against the Plan or a
Fiduciary with respect to which the Plan has an indemnity obligation;

          (d) assure that the Plan does not violate any provisions of ERISA
limiting the acquisition or holding of Company Stock;

          (e) appoint the Plan Administrator to act within the duties and
responsibilities set forth in Section 16.23;

                                     -71-
<PAGE>
                                        Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                        Established January 1, 1998
 
          (f) act as the Fiduciary responsible for monitoring the
confidentiality and independent Fiduciary requirements associated with Company
Stock in order for the Plan to qualify as a Section 404(c) plan under Department
of Labor regulations;

          (g) create a legal remedy to the Plan with respect to a Participant or
Beneficiary, or to a Participant or Beneficiary, for any loss incurred (whether
restitution or opportunity losses) by the Plan on behalf of such Participant or
Beneficiary, or by such Participant or Beneficiary, due to a breach of Fiduciary
duty to the Plan by a Named Fiduciary or other error (whether negligent or
willful) which the Administrator determines is a substantial contributing factor
to such loss (or a portion of such loss); and

          (h) take all necessary and proper acts as are required for the
Administrator to fulfill its duties and obligations under the Plan or Trust.

     16.13  Allocations and Delegations of Responsibility.
            --------------------------------------------- 

          (a) Delegations.  Each Named Fiduciary may designate persons (other
than a Named Fiduciary) to carry out Fiduciary responsibilities (other than
trustee responsibilities as described in Section 405(c)(3) of ERISA) it may have
with respect to the Plan or Trust and make a change of delegated
responsibilities.  Such delegation shall specify the delegated person by name
and either (a) specify the discretionary authority with respect to which the
person will be a Fiduciary; or (b) incorporate by reference an agreement with
such Named Fiduciary to provide services to the Plan or Trust on behalf of the
delegating Named Fiduciary as a means of specifying the discretionary authority
with respect to which such person will be a Fiduciary.  No person (other than an
investment manager (as defined in Section 3(38) of ERISA) to whom Fiduciary
responsibility has been delegated must consent to being a Fiduciary nor shall it
be necessary for the Named Fiduciary to seek such person's acquiescence;
however, where such person has not contractually accepted the responsibility
delegated, he or she must be given notification of the services to be performed
and, in either case, will be deemed to have accepted such Fiduciary
responsibility if he or she performs the services described for thirty (30) days
or more without specific objection thereto.  The discretionary authority any
person who is delegated Fiduciary responsibilities hereunder may have shall be
several and not joint with the Named Fiduciary delegating and each other Named
Fiduciaries.  A delegation of Fiduciary responsibility to a person which is not
implemented in the manner set forth herein shall not be void; however, whether
the delegating Named Fiduciary shall have joint liability for acts of such
person shall be determined by applicable law.

          (b) Allocations.  The Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee,
acting on behalf of the Company, may allocate Fiduciary responsibilities (other
than trustee responsibilities described in Section 405(c)(3) of ERISA) among
Named Fiduciaries when it designates a Named Fiduciary in the manner described
in 

                                     -72-
<PAGE>
                                        Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                        Established January 1, 1998
 
Section 16.9, or may reallocate Fiduciary responsibilities among existing
Named Fiduciaries by action of such Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee
in accordance with Sections 16.8 and 16.9; provided each such Named Fiduciary is
given notice of the services, management and control authority allocated to it
either by way of an amendment to the Plan, Trust or a contract with such person,
or by way of correspondence from the Administrator or Employee Benefits
Committee, whichever is applicable.  Each Named Fiduciary, by signing its
contract or by accepting such amendment or correspondence and rendering the
services requested without objection for thirty (30) days, shall be conclusively
bound to have assumed such Fiduciary responsibility as a Named Fiduciary. An
allocation of Fiduciary responsibility to a person which is not implemented in
the manner set forth herein shall not be void, however, such person may not be a
Named Fiduciary with respect to the Plan and Trust.

          (c) Limit on Liability.  Fiduciary duties and responsibilities which
have been allocated or delegated pursuant to the terms of the Plan or the Trust,
are intended to limit the liability of the Company, the Administrator, the
Employee Benefits Committee, and each Named Fiduciary, as appropriate, in
accordance with the provisions of Section 405(c) of ERISA.

     16.14  Bonding.  The Administrator and members of the Employee Benefits
Committee, acting on behalf of the Plan and Trust, shall serve without bond
(except as otherwise required by federal law).

     16.15  Information to be Supplied by Employer.  Each Employer shall supply
to the Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee, acting on behalf of the
Plan and Trust, or a designated Named Fiduciary, within a reasonable time of its
request, the names of all Employees, their age, their date of hire, the names
and dates of all Employees who incurred a Termination of Employment during the
Plan Year, Compensation and such other information in the Employer's possession
as the Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee shall from time to time need
in the discharge of its duties.  The Administrator or Employee Benefits
Committee and each Named Fiduciary may rely conclusively on the information
certified to it by an Employer.

     16.16  Information to be Supplied by Named Fiduciary.  Whenever a term,
definition, standard, protocol, policy, interpretation, rule, practice or
procedure under an Administrative Services Agreement, or other basis for
determining whether a Participant's or Beneficiary's accrued benefit, optional
form of benefit, right or feature is required or used, the Named Fiduciary who
has the authority to manage and control the administration and operation of the
Plan with respect to such accrued benefit, optional form of payment, right or
feature shall be solely responsible for establishing and maintaining such
framework of definitions, standards, protocols, policies, interpretations,
rules, practices and procedures under such Administrative Services Agreement and
shall provide a copy thereof either (1) to the Administrator or 

                                      -73-
<PAGE>
                                        Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                        Established January 1, 1998
 
Employee Benefits Committee, upon its request, on behalf of the Company (2) to a
Participant or Beneficiary but only to the extent required by law, or (3) to the
extent required in any proceeding involving the Plan or any Named Fiduciary with
respect to the Plan.

     16.17  Misrepresentations.  The Administrator or Employee Benefits
Committee, acting on behalf of the Plan and Trust, may, but shall not be
required to, rely upon any certificate, statement or other representation made
to it by an Employee, Participant, other Named Fiduciary, or other individual
with respect to any fact regarding any of the provisions of the Plan. If relied
upon, any such certificate, statement or other representation shall be
conclusively binding upon such Employee, Participant, other Named Fiduciary, or
other individual or personal representative thereof, heir, or assignee (but not
upon the Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee), and any such person
shall thereafter be estopped from disputing the truth of any such certificate,
statement or other representation.

     16.18  Records.  The regularly kept records of the designated Named
Fiduciary (or, where applicable, the Trustee) and any Employer shall be
conclusive evidence of a person's age, his or her status as an Eligible
Employee, and all other matters contained therein applicable to this Plan;
provided that a Participant may request a correction in the record of his or her
age at any time prior to retirement, and such correction shall be made if within
ninety (90) days after such request he or she furnishes in support thereof a
birth certificate, baptismal certificate, or other documentary proof of age
satisfactory to the Administrator.

     16.19  Plan Expenses.  All expenses of the Plan which have been approved by
the Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee, acting on behalf of the Plan
and Trust, respectively, shall be paid by the Trust except to the extent paid by
the Employers; and if paid by the Employers, such Employers may, if authorized
by the Administrator acting on behalf of the Company, seek reimbursement of such
expenses from the Trust and the Trust shall reimburse the Employers.  If borne
by the Employers, expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the
Employers in such proportions as the Administrator, acting on behalf of the
Company, shall determine.

     16.20  Fiduciary Capacity.  Any person or group of persons may serve in
more than one Fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.

     16.21  Employer's Agent.  The Administrator and Employee Benefits Committee
shall act as agent for the Company when acting on behalf of the Company and the
Company shall act as agent for each Employer.

     16.22  Plan Administrator.  The Plan Administrator (within the meaning of
Section 3(16)(A)) shall be appointed by the Administrator, acting on behalf of
the Company, and may (but need not) be the Administrator; and in the absence of
such 

                                      -74-
<PAGE>
                                        Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                        Established January 1, 1998
 
appointment, the Administrator, acting on behalf of the Plan and Trust,
shall be the Plan Administrator.

     16.23  Plan Administrator Duties and Power.  The Plan Administrator will
have full and complete authority, responsibility and control over the
management, administration and operation of the Plan with respect to the
following:

          (a) satisfy all reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to
the Plan, Trust or Plan Administrator under ERISA, the Code or other applicable
law;

          (b) make appropriate determinations as to whether Rollover
Contributions constitute such;

          (c) provide and deliver all written forms used by Participants and
Beneficiaries, give notices required by law, and seek a favorable determination
letter for the Plan and Trust;

          (d) withhold any amounts required by the Code to be withheld at the
source and to transmit funds withheld and any and all necessary reports with
respect to such withholding to the Internal Revenue Service;

          (e) where applicable, to provide each Participant or his or her Spouse
with QJSA and QPSA information;

          (f) certify to the Trustee the amount and kind of benefits payable to
or withdrawn from Participants and Beneficiaries and the date of payment,
including withdrawals;

          (g)  respond to a QDRO;

          (h) make available for inspection and to provide upon request at such
charge as may be permitted and determined by it, documents and instruments
required to be disclosed by ERISA;

          (i) make a determination of whether a Participant is suffering a
deemed or demonstrated financial need and whether a withdrawal from this Plan is
deemed or demonstrated necessary to satisfy such financial need; provided
however, in making such determination, the Plan Administrator may rely, if
reasonable to do so, upon representations made by such Participant in connection
with his or her request for a withdrawal;

          (j) take such actions as are necessary to establish and maintain the
Plan in full and timely compliance with any law or regulation having pertinence
to this Plan;

                                      -75-
<PAGE>
                                        Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                        Established January 1, 1998
 
          (k) perform whatever responsibilities are delegated to the Plan
Administrator by the Administrator; and

          (l) interpret and construe the provisions of the Plan, to make
regulations and settle disputes described above which are not inconsistent with
the terms thereof.

     16.24  Named Fiduciary Decisions Final.  The decision of the Administrator,
the Employee Benefits Committee, or a Named Fiduciary in matters within its
jurisdiction shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon the Employers and the
Trustee and upon each Employee, Participant, Spouse, Beneficiary, and every
other person or party interested or concerned.

     16.25  No Agency.  Each Named Fiduciary shall perform (or fail to perform)
its responsibilities and duties or discretionary authority with respect to the
Plan and Trust as an independent contractor and not as an agent of the Company,
any Employer, the Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee.  No agency is
intended to be created nor is the Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee
empowered to create an agency relationship with a Named Fiduciary.

                                      -76-
<PAGE>

                                   Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                   Established January 1, 1998

 
ARTICLE  XVII
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               CLAIMS PROCEDURE
                               ----------------

     17.1  Initial Claim for Benefits.  Each person entitled to benefits under
this Plan (a "Claimant") must sign and submit his or her claim for benefits to
the Administrator or its agent in writing in such form as is provided or
approved by such Administrator.  A Claimant shall have no right to seek review
of a denial of benefits, or to bring any action in any court to enforce a claim
for benefits prior to his or her filing a claim for benefits and exhausting his
or her rights under this Section.  When a claim for benefits has been filed
properly, such claim for benefits shall be evaluated and the Claimant shall be
notified by the Administrator or agent of its approval or denial within ninety
(90) days after the receipt of such claim unless special circumstances require
an extension of time for processing the claim.  If such an extension of time for
processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to
the Claimant by the Administrator or agent prior to the termination of the
initial ninety (90) day period which shall specify the special circumstances
requiring an extension and the date by which a final decision will be reached
(which date shall not be later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date
on which the claim was filed).  A Claimant shall be given a written notice in
which the Claimant shall be advised as to whether the claim is granted or
denied, in whole or in part.  If a claim is denied, in whole or in part, the
Claimant shall be given written notice which shall contain (1) the specific
reasons for the denial, (2) references to pertinent Plan provisions upon which
the denial is based, (3) a description of any additional material or information
necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or
information is necessary, and (4) the Claimant's rights to seek review of the
denial.

     17.2  Review of Claim Denial.  If a claim is denied, in whole or in part
(or if within the time periods prescribed for in the initial claim, the
Administrator or agent has not furnished the Claimant with a denial and the
claim is therefore deemed denied), the Claimant shall have the right to request
that the Administrator review the denial, provided that the Claimant files a
written request for review with the Administrator within sixty (60) days after
the date on which the Claimant received written notification of the denial.  A
Claimant (or his or her duly authorized representative) may review pertinent
documents and submit issues and comments in writing to the Administrator.
Within sixty (60) days after a request for review is  received, the review shall
be made and the Claimant shall be advised in writing by the Administrator of the
decision on review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time
for processing the review, in which case the Claimant shall be given a written
notification by the Administrator within such initial sixty (60) day period
specifying the reasons for the extension and when such review shall be completed
(provided that such review shall be completed within one hundred and twenty
(120) days after the date on which the request for review was filed).  The
decision on 

                                     -77-

<PAGE>

                                   Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                   Established January 1, 1998

  
review shall be forwarded to the Claimant by the Administrator in writing and
shall include specific reasons for the decision and references to Plan
provisions upon which the decision is based. A decision on review shall be final
and binding on all persons for all purposes. If a Claimant shall fail to file a
request for review in accordance with the procedures described in this Section,
such Claimant shall have no right to review and shall have no right to bring
action in any court and the denial of the claim shall become final and binding
on all persons for all purposes.





                                     -78-

<PAGE>

                                   Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                   Established January 1, 1998

  
ARTICLE XVIII
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       ADOPTION AND WITHDRAWAL FROM PLAN
                       ---------------------------------

     18.1  Procedure for Adoption.  Any Commonly Controlled Entity may adopt the
Plan for the benefit of its eligible employees by resolution of such Commonly
Controlled Entity's board of directors and by completing (or the Administrator
completing pursuant to its authority to amend this Plan) one or more Appendices
with respect to such Employees, which adoption shall be effective as of the date
specified in the board resolution.  No such adoption shall be effective until
such adoption and any Appendix to be used in connection therewith has been
approved by the Administrator.

     18.2  Procedure for Withdrawal.  Any Employer (other than the Company) may,
by resolution of the board of directors of such Employer, with the consent of
the Administrator and subject to such conditions as may be imposed by the
Administrator (or the Administrator acting on behalf of the Company pursuant to
its authority to amend this Plan), terminate its adoption of the Plan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employer will be deemed to have terminated its
adoption of the Plan when it ceases to be a Commonly Controlled Entity.  With
respect to any Participant whose Employer is deemed to have withdrawn from the
Plan because it ceases to be a Commonly Controlled Entity, such Participant's
Account shall be fully vested.




                                     -79-

<PAGE>

                                   Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                   Established January 1, 1998

  
ARTICLE XIX
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGER
                       ---------------------------------

     19.1  Amendments.

           (a) Power to Amend.  The Company, by action of its Board of Directors
     on behalf of all Employers, or the Administrator as provided in Subsection
     (c) below, may amend, modify, change, revise or discontinue this Plan or
     any Appendix, in whole or in part, or with respect to all persons or a
     designated group of persons, by amendment at any time; provided, however,
     that no amendment shall:

               (1)  increase the duties or liabilities of the Custodian or the
                    Administrator without its written consent;

               (2)  have the effect of vesting in any Employer any interest in
                    any funds, securities or other property, subject to the
                    terms of this Plan and the Custodial Agreement;

               (3)  authorize or permit at any time any part of the corpus or
                    income of the Plan's assets to be used or diverted to
                    purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of
                    Participants and Beneficiaries;

               (4)  except to the extent permissible under ERISA and the Code,
                    make it possible for any portion of the Trust assets to
                    revert to an Employer to be used for, or diverted to, any
                    purpose other than for the exclusive benefit of
                    Participants and Beneficiaries entitled to Plan benefits
                    and to defray reasonable expenses of administering the
                    Plan;

               (5)  permit an Employee to be paid the balance of his or her
                    Pre-Tax Account unless the payment would otherwise be
                    permitted under Code Section 401(k); and

               (6)  have any retroactive effect as to deprive any such person
                    of any benefit already accrued, except that no amendment
                    made in order to conform the Plan as a plan described in
                    Section 401(a) of the Code of which amendments are
                    permitted by the Code or are required or permitted by any
                    other statute relating to employees' trusts, or any
                    official regulations or ruling issued pursuant 

                                     -80-

<PAGE>

                                              Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                              Established January 1, 1998

 
                    thereto, shall be considered prejudicial to the rights of
                    any such person.

          (b) Restriction on Amendment. No amendment to the Plan shall deprive a
     Participant of his or her nonforfeitable rights to benefits accrued to the
     date of the amendment. Further, if the vesting schedule of the Plan is
     amended, each Participant with at least three (3) years of Vesting Service
     with the Employer may elect, within a reasonable period after the adoption
     of the amendment, to have his or her nonforfeitable percentage computed
     under the Plan without regard to such amendment. The period during which
     the election may be made shall commence with the date the amendment is
     adopted and shall end on the latest of:

          (1)  sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted;

          (2)  sixty (60) days after the amendment becomes effective; or

          (3) sixty (60) days after the Participant is issued written notice of
     the amendment by the Employer or the Administrator.

     The preceding language concerning an amendment to the Plan's vesting
     schedule shall also apply when a Plan with a different vesting schedule is
     merged into this Plan. In addition to the foregoing, the Plan shall not be
     amended so as to eliminate an optional form of payment of an Accrued
     Benefit attributable to employment prior to the date of the amendment. The
     foregoing limitations do not apply to benefit accrual occurring after the
     date of the amendment.

          (c) The Administrator. The Administrator, acting on behalf of the
     Company, may amend, modify, change or revise the Plan or any Appendix, in
     whole or in part, or with respect to all persons or a designated group of
     persons; provided however, (i) no such action may be taken if it could not
     have been adopted under this Section by the Board of Directors, (ii) except
     for the purpose of reflecting an Employer's obligations pursuant to
     bonafide collective bargaining with a collective bargaining representative
     in a collective bargaining agreement, no such action may be taken if it
     causes a material change in the level or type of contributions to be made
     to the Plan or otherwise materially increase the duties and obligations of
     any or all Employers with respect to the Plans, and (iii) no such action
     may amend Articles XVI and XIX.

     19.2 Plan Termination. It is the expectation of the Company that it will
continue the Plan and the payment of Contributions hereunder indefinitely, but
the continuation of the Plan and the payment of Contributions hereunder is not
assumed

                                      -81-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussman RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

 
as a contractual obligation of the Company or any other Employer. The right is
reserved by the Company to terminate the Plan at any time, and the right is
reserved by the Company by action of its Board of Directors or the Administrator
acting on behalf of the Company pursuant to its power to amend the Plan at any
time to reduce, suspend or discontinue its or any other Employer's Contributions
hereunder, provided, however, that the Contributions for any Plan Year accrued
or determined prior to the end of said year shall not after the end of said year
be retroactively reduced, suspended or discontinued except as may be permitted
by law. Upon termination of the Plan or complete discontinuance of Contributions
hereunder (other than for the reason that the Employer has had no net profits or
accumulated net profits), each Participant's Accrued Benefit shall be fully
vested. Upon termination of the Plan or a complete discontinuance of
Contributions, unclaimed amounts shall be applied as Forfeitures and any
unallocated amounts shall be allocated to Participants who are Eligible
Employees as of the date of such termination or discontinuance on the basis of
Compensation for the Plan Year (or short Plan Year). Upon a partial termination
of the Plan, the Accrued Benefit of each affected Participant shall be fully
vested. In the event of termination of the Plan, the Administrator shall direct
the Custodian to distribute to each Participant the entire amount of his or her
Accrued Benefit as soon as administratively possible, but not earlier than would
be permitted in order to retain the Plan's qualified status under Sections
401(a), (k) and (m) of the Code, as if all Participants who are Employees had
incurred a Termination of Employment on the Plan's termination date. Should a
Participant or a Beneficiary) not elect immediate payment of a nonforfeitable
Accrued Benefit in excess of three thousand five hundred dollars ($5,000), the
Administrator shall direct the Custodian to continue the Plan and Custodial
Agreement for the sole purpose of paying to such Participant his or her Accrued
Benefit or death benefit, respectively, unless in the opinion of the
Administrator, to make immediate single sum payments to such Participant or
Beneficiary would not adversely affect the tax qualified status of the Plan upon
termination and would not impose additional liability upon any Employer or the
Custodian.

     19.3 Plan Merger. The Plan shall not merge or consolidate with, or transfer
any assets or liabilities to any other plan, unless each person entitled to
benefits would receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or
transfer (if the Plan were then terminated) which is equal to or greater than
the benefit he or she would have been entitled to immediately before the merger,
consolidation or transfer (if the Plan were then terminated). The Administrator
shall amend or take such other action as is necessary to amend the Plan in order
to satisfy the requirements applicable to any merger, consolidation or transfer
of assets and liabilities.


                                      -82-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussman RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998
 
ARTICLE XX
================================================================================


                            SPECIAL TOP-HEAVY RULES
                            -----------------------

     20.1 Application. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the
contrary, the provisions of this Article shall apply and be effective for any
Plan Year for which the Plan shall be determined to be a "Top-Heavy Plan" as
provided and defined herein.

     20.2 Special Terms. For purposes of this Article, the following terms shall
have the following meanings:

          (a) "Aggregate Benefit" means the sum of:
          
               (1)  the present value of the accrued benefit under each and all
                    defined benefit plans in the Aggregation Group determined on
                    each plan's individual Determination Date as if there were a
                    termination of employment on the most recent date the plan
                    is valued by an actuary for purposes of computing plan costs
                    under Section 412 of the Code within the twelve (12) month
                    period ending on the Determination Date of each such plan,
                    but with respect to the first plan year of any such plan
                    determined by taking into account the estimated accrued
                    benefit as of the Determination Date; provided (A) the
                    method of accrual used for the purpose of this Paragraph (1)
                    shall be the same as that used under all plans maintained by
                    all Employers and Commonly Controlled Entities if a single
                    method is used by all stock plans or, otherwise, the slowest
                    accrual method permitted under Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the
                    Code, and (B) the actuarial assumptions to be applied for
                    purposes of this Paragraph (1) shall be the same assumptions
                    as those applied for purposes of determining the actuarial
                    equivalents of optional benefits under the particular plan,
                    except that the interest rate assumption shall be five
                    percent (5%);

               (2)  the present value of the accrued benefit (i.e., account
                    balances) under each and all defined contribution plans in
                    the Aggregation Group, valued as of the valuation date
                    coinciding with or immediately preceding the Determination
                    Date of each such plan, including (A) contributions made
                    after the valuation date but on or prior


                                      -83-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussman RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

 
                    to the Determination Date, (B) with respect to the first
                    plan year of any plan, any contribution made subsequent to
                    the Determination Date but allocable as of any date in the
                    first plan year, or (C) with respect to any defined
                    contribution plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, any
                    contribution made after the Determination Date that is
                    allocable as of a date on or prior to the Determination
                    Date; and

               (3)  the sum of each and all amounts distributed (other than a
                    rollover or plan-to-plan transfer) from any Aggregation
                    Group Plan, plus a rollover or plan-to-plan transfer
                    initiated by the Employee and made to a plan which is not
                    an Aggregation Group Plan within the Current Plan Year or
                    within the preceding four (4) plan years of any such plan,
                    provided such amounts are not already included in the
                    present value of the accrued benefits as of the valuation
                    date coincident with or immediately preceding the
                    Determination Date.

     The Aggregate Benefit shall not include the value of any rollover or plan-
     to-plan transfer to an Aggregation Group Plan, which rollover or transfer
     was initiated by a Participant, was from a plan which was not maintained by
     an Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity, and was made after December
     31, 1983, nor shall the Aggregate Benefit include the value of employee
     contributions which are deductible pursuant to Section 219 of the Code.

          (b) "Aggregation Group" means the Plan and one or more plans
     (including plans that terminated) which is described in Section 401(a) of
     the Code, is an annuity contract described in Section 403(a) of the Code or
     is a simplified employee pension described in Section 408(k) of the Code
     maintained or adopted by an Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity in the
     Current Plan Year or one of the four preceding Plan Years which is either a
     "Required Aggregation Group" or a "Permissive Aggregation Group".

               (1)  A "Required Aggregation Group" means all Aggregation Group
                    Plans in which either (1) a Key Employee participates or
                    (2) which enables any Aggregation Group Plan in which a Key
                    Employee participates to satisfy the requirements of
                    Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

               (2)  A "Permissive Aggregation Group" means Aggregation Group
                    Plans included in the Required Aggregation Group, plus one
                    or more other Aggregation Group Plans, as designated by the
                    Administrator in its sole discretion, 


                                      -84-
<PAGE>

                                               Hussman RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998
 
                    which satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and
                    410 of the Code, when considered with the other component
                    plans of the Required Aggregation Group.

          (c) "Aggregation Group Plan" means the Plan and each other plan in
     the Aggregation Group.

          (d) "Current Plan Year"  means (1) with respect to the Plan, the Plan
     Year in which the Determination Date occurs, and (2) with respect to each
     other Aggregation Group Plan, the plan year of such other plan in which
     occurs the Determination Date of such other plan.

          (e) "Determination Date"  means (1) with respect to the Plan and its
     Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year; or (2) with respect to
     any other Aggregation Group Plan in any calendar year during which the Plan
     is not the only component plan of an Aggregation Group, the determination
     date of each plan in such Aggregation Group to occur during the calendar
     year as determined under the provisions of each such plan.

          (f) "Former Key Employee"  means an Employee (including a terminated
     Employee) who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee.

          (g) "Key Employee" means an Employee (or a terminated Employee) who
     at any time during the Current Plan Year or at any time during the four
     preceding Plan Years is:

               (1)  an officer of a Commonly Controlled Entity whose
                    compensation from a Commonly Controlled Entity during the
                    Plan Year is greater than fifty percent (50%) of the amount
                    specified in Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code (as adjusted
                    for cost-of-living increases by the Secretary of the
                    Treasury) for the calendar year in which the Plan Year ends;
                    provided, however, that no more than the lesser of (A)
                    fifty (50) Employees, or (B) the greater of (i) three (3)
                    Employees or (ii) ten percent (10%) (rounded to the next
                    whole integer) of the greatest number of Employees during
                    the Current Plan Year or any of the preceding four Plan
                    Years shall be considered as officers for this purpose.
                    Such officers considered will be those with the greatest
                    annual compensation as an officer during the five (5) year
                    period ending on the Determination Date;

               (2)  One of the ten employees who owns (or is considered to own
                    within the meaning of Section 318 of the Code) 


                                      -85-
<PAGE>

                                              Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                              Established January 1, 1998
 
                    more than a one half percent (1/2%) interest in value and
                    the largest percentage ownership interest in value in a
                    Commonly Controlled Entity and whose total annual
                    compensation from a Commonly Controlled Entity is not less
                    than the amount specified in Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the
                    Code (as adjusted for cost-of-living increases by the
                    Secretary of the Treasury) for the calendar year in which
                    the Plan Year ends;

               (3)  A person who owns more than five percent (5%) of the value
                    of the outstanding stock of any Commonly Controlled Entity
                    or more than five percent (5%) of the total combined voting
                    power of all stock of any Commonly Controlled Entity
                    (considered separately) or;

               (4)  A person who owns more than one percent (1%) of the value
                    of the outstanding stock of a Commonly Controlled Entity or
                    more than one percent (1%) of the total combined voting
                    power of all stock of a Commonly Controlled Entity
                    (considered separately) and whose total annual compensation
                    (as defined in Section 1.415-2(d) of the Treasury
                    Regulations) from the Employer or a Commonly Controlled
                    Entity is in excess of one hundred and fifty thousand
                    dollars ($150,000).

     The rules of Section 416 (i)(1)(B) and (C) of the Code shall be applied for
     purposes of determining an Employee's ownership interest in a Commonly
     Controlled Entity for purposes of Paragraphs (3) and (4) herein. A
     Beneficiary (who would not otherwise be considered a Key Employee) of a
     deceased Key Employee shall be deemed to be a Key Employee in substitution
     for such deceased Key Employee. Any person who is a Key Employee under more
     than one of the four Paragraphs of this Section shall have his or her
     Aggregate Benefit under the Aggregation Group Plans counted only once with
     respect to computing the Aggregate Benefit of Key Employees as of any
     Determination Date. Any Employee who is not a Key Employee shall be a Non-
     Key Employee.

          (h) "Top-Heavy Plan" means the Plan with respect to any Plan Year if
     the Aggregate Benefit of all Key Employees or the Beneficiaries of Key
     Employees determined on the Determination Date is an amount in excess of
     sixty percent (60%) of the Aggregate Benefit of all persons who are
     Employees within the Current Plan Year; provided, that if an individual has
     not performed services for an Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity at
     any time during the five (5) year period ending on the Determination Date,
     the individual's Accrued Benefit shall not be taken into account. With
     respect to any calendar year during which the Plan is not the only
     Aggregation Group Plan, the ratio


                                      -86-
<PAGE>

                                              Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                              Established January 1, 1998

 
     determined under the preceding sentence shall be computed based on the sum
     of the Aggregate Benefits of each Aggregation Group Plan totaled as of the
     last Determination Date of any Aggregation Group Plan to occur during the
     calendar year.

     20.3 Minimum Contribution. For any Plan Year that the Plan shall be a Top-
Heavy Plan, each Participant who is an Eligible Employee but who is neither a
Key Employee nor a Former Key Employee on the last day of the Plan Year shall
have allocated to his or her Formula Based Account on the last day of the Plan
Year a Formula Based Contribution in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of
such Participant's Compensation not in excess of two hundred thousand dollars
($200,000); provided, however, in no event shall such contribution on behalf of
such Participant be less than five percent (5%) of such Compensation if any
Aggregation Group Plan is a defined benefit plan which does not satisfy the
minimum benefit requirements with respect to such Participant. The amount of
Formula Based Contributions required to be allocated under this Section for any
Plan Year shall be reduced by the amount of Employer Contributions and
Forfeitures allocated under this Plan on behalf of the Participant and employer
contributions and forfeitures allocated on behalf of the Participant under any
other defined contribution plan in the Aggregation Group for the Plan Year.
Elective Deferrals to any Aggregation Group Plan made on behalf of a Participant
in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1984 but before January 1, 1989 shall
be deemed to be Employer Contributions for the purpose of this Section. Elective
Deferrals and matching contributions to Aggregation Group Plans in Plan Years
beginning on or after January 1, 1989 shall not be used to meet the minimum
contribution requirements of this Section. Where Employer Contributions and
Forfeitures allocated on behalf of a Participant are insufficient to satisfy the
minimum contribution otherwise required by this Section, an additional employer
contribution shall be made and allocated to the Matching or Formula Based
Account of such Participant.

     20.4 Maximum Benefit Accrual. For any Plan Year that the Plan is a Top-
Heavy Plan, the denominator of the "defined benefit plan fraction" and the
denominator of the "defined contribution plan fraction" shall be determined by
substituting "1.0" for "1.25"; provided, however, this limit shall not apply
with respect to an Employee for any Plan Year during which he or she accrues no
benefit under any plan of the Aggregation Group. The preceding sentence shall
not apply if, within this Article, there is substituted "four percent (4%)" for
"three percent (3%)" and "seven and one-half percent (7.5%)" for "five percent
(5%)" and "ninety percent (90%)" for "sixty percent (60%)."

     20.5 Special Vesting. If the Plan becomes a Top-Heavy Plan after the
Effective Date, vesting for all Employees shall thereafter be accelerated to the
extent the following vesting schedule produces a greater vested percentage for
the Employee than the normal vesting schedule at any relevant time:


                                      -87-
<PAGE>

                                              Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                              Established January 1, 1998


<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
 
            Years of Vesting Service          Vested Percentage
            ------------------------          -----------------
            <S>                               <C> 
            Less than 3 years                                0%
            3 years or more                                100%
</TABLE>



                                      -88-
<PAGE>

                                              Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                              Established January 1, 1998

 
ARTICLE XXI
===============================================================================


                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                            ------------------------

     21.1 Assignment and Alienation. As provided by Code Section 401(a)(13) and
to the extent not otherwise required by law, no benefit provided by the Plan may
be anticipated, assigned or alienated, except:

          (a) to create, assign or recognize a right to any benefit with respect
     to a Participant pursuant to a QDRO, or

          (b) to use a Participant's vested Account balance as security for a
     loan from the Plan which is permitted pursuant to Code Section 4975.

     21.2 Protected Benefits. All benefits which are protected by the terms of
Code Section 411(d)(6) and ERISA Section 204(g), which cannot be eliminated
without adversely affecting the qualified status of the Plan on and after
January 1, 1998, shall be provided under this Plan to Participants for whom such
benefits are protected. The Administrator shall cause such benefits to be
determined and the terms and provisions of the Plan immediately prior to January
1, 1998 are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof, but only to
the extent such terms and provisions are so protected. Otherwise, they shall
operate within the terms and provisions of this Plan, as determined by the
Administrator.

     21.3 Plan Does Not Affect Employment Rights. The Plan does not provide any
employment rights to any Employee. The Employer expressly reserves the right to
discharge an Employee at any time, with or without Cause, without regard to the
effect such discharge would have upon the Employee's interest in the Plan.

     21.4 Deduction of Taxes from Amounts Payable. The Custodian shall deduct
from the amount to be distributed such amount as the Custodian, in its sole
discretion, deems proper to protect the Custodian and the Plan's assets held
under the Custodial Agreement against liability for the payment of death,
succession, inheritance, income, or other taxes, and out of money so deducted,
the Custodian may discharge any such liability and pay the amount remaining to
the Participant, the Beneficiary or the deceased Participant's estate, as the
case may be.

     21.5 Facility of Payment. If a Participant or Beneficiary is declared an
incompetent or is a minor and a conservator, guardian, or other person legally
charged with his or her care has been appointed, any benefits to which such
Participant or Beneficiary is entitled shall be payable to such conservator,
guardian, or other person legally charged with his or her care. The decision of
the Administrator in such matters shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon
the


                                      -89-
<PAGE>
 
                                               Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998

Employer and the Custodian and upon each Employee, Participant, Beneficiary, and
every other person or party interested or concerned. An Employer, the Custodian
and the Administrator shall not be under any duty to see to the proper
application of such payments.

     21.6 Source of Benefits. All benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid
or provided for solely from the Plan's assets held under the Custodial Agreement
and the Employers assume no liability or responsibility therefor.

     21.7 Indemnification. To the extent permitted by law each Employer shall
indemnify and hold harmless each member (and former member) of the Board of
Directors, each member (and former member) of the Employee Benefits Committee
and the Administrator, and each officer and employee (and each former officer
and employee) of an Employer to whom are (or were) delegated duties,
responsibilities, and authority with respect to the Plan against all claims,
liabilities, fines and penalties, and all expenses reasonably incurred by or
imposed upon him or her (including but not limited to reasonable attorney fees
and amounts paid in any settlement relating to the Plan) by reason of his or her
service under the Plan if he or she did not act dishonestly, with gross
negligence, or otherwise in knowing violation of the law under which such
liability, loss, cost or expense arises. This indemnity shall not preclude such
other indemnities as may be available under insurance purchased or provided by
an Employer under any by-law, agreement, or otherwise, to the extent permitted
by law. Payments of any indemnity, expenses or fees under this Section shall be
made solely from assets of the Employer and shall not be made directly or
indirectly from the assets of the Plan.

     21.8 Reduction for Overpayment. The Administrator shall, whenever it
determines that a person has received benefit payments under this Plan in excess
of the amount to which the person is entitled under the terms of the Plan, make
two reasonable attempts to collect such overpayment from the person.

     21.9 Limitation on Liability. No Employer nor any agent or representative
of any Employer who is an employee, officer, or director of an Employer in any
manner guarantees the assets of the Plan against loss or depreciation, and to
the extent not prohibited by federal law, none of them shall be liable (except
for his or her own gross negligence or willful misconduct), for any act or
failure to act, done or omitted in good faith, with respect to the Plan. No
Employer shall be responsible for any act or failure to act of any Custodian
appointed to administer the assets of the Plan.

     21.10 Company Merger. In the event any successor corporation to the
Company, by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, shall elect to adopt
the Plan, such successor corporation shall be substituted hereunder for the
Company upon filing in writing with the Custodian its election so to do.


                                      -90-
<PAGE>

                                              Hussmann RSP for Hourly Employees
                                              Established January 1, 1998

 
     21.11 Employees' Trust. The Plan and Custodial Agreement are created for
the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to the Participants in the Plan and
their Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan,
and the Plan and Custodial Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent
with their being, respectively, a Plan described in Sections 401(a), 401(k) and
401(m) of the Code and Custodial Agreements exempt under Section 501(a) of the
Code. At no time shall the assets of the Plan be diverted from the above
purpose.

     21.12 Gender and Number. Except when the context indicates to the contrary,
when used herein, masculine terms shall be deemed to include the feminine, and
singular the plural.

     21.13 Invalidity of Certain Provisions. If any provision of this Plan shall
be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not
affect any other provisions hereof and the Plan shall be construed and enforced
as if such provisions, to the extent invalid or unenforceable, had not been
included.

     21.14 Headings. The headings or articles are included solely for
convenience of reference, and if there is any conflict between such headings and
the text of this Plan, the text shall control.

     21.15 Uniform and Nondiscriminatory Treatment. Any discretion exercisable
hereunder by an Employer or the Administrator shall be exercised in a uniform
and nondiscriminatory manner.

     21.16 Notice and Information Requirements. Except as otherwise provided in
this Plan or in the Custodial Agreement or as otherwise required by law, the
Employer shall have no duty or obligation to affirmatively disclose to any
Participant or Beneficiary, nor shall any Participant or Beneficiary have any
right to be advised of, any material information regarding the Employer, at any
time prior to, upon or in connection with the Employer's purchase, or any other
distribution or transfer (or decision to defer any such distribution) of any
Company Stock or any other stock held under the Plan.

     21.17 Military Service. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the
contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified
military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

     21.18 Law Governing. The Plan shall be construed and enforced according to
the laws of the state in which the Trust is located, to the extent not preempted
by ERISA.


                                      -91-
<PAGE>
 
                                               Hussman RSP for Hourly Employees
                                               Established January 1, 1998



     Executed this ____ day of _________________, 19___.


                                       Hussmann International, Inc.



                                       By:________________________________


                                       Title:_____________________________




                                      -92-
<PAGE>
 
                                 Appendix 18.1


                              Adoption Agreements



     This Appendix 18.1 contains several adoption agreements each of which

specify, with respect to the employees identified in each, the applicable terms

of the Plan for a designated period of time.





                            Appendix 18.1 - Page 1
<PAGE>
 
                              ADOPTION AGREEMENTS

================================================================================
PLAN SPONSOR:  HUSSMANN INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NAME OF PLAN:  HUSSMANN INTERNATIONAL, INC. RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR 
HOURLY EMPLOYEES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Location            Active Benefit Formula and Monthly Benefit as of 1/1/98
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Atlanta, Georgia       Basic pre-tax employee contribution is $5 or 10 per week 
Systems                with a supplemental contribution of $5, 10, 15, 20, 25,
                       30, 35 or 40 per week; employer matches 50% up to maximum
                       match of $5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aurora (Denver)        Employee contributes 2% to 10%; employer matches 100% up
                       to 6% of pay
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bridgeton, Missouri    Effective 7/1/94, basic pre-tax employee contribution is
                       $5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35 or 40 per week; effective
                       3/1/97, employee contributes 2% to 10%; no employer match
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cherry Hill, New       Employee contributes 2% to 10%; employer matches 100% up
Jersey (Non-Union)     to 6% of pay
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chino, California      Employee contributes 2% to 6%; employer matches 100% up 
(Non-Union)            to 6% of pay
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dallas, Texas          Basic pre-tax employee contribution is $5 per week with a
(Non-Union)            supplemental contribution of $5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 or 35
                       per week; employer matches 50% up to maximum match of
                       $2.50
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gloversville, New      Employee contributes $5, 15, 20, 25 or 40 per week; no
York                   employer match
Local 182
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hartford,              Basic pre-tax employee contribution is $5 per week with a
Connecticut            supplemental contribution of $10, 15, 20 or 45 per week;
                       employer matches 50% up to maximum match of $2.50
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Houston, Texas         Employee contributes 2% to 10%; employer contributes 
(Non-Union)            $5.00 for 2%+ employee contribution
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Montgomery Plant       Basic pre-tax employee contribution is $4 per week with a
                       supplemental contribution of $4 or $8 per week; employer
                       matches 50% up to maximum match of $2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
New Orleans,           Employee contributes 2% to 10%; employer matches $5.00 
Louisiana              for 2%+ employee contribution
(Non-Union)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sacramento             Employee contributes 2% to 6% of pay on a pre-tax basis;
                       employer matches 100% up to 6% of pay
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Salem, NH              Basic pre-tax employee contribution is $5 per week with a
(Non-Union)            supplemental contribution of$10, 15, 20 or 45 per week;
                       employer matches 50% up to maximum match of $2.50
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -1-
<PAGE>
 
================================================================================
PLAN SPONSOR:  HUSSMANN INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NAME OF PLAN:  HUSSMANN INTERNATIONAL, INC. RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR 
HOURLY EMPLOYEES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Location            Active Benefit Formula and Monthly Benefit as of 1/1/98
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Salt Lake City,        Employee contributes 2% to 10%; employer matches 100% up
Utah                   to 6% of pay
(Non-Union)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
San Jose               Employee contributes 2% to 6% of pay on a pre-tax basis;
                       employer matches 100% up to 6% of pay
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seattle (Union         Basic pre-tax employee contribution is $5 per week with a
Locals 66 and 338)     supplemental contribution in multiples of $5 up to $100
                       per week; employer matches 50% of basic contribution up
                       to a maximum match of $2.50
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seattle                Employee contributes 2% to 10% of pay on a pre-tax basis;
(Non-Union)            employer matches 100% up to 6% of pay
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tampa                  Employee contributes 2% to 10% of pay on a pre-tax basis;
(Non-Union)            employer matches 100% up to 6% of pay
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wichita, Kansas        Employee contributes 2% to 6% of pay on a pre-tax basis;
(Non-Union)            employer matches 50% up to 3% of pay
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Krack Corporation (a subsidiary of Hussmann Corporation)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Metal Processors       Employee pre-tax contribution is $10, 20, 30, 40 or 50 
Union,                 per week; no employer match
Local 16               
================================================================================

                                      -2-

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.6



                         Hussmann International, Inc.
                                        

                                 -------------

                                   HUSSMANN
                              INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              RETIREMENT SAVINGS
                               PLAN FOR SALARIED
                                   EMPLOYEES

                                 -------------




                     Established Effective January 1, 1998



<PAGE>
 
Hussmann International, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan for Salaried Employees
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------


Hussmann International, Inc. establishes the Hussmann International, Inc.
Retirement Savings Plan for Salaried Employees for the benefit of eligible
employees of the Company, Hussmann Corporation, and their participating
affiliates.  The Plan is intended to constitute a qualified profit sharing plan,
as described in Code Section 401(a), which includes a qualified cash or deferred
arrangement, as described in Code Section 401(k).

As of the date this Plan receives a transfer of assets and liabilities from the
Whitman Corporation Retirement Savings Plan, such assets and liabilities shall
be allocated to the respective account of each Participant and Beneficiary
hereunder.  References herein to dates prior to January 1, 1998 shall be deemed
to refer to this Plan as it existed under the Whitman Corporation Retirement
Savings Plan.






<PAGE>

Table of Contents
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Page
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ARTICLE I
     <C>     <S>                                                            <C> 
DEFINITIONS...............................................................  1
     1.1     "Accounting Period"..........................................  1
     1.2     "Accounts"...................................................  1
     1.3     "Accrued Benefit"............................................  2
     1.4     "Administrative Services Agreement"..........................  2
     1.5     "Administrator"..............................................  3
     1.6     "Appendix"...................................................  3
     1.7     "Applicable Election Period".................................  3
     1.8     "Authorized Leave of Absence"................................  3
     1.9     "Beneficiary"................................................  3
     1.10    "Board of Directors".........................................  3
     1.11    "Business Day"...............................................  3
     1.12    "CEO"........................................................  3
     1.13    "Change Date"................................................  3
     1.14    "Commonly Controlled Entity".................................  3
     1.15    "Company"....................................................  4
     1.16    "Company Stock"..............................................  4
     1.17    "Company Stock Fund".........................................  4
     1.18    "Compensation"...............................................  4
     1.19    "Computation Period".........................................  5
     1.20    "Contract Administrator".....................................  5
     1.21    "Contributions"..............................................  5
     1.22    "Contribution Dollar Limit"..................................  5
     1.23    "Contribution Election" or "Election"........................  6
     1.24    "Contribution Percentage"....................................  6
     1.25    "Conversion Election"........................................  6
     1.26    "Custodial Agreement"........................................  6
     1.27    "Custodian"..................................................  6
     1.28    "Direct Rollover"............................................  6
     1.29    "Director"...................................................  6
     1.30    "Disability or Disabled".....................................  6
     1.31    "Distributee"................................................  6
     1.32    "Effective Date".............................................  6
     1.33    "Elective Deferral"..........................................  7
     1.34    "Eligible Employee"..........................................  7
     1.35    "Eligibility Service"........................................  7
     1.36    "Eligible Retirement Plan"...................................  7
</TABLE>
                                      -i-
<PAGE>
Table of Contents
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Page
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
<C>  <S>                                                                    <C>
     1.37    "Eligible Rollover Distribution"............................   7
     1.38    "Employee"..................................................   7
     1.39    "Employee Benefits Committee"...............................   8
     1.40    "Employer"..................................................   8
     1.41    "Employment Date"...........................................   8
     1.42    "ERISA".....................................................   8
     1.43    "Fiduciary".................................................   8
     1.44    "Highly Compensated Eligible Employee" or "HCE".............   8
     1.45    "Hour of Service"...........................................  10
     1.46    "Insurance Contract Arrangement"............................  11
     1.47    "Internal Revenue Code" or "Code"...........................  11
     1.48    "Investment Election".......................................  11
     1.49    "Investment Fund" or "Fund".................................  11
     1.50    "Limited Deferrals".........................................  11
     1.51    "Named Fiduciary"...........................................  12
     1.52    "Non-Highly Compensated Employee" or "NHCE".................  12
     1.53    "Normal Retirement Date"....................................  12
     1.54    "Notice Date"...............................................  12
     1.55    "Participant"...............................................  12
     1.56    "Payment Date"..............................................  12
     1.57    "Plan"......................................................  13
     1.58    "Plan Year".................................................  13
     1.59    "QDRO"......................................................  13
     1.60    "Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity"......................  13
     1.61    "Qualified Matching Contribution"...........................  13
     1.62    "Related Plan"..............................................  13
     1.63    "Rollover Contribution".....................................  13
     1.64    "Settlement Date"...........................................  14
     1.65    "Spousal Consent"...........................................  14
     1.66    "Spouse"....................................................  14
     1.67    "Sweep Date"................................................  14
     1.68    "Termination of Employment".................................  14
     1.69    "Trade Date"................................................  14
     1.70    "Trust".....................................................  15
     1.71    "Trust Agreement"...........................................  15
     1.72    "Trust Fund"................................................  15
     1.73    "Trustee"...................................................  15
     1.74    "Trustee Transfer"..........................................  15
     1.75    "Unit Value"................................................  15
     1.76    "Valuation Date"............................................  15
</TABLE>

                                      -ii-
<PAGE>
Table of Contents
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Page
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     <C>     <S>                                                            <C>

     1.77    "Vice-President".............................................  15
     1.78    "Whitman Plan"...............................................  15
     1.79    "Year of Service"............................................  15

ARTICLE II

PARTICIPATION.............................................................  17
     2.1     Eligibility..................................................  17
     2.2     Reemployment.................................................  17
     2.3     Participation Upon Change of Job Status......................  17

ARTICLE III

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS.................................................  18
     3.1     Pre-Tax Contribution Election................................  18
     3.2     Election Procedures..........................................  18
     3.3     Limitation of Elective Deferrals for all Participants........  19

ARTICLE IV

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS....................................  21
     4.1     Pre-Tax Contributions........................................  21
     4.2     Matching Contributions.......................................  21
     4.3     Pay Based Contributions......................................  22
     4.4     Special Contributions........................................  22
     4.5     Miscellaneous................................................  23

ARTICLE V

ROLLOVERS                                                                   25
     5.1     Rollovers....................................................  25

ARTICLE VI

ACCOUNTING FOR PARTICIPANTS'
ACCOUNTS AND FOR INVESTMENT FUNDS.........................................  26
     6.1     Individual Participant Accounting............................  26
     6.2     Accounting for Investment Funds..............................  27
     6.3     Accounts for QDRO Beneficiaries..............................  28
     6.4     Special Accounting During Conversion Period..................  28
</TABLE>

                                     -iii-
<PAGE>
Table of Contents
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Page
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     <C>     <S>                                                            <C>

ARTICLE VII

INVESTMENT FUNDS AND ELECTIONS............................................  30
     7.1     Investment Funds.............................................  30
     7.2     Investment of Contributions..................................  30
     7.3     Investment of Accounts.......................................  31
     7.4     Establishment of Investment Funds............................  31
     7.5     Transition Rules.............................................  31
     7.6     Assets Transferred from the Whitman Plan.....................  32

ARTICLE VIII

VESTING AND FORFEITURES...................................................  33
     8.1     Fully Vested Contribution Accounts...........................  33

ARTICLE IX

PARTICIPANT LOANS.........................................................  34
     9.1     Participant Loans Permitted..................................  34
     9.2     Loan Funding Limits..........................................  34
     9.3     Maximum Number of Loans......................................  35
     9.4     Source of Loan Funding.......................................  35
     9.5     Interest Rate................................................  35
     9.6     Repayment....................................................  35
     9.7     Repayment Hierarchy..........................................  35
     9.8     Loan Application, Note and Security..........................  35
     9.9     Default, Suspension and Acceleration Feature.................  35
     9.10    Loans from Whitman Plan......................................  36

ARTICLE X

IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS....................................................  37
     10.1    Withdrawals for 401(k) Hardship..............................  37
     10.2    Withdrawals for Participants over age 59 1/2 or who are
               Disabled...................................................  38
     10.3    Withdrawals of Mature Amounts................................  39
     10.4    Withdrawal Processing........................................  39
</TABLE>

                                      -iv-
<PAGE>
 
Table of Contents
________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                            Page
ARTICLE XI
 
DISTRIBUTIONS ON AND AFTER
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT                                                41
     11.1  Request for Distribution of Benefits........................  41
     11.2  Deadline for Distribution...................................  41
     11.3  Payment Form and Medium.....................................  42
     11.4  Small Amounts Paid Immediately..............................  42
     11.5  Payment Within Life Expectancy..............................  42
     11.6  Incidental Benefit Rule.....................................  43
     11.7  QJSA and QPSA Information and Elections.....................  43
     11.8  Continued Payment of Amounts in Payment Status on January 1, 
           1998........................................................  44
     11.9  TEFRA Transitional Rule.....................................  44
     11.10 Direct Rollover.............................................  45
 
ARTICLE XII
 
DISTRIBUTION OF ACCRUED BENEFITS ON DEATH..............................  46
     12.1  Payment to Beneficiary......................................  46
     12.2  Beneficiary Designation.....................................  46
     12.3  Benefit Election............................................  46
     12.4  Payment Form................................................  47
     12.5  Time Limit for Payment to Beneficiary.......................  47
     12.6  QPSA Information and Election...............................  47
     12.7  Direct Rollover.............................................  48
 
ARTICLE XIII
 
MAXIMUM CONTRIBUTIONS..................................................  49
     13.1  Definitions.................................................  49
     13.2  Avoiding an Annual Excess...................................  50
     13.3  Correcting an Annual Excess.................................  50
     13.4  Correcting a Multiple Plan Excess...........................  51
     13.5  Two-Plan Limit..............................................  51
     13.6  Short Plan Year.............................................  51
     13.7  Grandfathering of Applicable Limitations....................  52

                                      -v-
<PAGE>

Table of Contents
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

                                                                            Page


ARTICLE  XIV
 
ADP AND ACP TESTS......................................................  53
     14.1  Contribution Limitation Definitions.........................  53
     14.2  ADP and ACP Tests...........................................  54
     14.3  Correction of ADP and ACP Tests.............................  54
     14.4  Method of Calculation.......................................  55
     14.5  Multiple Use Test...........................................  55
     14.6  Adjustment for Investment Gain or Loss......................  56
     14.7  Required Records............................................  57
     14.8  Incorporation by Reference..................................  57
     14.9  Collectively Bargained Employees............................  57
     14.10 QSLOB.......................................................  57
 
ARTICLE  XV
 
CUSTODIAL ARRANGEMENTS.................................................  58
     15.1  Custodial Agreement.........................................  58
     15.2  Selection of Custodian......................................  58
     15.3  Custodian's Duties..........................................  58
     15.4  Separate Entity.............................................  58
     15.5  Plan Asset Valuation........................................  59
     15.6  Right of Employers to Plan Assets...........................  59
 
ARTICLE XVI
 
ADMINISTRATION AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT...............................  60
     16.1  General.....................................................  60
     16.2  Administrator Acting as Employer............................  60
     16.3  Employee Benefits Committee Acting as Employer..............  61
     16.4  Administrator as Named Fiduciary............................  62
     16.5  Employee Benefits Committee as Named Fiduciary..............  62
     16.6  Employee Benefits Committee Membership......................  62
     16.7  Employee Benefits Committee Structure.......................  62
     16.8  
Actions................................................................  63
     16.9  Procedures for Designation of a Named Fiduciary.............  63
     16.10 Compensation................................................  64
     16.11 Discretionary Authority of each Named Fiduciary.............  64

                                     -vi-
<PAGE>

Table of Contents
________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                            Page

     16.12  Responsibility and Powers of the Administrator Regarding
            Administration of the Plan.................................  65
     16.13  Allocations and Delegations of Responsibility..............  66
     16.14  Bonding....................................................  67
     16.15  Information to be Supplied by Employer.....................  67
     16.16  Information to be Supplied by Named Fiduciary..............  67
     16.17  Misrepresentations.........................................  67
     16.18  Records....................................................  67
     16.19  Plan Expenses..............................................  68
     16.20  Fiduciary Capacity.........................................  68
     16.21  Employer's Agent...........................................  68
     16.22  Plan Administrator.........................................  68
     16.23  Plan Administrator Duties and Power........................  68
     16.24  Named Fiduciary Decisions Final............................  69
     16.25  No Agency..................................................  69
 
ARTICLE  XVII
 
CLAIMS PROCEDURE.......................................................  70
     17.1  Initial Claim for Benefits..................................  70
     17.2  Review of Claim Denial......................................  70
 
ARTICLE XVIII
 
ADOPTION AND WITHDRAWAL FROM PLAN......................................  72
     18.1  Procedure for Adoption......................................  72
     18.2  Procedure for Withdrawal....................................  72
 
ARTICLE XIX
 
AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGER......................................  73
     19.1  Amendments..................................................  73
     19.2  Plan Termination............................................  74
     19.3  Plan Merger.................................................  75
 
ARTICLE XX
 
SPECIAL TOP-HEAVY RULES................................................  76
     20.1  Application.................................................  76
     20.2  Special Terms...............................................  76

                                     -vii-
<PAGE>

Table of Contents
_______________________________________________________________________________ 

                                                                           Page

     20.3   Minimum Contribution........................................  79
     20.4   Maximum Benefit Accrual.....................................  80
 
 
 
ARTICLE XXI
 
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS................................................  81
     21.1   Assignment and Alienation...................................  81
     21.2   Protected Benefits..........................................  81
     21.3   Plan Does Not Affect Employment Rights......................  81
     21.4   Deduction of Taxes from Amounts Payable.....................  81
     21.5   Facility of Payment.........................................  81
     21.6   Source of Benefits..........................................  82
     21.7   Indemnification.............................................  82
     21.8   Reduction for Overpayment...................................  82
     21.9   Limitation on Liability.....................................  82
     21.10  Company Merger..............................................  82
     21.11  Employees' Trust............................................  82
     21.12  Gender and Number...........................................  83
     21.13  Invalidity of Certain Provisions............................  83
     21.14  Headings....................................................  83
     21.15  Uniform and Nondiscriminatory Treatment.....................  83
     21.16  Law Governing...............................................  83
     21.17  Military Service............................................  83
     21.18  Notice and Information Requirements.........................  83

                                     -viii-
<PAGE>
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

ARTICLE I
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                  DEFINITIONS
                                  -----------

     The following sections of this Article I provide basic definitions of terms
used throughout the Plan, and whenever used herein in a capitalized form, except
as otherwise expressly provided, the terms shall be deemed to have the following
meanings:

     1.1  "Accounting Period" means the periods designated by the Administrator
with respect to each Investment Fund not to exceed one year in duration.

     1.2  "Accounts" means the  record of a Participant's interest in the Plan's
assets represented by his or her:

          (a)  "ESOP Account" which means a Participant's interest in the Plan's
     assets composed of an amount allocated from the Whitman Plan on and after
     January 1, 1998, if any) (as identified by the Administrator) plus all
     income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals
     and distributions charged to, such Account.

          (b)  "Former Matching Contribution Account" which means a
     Participant's interest in the Plan's assets composed of an amount allocated
     from the Whitman Plan on and after January 1, 1998, if any, (as identified
     by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all
     losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

          (c)  "Matching Account" which means a Participant's interest in the
     Plan's assets composed of Matching Contributions allocated on or after
     January 1, 1998 to the Participant under the Plan and an amount allocated
     from the Whitman Plan on and after January 1, 1998, if any,(as identified
     by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all
     losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

          (d)  "Pay Based Account" which means a Participant's interest in the
     Plan's assets composed of Pay Based Contributions allocated on or after
     January 1, 1998 to the Participant under the Plan and an amount allocated
     from the Whitman Plan on and after January 1, 1998, if any, (as identified
     by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all
     losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

          (e)  "Post-Tax Account" which means a Participant's interest in the
     Plan's assets composed of an amount allocated from the Whitman Plan on and
     after January 1, 1998, if any, (as identified by the Administrator), plus
     all

                                      -1-
<PAGE>
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
     income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals
     and distributions charged to, such Account.

          (f)  "Pre-Tax Account" which means a Participant's interest in the
     Plan's assets composed of Pre-Tax Contributions allocated on or after
     January 1, 1998 to the Participant under the Plan and an amount allocated
     from the Whitman Plan on and after January 1, 1998, if any, (as identified
     by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all
     losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

          (g)  "QVEC Account" which means a Participant's interest in the Plan's
     assets composed of an amount allocated from the Whitman Plan on and after
     January 1, 1998, if any, (as identified by the Administrator), plus all
     income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses, withdrawals
     and distributions charged to, such Account.

          (h)  "Rollover Account" which means a Participant's interest in the
     Plan's assets composed of Rollover Contributions allocated on or after
     January 1, 1998 to the Participant under the Plan and an amount allocated
     from the Whitman Plan on and after January 1, 1998, if any, (as identified
     by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all
     losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

          (i)  "Special Account" which means a Participant's interest in the
     Plan's assets composed of Special Contributions allocated on or after
     January 1, 1998 to the Participant under the Plan and an amount allocated
     from the Whitman Plan on and after January 1, 1998, if any, (as identified
     by the Administrator), plus all income and gains credited to, and minus all
     losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

          (j)  "TRASOP Account" which means a Participant's interest in the
     Plan's assets composed of an amount allocated from the Whitman Plan on and
     after January 1, 1998, if any, (as identified by the Administrator) plus
     all income and gains credited to, and minus all losses, expenses,
     withdrawals and distributions charged to, such Account.

     1.3  "Accrued Benefit" means the shares or units held in or posted to
Accounts on the Settlement Date in accordance with the terms of this Plan,
including any applicable Administrative Services Agreement.

     1.4  "Administrative Services Agreement" means a contractual arrangement
with, or if no separate contractual arrangement exists, that portion of an
Insurance Contract Arrangement with, a Trustee, Named Fiduciary or a Contract
Administrator which describes the services to be rendered by the Trustee, Named
Fiduciary or 

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
Contract Administrator to or on behalf of the Plan and which
Administrative Services Agreement is incorporated into and made a part of the
Plan.

     1.5  "Administrator" means the Director.  References to the Administrator
in this document shall include any Fiduciary (other than a Named Fiduciary) to
whom the Administrator has allocated or delegated its authority to control and
manage pursuant to the procedures in Article XVI.

     1.6  "Appendix" means a written supplement attached to this Plan and made a
part hereof which has been added in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

     1.7  "Applicable Election Period" means, with respect to an election
described in Section 11.3 to waive the Normal Form, a period of time beginning
90 days before the Payment Date and ending with the Payment Date, or if later,
at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day
after the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to
the Participant.

     1.8  "Authorized Leave of Absence" means an absence, with or without
Compensation, authorized on a nondiscriminatory basis by a Commonly Controlled
Entity under its standard personnel practices applicable to the Employee,
including any period of time during which such person is covered by a short-term
disability plan of his or her Employer.  An Employee who leaves the service of a
Commonly Controlled Entity to enter the Armed Forces of the United States of
America and who reenters the service of the Commonly Controlled Entity with
reemployment rights under any statute granting reemployment rights to persons in
the Armed Forces shall be deemed to have been on an Authorized Leave of Absence.
The date that an Employee's Authorized Leave of Absence ends shall be determined
in accordance with the personnel policies of such Commonly Controlled Entity,
which ending date shall be no earlier than the date that the Authorized Leave of
Absence is scheduled to end, unless the Employee communicates to such Commonly
Controlled Entity that he or she is to have a Termination of Employment as of an
earlier date.

     1.9  "Beneficiary" means any person designated by a Participant to receive
any  benefits which shall be payable with respect to the death of a Participant
under the Plan or as a result of a QDRO.

     1.10 "Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Company.

     1.11 "Business Day" means any day or part of a day on which the New York
Stock Exchange and the Trustee are open for business.

     1.12 "CEO" means the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
     1.13 "Change Date" means the one or more dates during the Plan Year
designated by the Administrator as the dates available for implementing or
changing a Participant's Contribution Election.

     1.14 "Commonly Controlled Entity" means (1) an Employer and any
corporation, trade or business, but only for so long as it and the Employer are
members of a controlled group of corporations as defined in Section 414(b) of
the Code or under common control as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code;
provided, however, that solely for purposes of the limitations of Code Section
415, the standard of control under Sections 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code shall
be deemed to be "more than 50%" rather than "at least 80%," (2) an Employer and
an organization, but only for so long as it and the Employer are, on and after
the Effective Date, members of an affiliated service group as defined in Section
414(m) of the Code, (3) an Employer and an organization, but only for so long as
the employees of it and the Employer are required to be aggregated, on and after
the Effective Date, under Section 414(o) of the Code, or (4) any other
organization designated as such by the Administrator.

     1.15 "Company" means Hussmann International, Inc. or any successor
corporation by merger, consolidation, purchase, or otherwise, which elects to
adopt the Plan and the Trust.

     1.16 "Company Stock" means common stock issued by Whitman Corporation;
provided however, on and after the date of distribution by Whitman Corporation
to its shareholders of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company,
Company Stock will means shares of common stock issued by the Company.

     1.17 "Company Stock Fund" means an Investment Fund primarily invested in
Company Stock.

     1.18 "Compensation" means:

          (a)  for purposes of allocating Contributions and for purposes of
     applying Section 415 of the Code to the Plan and its Participants for any
     limitation year, such compensation, as determined by the Administrator and
     satisfying the definition of compensation under Section 415 of the Code
     (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 1.415-2(d)(2) and (3)); provided
     however, for purposes of allocating Contributions, a car allowance paid to
     an HCE shall be excluded; and

          (b)  for any determination period with respect to an applicable
     provision of the Code other than Section 415, such compensation from a
     Commonly Controlled Entity, as determined by the Administrator, and which
     satisfies the requirements of Section 414(s) of the Code.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
     In addition to other applicable limitations set forth in the Plan, and
notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, for Plan Years
beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual Compensation of each Employee
taken into account under the Plan shall not exceed the OBRA '93 annual
compensation limit. The OBRA '93 annual compensation limit is $150,000, as
adjusted by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for increases in the cost of
living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. The cost-of-living
adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any period, not exceeding
twelve (12) months, over which Compensation is determined (determination period)
beginning in such calendar year. If a determination period consists of fewer
than twelve (12) months, the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit will be
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the
determination period, and the denominator of which is twelve (12).

     For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, any reference in this
Plan to the limitation under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code shall mean the OBRA
'93 annual compensation limit set forth in this provision.

     If Compensation for any prior determination period is taken into account in
determining an Employee's benefits accruing in the current Plan Year, the
Compensation for that prior determination period is subject to the OBRA '93
annual compensation limit in effect for that prior determination period.  For
this purpose, for determination periods beginning before the first day of the
first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the OBRA '93 annual
compensation limit is $150,000.

     1.19 "Computation Period" means with respect to Eligibility Service, the
twelve (12) consecutive month period commencing with an Employee's Employment
Date and the Plan Year which includes the first anniversary of the Employment
Date and each subsequent Plan Year.

     1.20 "Contract Administrator" means each individual and entity designated
by the Administrator or another Named Fiduciary, pursuant to this Plan, to
render services to the Plan or Trust as a Fiduciary.

     1.21 "Contributions" means amounts contributed to the Plan by the Employer
or an Eligible Employee.  Specific types of contributions include:

          (a)  "Matching".  An amount contributed by the Employer based upon the
               amount contributed by the eligible Participant.

          (b)  "Pay Based".  An amount contributed by the Employer and allocated
               on a pay based formula to eligible Participants' Accounts.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
          (c)  "Pre-Tax".  An amount contributed on a pre-tax basis in
               conjunction with a Participant's Code Section 401(k) salary
               deferral agreement.

          (d)  "Special".  An amount contributed by the Employer to avoid
               prohibited discrimination under Section 401(a)(4) of the Code.

     1.22 "Contribution Dollar Limit" means the annual limit imposed on each
Participant pursuant to Section 402(g) of the Code, which shall be ten thousand
dollars ($10,000) per calendar year (as indexed for cost of living adjustments
pursuant to Code Section 402(g)(5) and 415(d)).

     1.23 "Contribution Election" or "Election" means the election made by a
Participant to reduce his or her Compensation by an amount equal to the product
of his or her Contribution Percentage and such Compensation from the Employer
subject to the Contribution Election; provided however, effective January 1,
1998, the Contribution Election for a Participant for whom assets and
liabilities have been transferred to this Plan from the Whitman Plan shall be
the same as the Contribution Election of such Participant under the Whitman
Plan.

     1.24 "Contribution Percentage" means the percentage of a Participant's
Compensation which is to be contributed to the Plan by his or her Employer as a
Contribution.

     1.25 "Conversion Election" means an election by a Participant to change the
investment of all or some specified portion of such Participant's Accounts by
voice response to the telephone number provided by the Named Fiduciary to whom
it is spoken, or on such form that may be required by the Named Fiduciary to
whom it is delivered.  No Conversion Election shall be deemed to have been given
to the Named Fiduciary unless it is complete and delivered in accordance with
the procedures established by such Named Fiduciary for this purpose.

     1.26 "Custodial Agreement" means the Trust Agreement or an insurance
contract to provide for the holding of the assets of the Plan.

     1.27 "Custodian" means the Trustee or an insurance company if the contract
issued by such company is not held by the Trustee.

     1.28 "Direct Rollover" means a payment by the Plan to the Eligible
Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

     1.29 "Director" means the Director of Compensation and Benefits Services
for Hussmann Corporation, or such other title as which will from time to time
assume the responsibilities of the Director of Compensation and Benefits
Services.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998
 
     1.30 "Disability or Disabled" means the Participant is disabled for
purposes of the Employer's long term disability plan.

     1.31 "Distributee" includes an Employee or former Employee.  In addition,
the Employee's or former Employee's surviving Spouse and the Employee's or
former Employee's Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a
QDRO are Distributees with regard to the interest of the Spouse or former
Spouse.

     1.32 "Effective Date" means January 1, 1998, the date upon which the
provisions of this document become effective.  In general, the provisions of
this document only apply to Participants who are Employees on or after the
Effective Date.  However, investment and distribution provisions apply to all
Participants with Account balances to be invested or distributed after the
Effective Date.


     1.33 "Elective Deferral" means amounts subject to the Contribution Dollar
Limit.

     1.34 "Eligible Employee" means any salaried Employee (including an Employee
on an Authorized Leave of Absence) of an Employer on and after the Effective
Date of the adoption of this Plan by the Employer, excluding any salaried
Employee:

          (a)  who is a member of a group of Employees represented by a
     collective bargaining representative, unless a currently effective
     collective bargaining agreement between his or her Employer and the
     collective bargaining representative of the group of Employees of which he
     or she is a member provides for coverage by the Plan;

          (b)  who is considered an Employee solely because of the application
     of Section 414(n) of the Code;

          (c)  who is not a U.S. citizen;

          (d)  who is a resident alien not legally in the U.S. or who is legally
     in the U.S. but can continue to participate in a retirement plan sponsored
     by a Commonly Controlled Entity; and

          (e)  who is scheduled in Appendix 1.28.

     1.35 "Eligibility Service" means the sum of an Employee's Years of Service.

     1.36 "Eligible Retirement Plan" means an individual retirement account
described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity
described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section
403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the
Code, that accepts the Distributee's Eligible Rollover Distribution.  However,
in the case of an Eligible 

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
Rollover Distribution to the surviving Spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is an
individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

     1.37 "Eligible Rollover Distribution" means any distribution of all or any
portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible
Rollover Distribution does not include any distribution that is one of a series
of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually)
made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or
joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee's designated
Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to
the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code;
and the portion any distribution that is not includible in gross income
(determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with
respect to employer securities).

     1.38 "Employee" means any person who renders services as a common law
employee to a Commonly Controlled Entity or is on an Authorized Leave of
Absence, including the period of time before which the trade or business became
a Commonly Controlled Entity, but excluding the period of time after which it
ceases to be a Commonly Controlled Entity. No person who was hired through a
temporary agency (including but not limited to any leased Employee) shall be
considered an Employee and no person, the terms of whose services are governed
by an independent contractor or consulting agreement with an Employer, shall be
considered an Employee except to the extent explicitly provided to the contrary
in such agreement; provided, however, any individual considered an Employee of a
Commonly Controlled Entity under Section 414(n) of the Code shall be deemed
employed by the Commonly Controlled Entity for which the individual performed
services.

     1.39 "Employee Benefits Committee" means the committee appointed pursuant
to the terms of the Trust.

     1.40 "Employer" means the Company, Hussmann Corporation, and any Commonly
Controlled Entity which has adopted the Plan; provided however, each Employer,
for whom assets and liabilities are transferred to the Plan from the Whitman
Plan on behalf of its Employees on and after the Effective Date, shall be deemed
to be an Employer; and provided further, that an entity will cease to be an
Employer when it ceases to be a Commonly Controlled Entity.

     1.41 "Employment Date" means the day an Employee first earns an Hour of
Service.

     1.42 "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.  Reference to any specific Section shall include such Section, any
valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any
future legislation amending, supplementing or superseding such Section.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998
 

     1.43 "Fiduciary" means (a) any individual or entity who performs a
Fiduciary function under the Plan as defined in accordance with Section 3(21) of
ERISA; (b) such individual or entity which the Administrator or Employee
Benefits Committee, acting on behalf of Hussmann Corporation, designates to be a
Named Fiduciary with respect to such person's authority to control and manage
the operation and administration of the Plan or Trust; or (c) such individual or
entity which a Named Fiduciary, acting on behalf of the Plan, designates to be a
Fiduciary with respect to such person's authority to control and manage the
operation and administration of the Plan or Trust.

     1.44 "Highly Compensated Eligible Employee" or "HCE" means a highly
compensated active employee or a highly compensated former employee.

     A highly compensated active employee includes any Employee who performs
service for the Employer during the determination year and who, during the look-
back year: (i) received Compensation from the Employer in excess of $75,000 (as
adjusted pursuant to Section 415(d) of the Code); (ii) received Compensation
from the Employer in excess of $50,000 (as adjusted pursuant to Section 415(d)
of the Code) and was a member of the top-paid group for such year; or (iii) was
an officer of the Employer and received Compensation during such year that is
greater than fifty percent (50%) of the dollar limitation in effect under
Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code. The term highly compensated active employee
also includes: (i) Employees who are both described in the preceding sentence if
the term "determination year" is substituted for the term "look-back year" and
the Employee is one of the one-hundred (100) Employees who received the most
Compensation from the Employer during the determination year; and (ii) Employees
who are five percent (5%) owners at any time during the look-back year or
determination year.

     If no officer has satisfied the Compensation requirement of (iii) above
during either a determination year or look-back year, the highest paid officer
for such year shall be treated as a highly compensated active employee.

     For this purpose, the determination year shall be the Plan Year.  The look-
back year shall be the twelve(12)-month period immediately preceding the
determination year.  Pursuant to Code Section 414(q), the Administrator may
elect for the look-back year to be the calendar year ending with or within the
applicable Plan Year determination year.

     If the Employer at all times during the Plan Year maintains significant
business activities (and employs Employees in such activities) in at least two
significantly separate geographic areas and satisfies such other conditions as
the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe, the Administrator may elect to
apply a simplified definition of Highly Compensated Employee under the Plan by
substituting "$50,000" for "$75,000" in paragraph (i) above, and disregarding
paragraph (ii) above.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998
 
     An Employee who performs services for the Employer any time during the year
is in the top-paid group of Employees for any year if such Employee is in the
group consisting of the top twenty percent (20%) of the Employees when ranked on
the basis of Compensation paid during such year.  For purposes of determining
the number of Employees in the top-paid group (but not for identifying the
particular Employees in the top-paid group), the following Employees shall be
excluded:

               (i)    Employees who have not completed six (6) months of
     service;

               (ii)   Employees who normally work less than seventeen and one-
     half (17-1/2) Hours of Service per week;

               (iii)  Employees who normally work not more than six (6) months
     during any year;

               (iv)   Employees who have not attained age twenty-one (21);

               (v)    Employees who are included in a unit of Employees covered
     by a bona fide collective bargaining agreement with the Employer; and

               (vi)   Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no
     earned income (within the meaning of Section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from
     the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States
     (within the meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code).

The Administrator may elect to apply paragraph (i), (ii) or (iv) of this Section
by substituting a shorter period of service, smaller number of hours or months,
or lower age for that specified in such subparagraphs.

     A highly compensated former employee includes any Employee who separated
from service (or was deemed to have separated) prior to the determination year,
performs no service for the Employer during the determination year, and was a
Highly Compensated Employee for either the separation year or any determination
year ending on or after the Employee's 55th birthday.  If a former Employee
separated from service with the Employer prior to January 1, 1987, and the
Administrator irrevocably elects to apply this special rule, he is a Highly
Compensated Employee only if he or she was described in any one or more of the
following groups during either the Employee's separation year (or the year
preceding such separation year) or any year ending on or after such individual's
55th birthday (or the last year ending before such Employee's 55th birthday):

               (i)    5-percent owner. The Employee was a five percent (5%)
     owner of the Employer at any time during the year.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
               (ii)   Compensation amount. The Employee received Compensation in
     excess of $50,000 during the year.

     The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including the
determination of the number and identity of Employees in the top-paid group, the
top 100 Employees, the number of Employees treated as officers and the
Compensation that is considered, will be made in accordance with Section 414(q)
of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

     1.45 "Hour of Service" means, as it applies to Computation Periods, each
hour for which an Employee is entitled to:

          (a)  payment for the performance of duties for any Commonly Controlled
     Entity;

          (b)  payment from any Commonly Controlled Entity for any period during
     which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment
     relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, sickness, incapacity
     (including disability), layoff, leave of absence, jury duty or military
     service;

          (c)  back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, by award or
     agreement with any Commonly Controlled Entity (and these hours shall be
     credited to the period to which the agreement pertains); or

          (d)  no payment, but is on an Authorized Leave of Absence (and these
     hours shall be based upon his or her normally scheduled hours per week or a
     40 hour week if there is no regular schedule).

The crediting of hours shall be made in accordance with Department of Labor
regulation Section 2530.200b-2 and 3, but in no event shall hours be credited in
excess of the minimum number required thereunder for a Computation Period in
order to avoid a Break in Service.  An equivalent number of hours shall be
credited for each payroll period in which the full-time Employee would be
credited with at least 1 hour.  The payroll period equivalences are 190 hours
monthly.

     1.46 "Insurance Contract Arrangement" means a contractual arrangement of
one or more contracts with an entity, whether or not subject to the applicable
regulations of a State regarding reserve requirements, which assumes the risk of
payment of a Benefit primarily from its assets and which Insurance Contract
Arrangement is incorporated and made a part of this Plan, but only to the extent
it is specifically referred to herein and is not inconsistent with the terms and
provisions of this Plan.

     1.47 "Internal Revenue Code" or "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, any subsequent Internal Revenue Code and final Treasury

                                      -11-
<PAGE>
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
Regulations.  If there is a subsequent Internal Revenue Code, any references
herein to Internal Revenue Code Sections shall be deemed to refer to comparable
Sections of any subsequent Internal Revenue Code.

     1.48 "Investment Election" means an election by which a Participant directs
the investment of his or her Contributions by voice response to the telephone
number provided by the Named Fiduciary to whom it is spoken, or on such form
that may be required by the Named Fiduciary to whom it is delivered.  No
Investment Election shall be deemed to have been given to the Named Fiduciary
unless it is complete and delivered in accordance with the procedures
established by such Named Fiduciary for this purpose; provided however,
effective January 1, 1998, the Investment Election for a Participant for whom
assets and liabilities have been transferred to this Plan from the Whitman Plan
shall be the same as the Investment Election of such Participant under the
Whitman Plan.

     1.49 "Investment Fund" or "Fund" means one or more collective investment
funds, a pool of assets, or deposits with the Custodian, a mutual fund,
insurance contract, or managed pool of assets.  The Investment Funds authorized
by the Administrator are listed in Appendix 7.4.

     1.50 "Limited Deferrals" means Elective Deferrals subject to the limits of
Code Section 401(a)(30).

     1.51 "Named Fiduciary" means:

          (a)  with respect to the authority each has over management and
     control of the Plan's administration and operation or discretionary
     authority and control it may have with respect to the Plan, the
     Administrator and such other person who may be designated to be a Named
     Fiduciary pursuant to Article XVI;

          (b)  with respect to the management and control of the Plan's assets
     or the discretionary authority it may have with respect to the Plan's
     assets, the Trustee, the Employee Benefits Committee, and other such person
     who may be designated to be a Named Fiduciary pursuant to the terms of the
     Trust.

     1.52 "Non-Highly Compensated Employee" or "NHCE" means an Employee who is
not an HCE.

     1.53 "Normal Retirement Date" means the date a Participant attains sixty-
five (65) years of age.

     1.54 "Notice Date" means the date established by the responsible Named
Fiduciary as the deadline for it to receive notification with respect to an
administrative 

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                             Effective January 1, 1998
 
matter in order to be processed as of a Change Date designated by the
responsible Named Fiduciary.

     1.55 "Participant" means an Eligible Employee who begins to participate in
the Plan after completing the eligibility requirements. A Participant's
participation continues until his or her Termination of Employment and his or
her Accrued Benefit is distributed or forfeited.

     1.56 "Payment Date" means the date on or after the Settlement Date on which
a Participant's Accrued Benefit is distributed or commences to be distributed,
which date shall be at least the minimum number of days required by law, if any,
after the date the Participant has received any notice required by law, if any.
If a distribution is one to which Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 of the Internal
Revenue Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less than thirty (30)
days after the notice required under Section 401(a)(11) of the Income Tax
Regulations is given, provided that:

          (a) the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the
     Participant has a right to a period of at least thirty (30) days after
     receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a
     distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option); and

          (b) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects
     a distribution.

Notwithstanding the determination of a Payment Date hereunder, distribution in
accordance with an affirmative election will not commence before the expiration
of the 7-day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant.

     1.57 "Plan" means the Hussmann International, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan
for Salaried Employees, as set forth herein and as hereafter may be amended from
time to time.

     1.58 "Plan Year" means the Annual Accounting period of the Plan and Trust
which ends on each December 31.

     1.59 "QDRO" means a domestic relations order which the Administrator has
determined to be a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of
Section 414(p) of the Code.

     1.60 "Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity" means the QJSA described in
Article XI.

                                     -13-
<PAGE>
 
                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                             Effective January 1, 1998


     1.61 "Qualified Matching Contribution" means a Matching Contribution that
is treated as a Pre-Tax Contribution and posted to the Pre-Tax Account.

     1.62 "Related Plan" means:

          (a) with respect to Section 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code, any plan or
     plans maintained by a Commonly Controlled Entity which is treated with this
     Plan as a single plan for purposes of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the
     Code; and

          (b) with respect to Section 415 of the Code, any other defined
     contribution plan or a defined benefit plan (as defined in Section 415(k)
     of the Code) maintained by a Commonly Controlled Entity, respectively
     called a "Related Defined Contribution Plan" and a "Related Defined Benefit
     Plan".

     1.63 "Rollover Contribution" means:

          (a) a rollover contribution as described in Section 402(c) of the Code
     (or its predecessor); or

          (b) a Trustee Transfer (1) to the Custodian of an amount by the
     custodian of a retirement plan qualified for tax-favored treatment under
     Code Section 401(a), which plan provides for such transfer; (2) with
     respect to which the benefits otherwise protected by Code Section 411 in
     such transferor plan are no longer required by Code Section 411 to be
     protected in this Plan; and (3) which does not include amounts subject to
     Code Section 401(k).


     1.64 "Settlement Date" means the date on which the transactions from the
most recent Trade Date are settled.

     1.65 "Spousal Consent" means the irrevocable written consent given by a
Spouse to a Participant's election (or waiver) of a specified form of benefit or
Beneficiary designation. The Spouse's consent must acknowledge the effect on the
Spouse of the Participant's election, waiver or designation and be duly
witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public. Spousal Consent shall be
valid only with respect to the spouse who signs the Spousal Consent and only for
the particular choice made by the Participant which requires Spousal Consent. A
Participant may revoke (without Spousal Consent) a prior election, waiver or
designation that required Spousal Consent at any time before the Sweep Date
associated with the Settlement Date upon which payments will begin. Spousal
Consent also means a determination by the Administrator that there is no Spouse,
the Spouse cannot be located or such other circumstances as may be established
by applicable law.

     1.66 "Spouse" means a person, not of the same sex, who, as of the earlier
of a Participant's Payment Date and death, is alive and married to the
Participant

                                     -14-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
within the meaning of the laws of the State of the Participant's residence as
evidenced by a valid marriage certificate or other proof acceptable to the
Administrator. A spouse who was the Spouse on the Payment Date but who is
divorced from the Participant at the Participant's death shall still be the
Spouse at the date of the Participant's death, except as otherwise provided in a
QDRO.

     1.67 "Sweep Date" means the date established by the responsible Named
Fiduciary as the cutoff date and time for the responsible Named Fiduciary to
receive notification with respect to a financial transaction for an Accounting
Period in order to be processed with respect to a Trade Date designated by the
responsible Named Fiduciary.

     1.68 "Termination of Employment" occurs when a person ceases to be an
Employee, as determined by the personnel policies of the Commonly Controlled
Entity to whom he or she rendered services; provided, however, where a Commonly
Controlled Entity ceases to be such with respect to an Employee as a result of
either an asset sale or stock sale an Employee of the Commonly Controlled Entity
shall be deemed not to have incurred a Termination of Employment:  (a) unless
the Administrator shall make a determination that the transaction satisfies
Section 401(k) of the Code, or if no such determination is made, until such
Employee ceases to be employed by the successor to the Commonly Controlled
Entity; or (b) if the Administrator shall make a Trustee Transfer of his or her
Accrued Benefit.  Transfer of employment from one Commonly Controlled Entity to
another Commonly Controlled Entity shall not constitute a Termination of
Employment for purposes of the Plan.

     1.69 "Trade Date" means the Business Day as of which a financial
transaction occurs, however with respect to a transaction involving Investment
Funds maintained on a share accounting methodology, the transaction shall be
executed based upon the daily average of the proceeds or purchase price of sales
and purchases, respectively, of a share.

     1.70 "Trust" means the legal entity resulting from the agreement between
the Company and the Trustee and all amendments thereto, in which some or all of
the assets of this Plan will be received, held, invested and distributed to or
for the benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries.

     1.71 "Trust Agreement" means the agreement between the Company and the
Trustee establishing the Trust, and any amendments thereto.

     1.72 "Trust Fund" means any property, real or personal, received by and
held by the Trustee, plus all income and gains and minus all losses, expenses,
withdrawals and distributions chargeable thereto.

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

     1.73 "Trustee" means any corporation, individual or individuals designated
in the Trust Agreement who shall accept the appointment as Trustee to execute
the duties of the Trustee as set forth in the Trust Agreement.

     1.74 "Trustee Transfer" means (a) a transfer to the Custodian of an amount
by the custodian of a retirement plan qualified for tax-favored treatment under
Section 401(a) of the Code or by the trustee(s) of a trust forming part of such
a plan, which plan provides for such transfer; or (b) a Direct Rollover within
the meaning of Section 402(c)(8)(B) of the Code; provided that with respect to
any withdrawal or distribution from the Plan, a Participant may elect a transfer
to only one eligible retirement plan, except as may otherwise be determined by
the Administrator, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

     1.75 "Unit Value" means the value of a unit in the applicable Investment
Fund, as determined in good faith by the Trustee or the Administrator.

     1.76 "Valuation Date" means the close of business on each Business Day.
     
     1.77 "Vice-President" means the Vice-President of Human Resources of the
Company, or any successor.

     1.78 "Whitman Plan" means the Whitman Corporation Retirement Savings Plan.

     1.79 "Year of Service" means, as it applies to Eligibility Service, each
Computation Period in which an Employee is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of
Service; and to the extent not already recognized, each Year of Service
recognized under the Whitman Plan with respect to a Participant for whom this
Plan has received a transfer of assets and liabilities from the Whitman Plan.

     An Employee's service with a company, the assets of which are acquired by a
Commonly Controlled Entity, shall only be counted as employment with such
Commonly Controlled Entity in the determination of his or her Years of Service
if (1) the Administrator directs that credit for such service be granted in
Appendix 1.68, or (2) a qualified plan of the acquired company is subsequently
maintained by any Employer or Commonly Controlled Entity.

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998


ARTICLE II
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 PARTICIPATION
                                 -------------

     2.1  Eligibility.  On or after the Effective Date as to each Employer:

          (a) Participant on January 1, 1998.  Each Eligible Employee shall
     become a Participant on the first day of the month on or after the date he
     or she completes at least one year of Eligibility Service.

          (b) Participant in the Whitman Plan .  Each person who was a
     participant in the Whitman Plan whose accrued benefit under the Whitman
     Plan was (or is to be) transferred to this Plan shall become a Participant
     as of January 1, 1998, or, if later, the date of such transfer.

     2.2  Reemployment.
 
          (a) Eligible Employee Was Previously a Participant.  An Eligible
     Employee who previously was a Participant prior to his or her Termination
     of Employment shall become a Participant on the first day he or she earns
     an Hour of Service.

          (b) Eligible Employee Had a Termination.  An Eligible Employee who
     previously completed the service requirement to become a Participant and
     who had a Termination of Employment before he or she became a Participant
     shall be eligible to become a Participant on the later of (1) the date he
     or she would have become a Participant but for his or her Termination of
     Employment, or (2) the date he or she performs an Hour of Service.

     2.3  Participation Upon Change of Job Status.  An Employee who is not an
Eligible Employee shall become a Participant on the later of (1) the date he or
she would have become a Participant had he or she always been an Eligible
Employee, or (2) the date he or she becomes an Eligible Employee.

                                      -17-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998


ARTICLE III
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                           PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS
                           -------------------------

     3.1  Pre-Tax Contribution Election.
     
          (a) A Participant who is an Eligible Employee and who desires to have
     Pre-Tax Contributions made on his or her behalf by his or her Employer
     shall file a Contribution Election pursuant to procedures specified by the
     responsible Named Fiduciary specifying his or her Contribution Percentage
     of not less than two percent (2.00%) nor more than ten percent (10%)
     (stated as a whole integer percentage) and authorizing the Compensation
     otherwise payable to him or her to be reduced.
 
          (b) Notwithstanding Subsection (a) hereof, for any Plan Year the
     Administrator may determine that the maximum Contribution Percentage shall
     be greater or lesser than the percentages set forth in Subsection (a)
     hereof.  Otherwise, the maximum Contribution Percentage as provided in
     Subsection (a) hereof shall apply.

          (c) A Participant's Contribution Election shall be effective only with
     respect to Compensation not yet paid as of the date the Contribution
     Election is effective. A Contribution Election received on or before a
     Notice Date shall become initially effective with respect to payroll cycles
     ended after the applicable Change Date or if reemployed on the first day of
     the next month.  However, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may
     declare an additional window period to Participants.  Any Contribution
     Election which has not been properly completed or which does not contain a
     properly completed Investment Election will be deemed not to have been
     received and be void.

     3.2  Election Procedures.  A Participant's Contribution Election shall
continue in effect (with automatic adjustment for any change in his or her
Compensation) until the earliest of the date (1) his or her Contribution
Election is changed in accordance with paragraph (a) hereof; (2) he or she
ceases to be paid as an Eligible Employee; or (3) his or her Contribution
Election is cancelled in accordance with paragraph (b) hereof.

          (a) Changing the Election.  A Participant may increase or decrease his
     or her Contribution Percentage (subject to the percentage limits stated
     above) only once each Change Date by making a new Contribution Election,
     pursuant to procedures specified by the responsible Named Fiduciary, on
     which is specified the amount of the Contribution Percentage.

                                      -18-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

               (1)  If such Contribution Election is received by the Notice
                    Date, the change shall be effective with respect to the
                    first payroll cycle ended after the Change Date.

               (2)  However, if the Administrator deems it necessary, the
                    Administrator may specify an additional window period to
                    Participants.

               (3)  The amount of increase or decrease of such Contribution
                    Percentage shall be effective only with respect to
                    Compensation not yet paid.

               (4)  Any Contribution Election which has not been properly
                    completed will be deemed not to have been received and be
                    void.

          (b) Canceling the Election.  A Participant desiring to cancel his or
     her existing Contribution Election and reduce his or her Contribution
     Percentage to zero must make a new Contribution Election, pursuant to
     procedures specified by the responsible Named Fiduciary.  The responsible
     Named Fiduciary will establish procedures, to be administered in a uniform
     and nondiscriminatory manner, for allowing a Participant to cancel his or
     her Contribution Election.  Any Contribution Election received on or before
     a Notice Date shall become effective with respect to the payroll cycle
     ended after the next Change Date.  A Participant who is an Eligible
     Employee and who has cancelled his or her Election may again make a
     Contribution Election at any time.  If such Contribution Election is
     received by the Notice Date, it shall become effective with respect to the
     first payroll cycle ended after the next Change Date.  Any Participant who
     has improperly completed a Contribution Election will be deemed not to have
     made an Election.

     3.3  Limitation of Elective Deferrals for all Participants.  A
Participant's Limited Deferrals for any calendar year shall not exceed the
Contribution Dollar Limit.  If a Participant advises the Administrator that he
or she has Elective Deferrals (reduced by Elective Deferrals previously
distributed or which are recharacterized as a result of the application of Code
Section 401(k)(3) to such Participant) in excess of the Contribution Dollar
Limit ("Excess Deferral"), the Administrator shall return such Excess Deferrals
for the taxable year to the Participant.  To the extent the Participant's
Limited Deferrals exceed the Contribution Dollar Limit, the Employer may notify
the Plan on behalf of the Participant (and "Excess Deferral" shall be calculated
by taking into account only Limited Deferrals).  If such advice was received by
the Administrator during the taxable year, the Plan shall distribute the Excess
Deferral as soon as administratively feasible.  If such advice was received by
the Administrator after the taxable year but no later than March 1 following the
close of the taxable year, the Administrator shall cause the Plan to return such
Excess Deferral no later 

                                      -19-
<PAGE>
 
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998


than April 15 immediately following the end of such taxable year, adjusted by
income allocable to that amount.

     The net investment gain or loss associated with the Excess Deferral is
calculated as follows:


                      G
               E x --------  x (1 + (10% x M))
                    (AB-G)
 
 
where:
 
          E    =    the Excess Deferral amount,
 
          G    =    the net gain or loss for the Plan Year in the Participant's
                    Pre-Tax Account,

         AB    =    the total value of the Participant's Pre-Tax Account,
                    determined as of the end of the calendar year being
                    corrected,

          M    =    the number of full months from the calendar year end to the
                    date the excess amount is paid, plus one for the month
                    during which payment is to be made if payment will occur
                    after the 15th of that month.

If the application of the limitations in this Section results in a reduction of
previously contributed Pre-Tax Contributions on behalf of a Participant,
Matching Contributions allocable with respect thereto (prior to such reduction)
which are not distributed under the ACP Test shall be forfeited.

                                      -20-
<PAGE>
 
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998


ARTICLE IV
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS
                     --------------------------------------

     4.1  Pre-Tax Contributions.

          (a) Frequency and Eligibility.  Subject to the limits of the Plan and
     to the Administrator's authority to limit Contributions under the terms of
     this Plan, for each period for which a Contribution Election is in effect,
     the Employer shall contribute to the Plan on behalf of each Participant an
     amount equal to the amount designated by the Participant as a Pre-Tax
     Contribution on his or her Contribution Election.

          (b) Allocation.  The Pre-Tax Contribution shall be allocated to the
     Pre-Tax Account of the Participant with respect to whom the amount is paid.

          (c) Timing, Medium and Posting.  Pre-Tax Contributions shall be paid
     to the Custodian in cash and posted to each Participant's Pre-Tax Account
     by the Administrator as soon as such amounts can reasonably be balanced
     against the specific amount made on behalf of each Participant.  Pre-Tax
     Contributions shall be paid to the Custodian not later than the fifteenth
     (15th) day of the month next following the month in which amounts are
     deducted from the Participant's Compensation.

     4.2  Matching Contributions.

          (a) Frequency and Eligibility.  Subject to the limits of the Plan and
     to the Administrator's authority to limit Contributions under the Plan, for
     each period for which Participants' Contributions are made, the Employer
     shall make Matching Contributions as described in the following Allocation
     Method paragraph on behalf of each Participant who contributed during the
     period and was an Eligible Employee at any time during each payroll period.

          (b) Allocation Method.  The Matching Contributions for each period
     shall total one hundred percent (100%) of each eligible Participant's Pre-
     Tax Contributions for the period, provided that no Matching Contributions
     shall be made based upon a Participant's Contributions in excess of six
     percent (6%) of his or her Compensation.  The Employer may change the one
     hundred percent (100%) matching rate or the six percent (6%) of considered
     Compensation to any other percentages, including zero (0%).

          (c) Timing, Medium and Posting.  The Employer shall make each period's
     Matching Contribution in cash as soon as is feasible, and not later than
     the Employer's federal tax filing date, including extensions, for deducting

                                      -21-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998


     such Contribution. The Administrator shall post such amount to each
     Participant's Matching Account once the total Contribution received by the
     Custodian has been balanced against the specific amount to be credited to
     each Participant's Matching Account.

          (d) Compensation.  Compensation from the Employer shall be measured by
     the period (not to exceed the Plan Year) for which the Contribution is
     being made provided the Eligible Employee is a Participant during such
     period.

     4.3  Pay Based Contributions.
   
          (a) Frequency and Eligibility.  Subject to the limits of the Plan and
     to the Administrator's authority to limit Contributions under the Plan, for
     each  Plan Year, the Employer may make a Pay Based Contribution in an
     amount determined by the Employer on behalf of each Participant who was an
     Eligible Employee on the last day of each Plan Year.  In addition, such
     Contribution shall be made on behalf of each Participant who ceased being
     an Employee during the period after having attained his or her Normal
     Retirement Date, or by reason of his or her Disability or death.

          (b) Allocation Method.  The Pay Based Contribution for each period
     shall be allocated among eligible Participants in direct proportion to
     their Compensation from the Employer.

          (c) Timing, Medium and Posting.  The Employer shall make each period's
     Pay Based Contribution in cash as soon as is feasible, and not later than
     the Employer's federal tax filing date, including extensions, for deducting
     such Contribution.  The Administrator shall post such amount to each
     Participant's Pay Based Account once the total Contribution received by the
     Custodian has been balanced against the specific amount to be credited to
     each Participant's Pay Based Account.

          (d) Compensation.  Compensation from the Employer shall be measured by
     the period (not to exceed the Plan Year) for which the Contribution is
     being made provided the Eligible Employee is a Participant during such
     period.

     4.4  Special Contributions.
       
          (a) Frequency and Eligibility.  Subject to the limits of the Plan and
     to the Administrator's authority to limit Contributions under the Plan, for
     each Plan Year, the Employer may make a Special Contribution in an amount
     determined by the Administrator on behalf of each Non-Highly Compensated

                                      -22-
<PAGE>
 
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998


     Employee Participant who was an Eligible Employee at any time during the
     Plan Year.

          (b) Allocation Method. The Special Contribution for each period shall
     be allocated among eligible Participants as determined by the
     Administrator, subject to a maximum dollar amount which may be contributed
     on behalf of any Participant as determined by the Administrator.

          (c) Timing, Medium and Posting.  The Employer shall make each period's
     Special Contribution in cash as soon as is feasible, but no later than
     twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year to which it is allocated.
     The Administrator shall post such amount to each Participant's Special
     Account once the total Contribution received by the Custodian has been
     balanced against the specific amount to be credited to each Participant's
     Special Account.

          (d) True-Up Contribution.  For each Participant who is an Employee on
     the last Business Day of the Plan Year and who has elected to contribute at
     least six percent (6%) of his or her Compensation as a Pre-Tax Contribution
     for all periods during such Plan Year in which he or she could make Pre-Tax
     Contributions, the Employer shall make a Matching Contribution equal to the
     least of:

               (1) six percent (6%) of the Participant's Compensation for the
          Plan Year;

               (2) the Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year; or

               (3) six percent (6%) of the dollar limit in Code Section
          401(a)(17),

     minus the aggregate amount of any Matching Contribution already made for
     the Participant under Section 4.2 hereof for the Plan Year.

          (e) Compensation.  Compensation shall be measured by the period (not
     to exceed the Plan Year) for which the Contribution is being made, provided
     the Eligible Employee is a Participant during such period.

     4.5  Miscellaneous.

          (a) Deduction Limits.  In no event shall the Employer Contributions
     for a Plan Year exceed the maximum the Company estimates will be deductible
     (or which would be deductible if the Employers had taxable income) by any
     Employer or Commonly Controlled Entity under Section 404 of the Code
     ("Deductible Amount").  Any amount in excess of the Deductible Amount shall

                                      -23-
<PAGE>
 
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

     not be contributed in the following order of Contribution type, to the
     extent needed to eliminate the excess:

               (1)  Each Participant's allocable share of Pre-Tax Contributions
                    for the Plan Year will be reduced by an amount equal to the
                    excess of the Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions over an
                    amount which bears the same ratio to the amount of Pre-Tax
                    Contributions made to the Plan on behalf of such Participant
                    during the Plan Year as the Deductible Amount available for
                    the Plan Year (reduced by the total amount of other types of
                    Employer Contributions for the Plan Year) bears to the
                    aggregate Pre-Tax Contributions made to the Plan on behalf
                    of all Participants subject to such Deductible Amount during
                    the Plan Year (before the application of this provision).

               (2)  If the application of Section (a)(1) would result in a
                    reduction of a Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions which are
                    matched by Matching Contributions, the rate at which Pre-Tax
                    Contributions are reduced shall be offset by a reduction for
                    each Matching Contribution not made as a result.

               (3)  Pay Based Contributions.

          (b) Profit Sharing Plan.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the
     contrary, the Plan shall constitute a profit sharing plan for all purposes
     of the Code.

                                      -24-
<PAGE>
 
                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                             Effective January 1, 1998

ARTICLE V
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                   ROLLOVERS
                                   ---------

     5.1 Rollovers. The Administrator may authorize the Custodian to accept a
Rollover Contribution from an Eligible Employee in cash, even if he or she is
not yet a Participant. The Employee shall furnish satisfactory evidence to the
Administrator that the amount is eligible for rollover treatment. Such amount
shall be posted to the Employee's Rollover Account by the Administrator as of
the date received by the Custodian.

     If it is later determined that an amount transferred pursuant to the above
paragraph did not in fact qualify as a Rollover Contribution, the balance
credited to the Employee's Rollover Account shall immediately be (1) segregated
from all other Plan assets, (2) treated as a non-qualified trust established by
and for the benefit of the Employee, and (3) distributed to the Employee. Any
such nonqualifying rollover shall be deemed never to have been a part of the
Plan.

                                     -25-
<PAGE>
 
                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                             Effective January 1, 1998


ARTICLE VI
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                         ACCOUNTING FOR PARTICIPANTS'
                       ACCOUNTS AND FOR INVESTMENT FUNDS
                       ---------------------------------

     6.1 Individual Participant Accounting.

          (a) Account Maintenance. The responsible Named Fiduciary shall cause
     the Accounts for each Participant to reflect transactions involving assets
     of the Accounts in accordance with this Article. Financial transactions
     during or with respect to an Accounting Period shall be accounted for at
     the individual Account level by "posting" each transaction to the
     appropriate Account of each affected Participant. Participant Account
     values shall be maintained in units. At any point in time, the value of a
     Participant's Accrued Benefit shall be equal to the net Unit Value of his
     or her Account determined by using the most recent Trade Date values
     provided by the Custodian.

          (b) Trade Date Accounting and Investment Cycle. For any transaction to
     be processed as of a Trade Date, the responsible Named Fiduciary must
     receive instructions by the Sweep Date and such instructions shall apply
     only to amounts held in or posted to the Accounts as of the Trade Date.
     Financial transactions in an Investment Fund shall be posted to a
     Participant's Account as of the Trade Date and based upon the Trade Date
     values provided by the Custodian. All transactions shall be effected on the
     Settlement Date relating to the Trade Date (or as soon as is
     administratively feasible).

          (c) Suspension of Transactions. Whenever the responsible Named
     Fiduciary considers such action to be in the best interest of the
     Participants, the Administrator in its discretion may suspend from time to
     time the Trade Date.

          (d) Temporary Investment. To the extent practicable, the responsible
     Named Fiduciary shall direct the Custodian to make temporary investments in
     a short term interest fund of assets in an Account held pending a Trade
     Date.

          (e) How Fees and Expenses are Charged to Participants. Account
     maintenance fees to the extent not paid by the Employer shall be charged
     prorata to each Participant's Account on the basis of each Participant's
     Accrued Benefit, provided that no fee shall reduce a Participant's Account
     balance below zero. Transaction type fees (such as special asset fees,
     Conversion Election change fees, etc.) shall be charged to the Accounts
     involved in the transaction. Fees and expenses incurred for the management
     and maintenance of Investment Funds shall be charged at the Investment Fund

                                     -26-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998


 
     level and reflected in the net gain or loss of each Fund to the extent not
     paid by the Employer.

          (f)  Error Correction.  The Administrator may correct any errors or
     omissions in the administration of the Plan by restoring or charging any
     Participant's Accrued Benefit with the amount that would be credited or
     charged to the Account had no error or omission been made.  Funds necessary
     for any such restoration shall be provided through payment made by the
     responsible Named Fiduciary.

          (g)  Accounting for Participant Loans. Participant loans shall be held
     in a separate Fund for investment only by such Participant and accounted
     for in dollars as an earmarked asset of the borrowing Participant's
     Account.

     6.2  Accounting for Investment Funds.

          (a)  Unit Accounting.  The investments in each Investment Fund
     designated in Appendix 7.4 shall be maintained in full and fractional
     units.  The responsible Named Fiduciary is responsible for determining the
     number of full and fractional units of each such Fund.  To the extent an
     Investment Fund is comprised of a collective investment fund of the
     Custodian, the net asset and unit values shall be determined in accordance
     with the rules governing such collective investment funds, which are
     incorporated herein by reference.  Fees and expenses incurred for the
     management and maintenance of Investment Funds shall be charged at the
     Investment Fund level and reflected in the net gain or loss of each Fund to
     the extent not paid by the Employer.

          (b)  Accounting for Company Stock.  The following additional rules
     shall apply to the Company Stock Fund:

               (1)  Shareholder Rights.  Shareholder Rights with respect to all
                    Company Stock in an Account shall be exercised by the
                    Trustee in accordance with directions from the Participant
                    pursuant to the procedures of the Trust Agreement.

               (2)  Tender Offer.  If a tender offer is commenced for Company
                    Stock, the provisions of the Trust Agreement regarding the
                    response to such tender offer, the holding and investment of
                    proceeds derived from such tender offer and the substitution
                    of new securities for such proceeds shall be followed.

               (3)  Dividends and Income.  Dividends (whether in cash or in
                    property) and other income received by the Custodian in
                    respect of Company Stock shall be reinvested in Company

                                      -27-
<PAGE>
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
                    Stock and shall constitute income and be recognized on an
                    accrual basis for the Accounting Period in which occurs the
                    record date with respect to such dividend; provided that,
                    with respect to any dividend which is reflected in the
                    market price of the underlying stock, the Administrator
                    shall direct the Custodian during such trading period to
                    trade such stock the regular way to reflect the value of the
                    dividend, and all Fund transfers and cash distributions
                    shall be transacted accordingly with no accrual of such
                    dividend, other than as reflected in such market price.

               (4)  Transaction Costs.  Any brokerage commissions, transfer
                    taxes, transaction charges, and other charges and expenses
                    in connection with the purchase or sale of Company Stock
                    shall be added to the cost thereof in the case of a purchase
                    or deducted from the proceeds thereof in the case of a sale;
                    provided, however, where the purchase or sale of Company
                    Stock is with a "disqualified person" as defined in Section
                    4975(e)(2) of the Code or a "party in interest" as defined
                    in Section 3(14) of ERISA, no commissions may be charged
                    with respect thereto.

     6.3  Accounts for QDRO Beneficiaries.  A separate Account shall be
established for a Beneficiary entitled to any portion of a Participant's Account
under a QDRO as of the date and in accordance with the directions specified in
the QDRO.  Such Account shall be valued and accounted for in the same manner as
any other Account.

          (a)  Investment Direction.  A QDRO Beneficiary may direct the
     investment of such Account in the same manner as any other Participant.

          (b)  Distributions. A QDRO Beneficiary shall be entitled to payment as
     provided in the QDRO and permissible under the otherwise applicable terms
     of this Plan, regardless of whether the Participant is an Employee, and to
     name a Beneficiary as specified in the QDRO.

          (c)  Participant Loans.  A QDRO Beneficiary shall not be entitled to
     borrow from his or her Account.  If a QDRO specifies that the QDRO
     Beneficiary is entitled to any portion of the Account of a Participant who
     has an outstanding loan balance, all outstanding loans shall continue to be
     held in the Participant's Account and shall not be divided between the
     Participant's and QDRO Beneficiary's Accounts.

     6.4  Special Accounting During Conversion Period.  The responsible Named
Fiduciary and Custodian may use any reasonable accounting methods in performing

                                      -28-
<PAGE>
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998
 

their respective duties during the period of converting the prior accounting
system of the Plan and Trust to conform to the individual Participant accounting
system described in this Section. This includes, but is not limited to, the
method for allocating net investment gains or losses and the extent, if any, to
which contributions received by and distributions paid from the Trust during
this period share in such allocation. All or a portion of the Trust assets may
be held, if necessary, in a short term interest bearing vehicle, which may
include deposits of the Trustee, during the conversion period for establishing
such individual Participant Accounts.

                                      -29-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

ARTICLE VII
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                        INVESTMENT FUNDS AND ELECTIONS
                        ------------------------------

     7.1  Investment Funds.  Except for a Participant's loan Account, the Trust
shall be maintained in various Investment Funds.  The Administrator may change
the number or composition of the Investment Funds, subject to the terms and
conditions agreed to with the Custodian.

     7.2  Investment of Contributions.

          (a)  Investment Election.  Each Participant may direct the Trustee, by
     submission to the responsible Named Fiduciary of a completed Investment
     Election provided for that purpose by the responsible Named Fiduciary, to
     invest Contributions posted to his or her Accounts in one or more
     Investment Funds.  If the Administrator directs, for any Accounting Period,
     Contributions with respect to which the Participant has investment control
     may be invested separately in Funds.

          (b)  Effective Date of Investment Election; Change of Investment
     Election.  A Participant's initial Investment Election will be effective
     with respect to a Fund on the Trade Date which relates to the Sweep Date on
     which or prior to which the Investment Election is received pursuant to
     procedures specified by the responsible Named Fiduciary.  Any Investment
     Election which has not been properly completed will be deemed not to have
     been received.  A Participant's Investment Election shall continue in
     effect, notwithstanding any change in his or her Compensation or his or her
     Contribution Percentage, until the earliest of (1) the effective date of a
     new Investment Election, or (2) the date he or she ceases to be paid as an
     Eligible Employee.  A change in Investment Election shall be effective with
     respect to a Fund on the Trade Date which relates to the Sweep Date on
     which or prior to which  the Administrator receives the Participant's new
     Investment Election.  Any Investment Election which has not been properly
     completed will be deemed not to have been received.

          (c)  Switching Fees.  A reasonable processing fee may be charged
     directly to a Participant's Account for Investment Election changes in
     excess of a specified number per Plan Year as determined by the
     Administrator.

                                      -30-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
     7.3  Investment of Accounts.
 
          (a)  Conversion Election. Notwithstanding a Participant's Investment
     Election, a Participant or Beneficiary may direct the Trustee, by
     submission of a completed Conversion Election provided for that purpose to
     the responsible Named Fiduciary, to change the interest his or her Accrued
     Benefit has in one or more Investment Funds.

          (b)  Effective Date of Conversion Election.  A Conversion Election to
     change a Participant's or Beneficiary's investment of his or her Accrued
     Benefit in one Investment Fund to another Fund shall be effective with
     respect to such Funds on the Trade Date(s) which relates to the Sweep Date
     on which or prior to which the Election is received pursuant to procedures
     specified by the responsible Named Fiduciary.  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, to the extent required by any provisions of an Investment Fund,
     the effective date of any Conversion Election may be delayed or the amount
     of any permissible Conversion Election may be reduced.  Any Conversion
     Election which has not been properly completed will be deemed not to have
     been received.

          (c)  Switching Fees.  A reasonable processing fee may be charged
     directly to a Participant's Account for Conversion Election changes in
     excess of a specified number per Plan Year as determined by the
     Administrator.

     7.4  Establishment of Investment Funds.  The Administrator shall cause to
be established one or more Investment Funds set forth in Appendix 7.4.  In
addition, the Administrator may, from time to time, in its discretion:

          (a)  limit investments in or transfers from an Investment Fund;

          (b)  add funding vehicles thereunder;

          (c)  liquidate, consolidate or otherwise reorganize an existing
     Investment Fund; or

          (d)  add new Investment Funds to Appendix 7.4 which are available
     through the Trust.

     7.5  Transition Rules.  Effective as of the date any Investment Fund is
added or deleted, each Participant and Beneficiary shall have the opportunity to
submit new Investment Elections and Conversion Elections to the responsible
Named Fiduciary no later than the applicable Sweep Date.  The responsible Named
Fiduciary and Custodian may use any reasonable accounting methods in performing
their respective duties during the period of transition from one Investment Fund
to another, including, but not limited to:

                                      -31-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998 


          (a)  designating into which Investment Fund a Participant's Accrued
     Benefit will be invested if the Participant fails to submit a proper
     Conversion Election;

          (b)  the method for allocating net investment gains or losses and the
     extent, if any, to which amounts received by and distributions paid from
     the Trust during this period share in such allocation;

          (c)  investing all or a portion of the Trust's assets in a short-term,
     interest-bearing Fund during such transition period; or

          (d)  delaying any Trade Date during a designated transition period or
     changing any Notice Date, Sweep Date or Change Date during such transition
     period.

     7.6  Assets Transferred from the Whitman Plan.  Assets received from the
Whitman Plan shall be invested on the date of receipt in the same Investment
Fund in this Plan as such assets were invested in the Whitman Plan on the date
of transfer.

                                      -32-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998


ARTICLE VIII
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                            VESTING AND FORFEITURES
                            -----------------------



     8.1  Fully Vested Contribution Accounts.

          A Participant who is an Employee on January 1, 1998, shall be fully
vested and have a nonforfeitable right to his or her Accrued Benefit in all
Accounts at all times.  A Participant who is not an Employee on or after January
1, 1998 shall have a vested and nonforfeitable right to his or her Accrued
Benefit in the manner determined under this Plan as it existed on his or her
Termination of Employment.

                                      -33-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998 


ARTICLE IX
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               PARTICIPANT LOANS
                               -----------------

     9.1  Participant Loans Permitted.  The Administrator is authorized to
establish and administer a loan program for a Participant who is an Eligible
Employee or a former Eligible Employee who is a "party in interest" under ERISA
pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Article.  All loan limits
are determined as of the Trade Date the Trustee reserves funds for the loan.
The funds will be disbursed to the Participant as soon as is administratively
feasible after the next following Settlement Date.

     9.2  Loan Funding Limits.

          The loan amount must meet the following limits:

          (a)  Plan Minimum Limit. The minimum amount for any loan is $1,000.00.

          (b)  Plan Maximum Limit.  Subject to the legal limit described in (c)
     below, the maximum a Participant may borrow, including the outstanding
     balance of existing Plan loans, is fifty percent (50%) of vested balance of
     the following Accounts:

                         Pre-Tax Account
                         Special Account
                         Matching Account
                         Pay Based Account
                         Former Matching Contribution Account
                         ESOP Account
                         TRASOP Account
                         Rollover Account and
                         Post-Tax Account.

          (c)  Legal Maximum Limit.  The maximum a Participant may borrow,
     including the outstanding balance of existing loans, is based upon the
     value of his or her vested interest in this Plan and all other qualified
     plans maintained by a Commonly Controlled Entity (the "Vested Interest").
     The maximum amount is equal to fifty percent (50%) of his or her Vested
     Interest, not to exceed $50,000.  However, the $50,000 amount is reduced by
     the Participant's highest outstanding balance of all loans from any
     Commonly Controlled Entity's qualified plans during the 12-month period
     ending on the day before the Trade Date on which the loan is made.

                                      -34-
<PAGE>
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
     9.3  Maximum Number of Loans.  A Participant may have only one loan
outstanding at any given time, and any prior existing loan must be fully repaid
for three (3) months before a new loan may be secured.

     9.4  Source of Loan Funding.  A loan to a Participant shall be made solely
from the assets of his or her own Accounts.  The available assets shall be
determined first by Contribution Account and then by investment type within each
type of Contribution Account.  The hierarchy for loan funding by type of
Contribution Account shall be the order listed in the preceding Plan Maximum
Limit paragraph.  Within each Account used for funding, amounts shall first be
taken from the available cash in the Account and then taken by type of
investment in direct proportion to the market value of the Participant's
interest in each Investment Fund as of the Sweep Date on which the loan is made.

     9.5  Interest Rate.  The interest rate charged on Participant loans shall
be fixed and equal to the Trustee's prime rate in effect on Monday of the week
in which the loan request is received by the responsible Named Fiduciary.

     9.6  Repayment.  Substantially level amortization shall be required of each
loan with payments made at least monthly, through payroll deduction, provided
that payment can be made by check for advance loan payments, or when a
Participant is on an Authorized Leave of Absence, Disabled or transferred to the
employ of a Commonly Controlled Entity which is not participating in the Plan.
Loans may be prepaid in full or in part at any time.  The loan repayment period
shall be as mutually agreed upon by the Participant and Administrator, not to
exceed five (5) years.

     9.7  Repayment Hierarchy.  Loan principal repayments shall be credited to
the Participant's Contribution Accounts in the inverse of the order used to fund
the loan.  Loan interest shall be credited to the Contribution Account in direct
proportion to the principal repayment.  Loan payments are credited by investment
type based upon the Participant's current Conversion Election for that Account.

     9.8  Loan Application, Note and Security.  A Participant shall apply for
any loan in accordance with a procedure established by the responsible Named
Fiduciary.  The responsible Named Fiduciary shall administer Participant loans
and shall specify the time frame for approving loan applications.  All loans
shall be evidenced by a promissory note and security agreement and secured only
by a Participant's Account balance.  The Plan shall have a lien on a
Participant's Account to the extent of any outstanding loan balance.

     9.9  Default, Suspension and Acceleration Feature.

          (a)  Default. A loan is treated as a default on the earlier of (i) the
     date any scheduled loan payment is more than ninety (90) days late,
     provided that the Administrator may agree to a suspension of loan payments
     for up to twelve
                                      -35-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998
 
     (12) months for a Participant who is on an Authorized Leave of Absence; or
     (ii) thirty (30) days from the time the Participant receives written notice
     of the note being due and payable and a demand for past due amounts.

          (b)  Actions upon Default.  In the event of default, the Administrator
     will direct the Trustee to report the default as a taxable distribution.
     As soon as a Plan withdrawal or distribution to such Participant would
     otherwise be permitted, the Administrator will direct the Trustee to
     execute upon its security interest in the Participant's Account by
     segregating the unpaid loan balance from the Account, including interest to
     the date of default, and to distribute the note to the Participant.

          (c)  Acceleration.  A loan shall become due and payable in full once
     the Participant incurs a Termination of Employment.

     9.10 Loans from Whitman Plan.  Each loan from the Whitman Plan, which is a
portion of assets and liabilities transferred to this Plan from the Whitman
Plan, shall be established as a Loan from this Plan to the same Participant, and
the note shall be created to a separate Fund for investment only by such
Participant and accounted for in dollars as an earmarked asset of the same
Account of the borrowing Participant as it had been reflected in the Whitman
Plan.

                                      -36-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998 

ARTICLE X
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                            IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS
                            ----------------------

     10.1 Withdrawals for 401(k) Hardship.

          (a) Requirements.  A Participant may request the withdrawal of any
     amount from the portion of his or her Accounts needed to satisfy a
     financial need by making a withdrawal request in accordance with a
     procedure established by the Administrator.  The Administrator shall only
     approve those requests for withdrawals (1) on account of a Participant's
     "Deemed Financial Need", and (2) which are "Deemed Necessary" to satisfy
     the financial need.

          (b)  "Deemed Financial Need".  Financial commitments relating to:

               (1)  costs directly related to the purchase or construction
                    (excluding mortgage payments or balloon payments) of a
                    Participant's principal residence;

               (2)  the payment of expenses for medical care described in
                    Section 213(d) of the Code previously incurred by the
                    Participant, the Participant's Spouse, or any dependents of
                    the Participant (as defined in Section 152 of the Code) or
                    necessary for those persons to obtain medical care described
                    in Section 213(d) of the Code;

               (3)  payment of tuition and related educational fees and room and
                    board expenses for the next twelve (12) months of post-
                    secondary education for the Participant, his or her Spouse,
                    children or dependents (as defined in Section 152 of the
                    Code); or

               (4)  necessary payments to prevent the eviction of the
                    Participant from his or her principal residence or the
                    foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant's principal
                    residence.

          (c)  "Deemed Necessary". A withdrawal is "deemed necessary" to satisfy
     the financial need only if all of these conditions are met:

               (1)  the withdrawal may not exceed the dollar amount needed to
                    satisfy the Participant's documented Financial Hardship,
                    plus an amount necessary to pay federal, state,

                                      -37-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
                    or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to
                    result from such withdrawal;

               (2)  the Participant must have obtained all distributions, other
                    than Financial Hardship distributions, and all nontaxable
                    loans under all plans maintained by the Company or any
                    Commonly Controlled Entity;

               (3)  the Participant will be suspended from making Pre-Tax
                    Contributions, post-tax contributions, (or similar
                    contributions under any other qualified or nonqualified plan
                    of deferred compensation maintained by a Commonly Controlled
                    Entity) for at least twelve (12) months from the date the
                    withdrawal is received; and

               (4)  the Contribution Dollar Limit for the taxable year
                    immediately following the taxable year in which the
                    Financial Hardship withdrawal is received shall be reduced
                    by the Elective Deferrals for the taxable year in which the
                    Financial Hardship withdrawal is received.

          (d)  Account Sources for Withdrawal.  All available amounts must first
     be withdrawn from his or her Accounts under Section 10.2 or 10.3.  The
     remaining withdrawal amount shall come only from his or her Accounts, in
     the following priority order of Accounts:

                         Post-Tax Account
                         QVEC Account
                         TRASOP Account
                         ESOP Account
                         Rollover Account
                         Former Matching Contribution Account
                         Pay Based Account
                         Matching Account
                         Pre-Tax Account

     The amount that may be withdrawn from a Participant's Pre-Tax Account shall
     not include earnings and Qualified Matching Contributions posted to his or
     her Pre-Tax Account after the end of the Plan Year which ends before July
     1, 1989.

                                      -38-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998 


     10.2 Withdrawals for Participants over age 59 1/2 or who are Disabled.

          (a)  Requirements.  A Participant who is over age 59 1/2 or who is
     Disabled may withdraw from the portion of his or her Accounts listed in
     paragraph (b) below.

          (b)  Account Sources for Withdrawal.  When requesting a withdrawal,
     any withdrawal amount shall come only from his or her Accounts, in the
     following priority order of Accounts:

                         Post-Tax Account
                         QVEC Account
                         TRASOP Account
                         ESOP Account
                         Rollover Account
                         Former Matching Contribution Account
                         Pay Based Account
                         Matching Account
                         Pre-Tax Account
                         Special Account.

     10.3 Withdrawals of Mature Amounts.

          (a)  Requirements.  Withdrawal is permitted from an amount credited to
     any of the Accounts listed in paragraph (b) below.

          (b)  Contribution Account Sources for Withdrawal.  When requesting a
     withdrawal, any withdrawal amount shall come only from his or her Accounts,
     in the following priority order of Accounts:

                         Post-Tax Account
                         QVEC Account
                         TRASOP Account
                         ESOP Account
                         Rollover Account
                         Former Matching Contribution Account.

                                      -39-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998 

     10.4 Withdrawal Processing.

          (a) Ordering.  To the extent of the outstanding principal amount
     (excluding earnings) as of December 31, 1986 attributable to his or her
     Post-Tax Account, any withdrawal hereunder shall be deemed first to be made
     therefrom, second from Post-Tax Contributions, if any, made after December
     31, 1986, plus earnings thereon in the same pro rata manner as required by
     Code Section 72(e), and, thirdly, from earnings on such principal amount as
     of December 31, 1986.

          (b)  Minimum Amount.  There is no minimum payment for any type of
     withdrawal.

          (c)  Permitted Frequency.  The maximum number of withdrawals permitted
     in any Plan Year (other than for 401(k) Hardship) is two.  For this
     purpose, two types of withdrawals distributed in one payment shall
     constitute one withdrawal.

          (d)  Application by Participant.  A Participant must submit a
     withdrawal request in accordance with a procedure established by the
     responsible Named Fiduciary to the responsible Named Fiduciary to apply for
     any type of withdrawal. Only a Participant who is an Employee may make a
     withdrawal request.

          (e)  Approval by Responsible Named Fiduciary.  The responsible Named
     Fiduciary is responsible for determining that a withdrawal request conforms
     to the requirements described in this Section and notifying the Custodian
     of any payments to be made in a timely manner.

          (f)  Time of Processing.  The Custodian shall process all withdrawal
     requests which it receives by a Sweep Date, based on the value as of the
     Trade Date to which it relates, and fund them on the next Settlement Date.
     The Custodian shall then make payment to the Participant as soon thereafter
     as is administratively feasible.

          (g)  Medium and Form of Payment. The medium of payment for withdrawals
     is either cash or direct deposit; provided however, a withdrawal under
     either Section 10.2 or 10.3 may be paid, as directed by the Participant, in
     whole shares of Company Stock to the extent the withdrawal is funded from
     the Company Stock Fund. The form of payment for withdrawals shall be a
     single installment.

          (h)  Investment Fund Sources.  Within each Account used for funding a
     withdrawal, amounts shall be taken by type of investment in direct
     proportion 

                                      -40-
<PAGE>
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective Janaury 1, 1998
 
     to the market value of the Participant's interest in each
     Investment Fund (which excludes the Participant's loans) at the time the
     withdrawal is made.

          (i) Direct Rollover.  With respect to any cash payment hereunder in
     excess of $200 which constitutes an Eligible Rollover Distribution, a
     Distributee may direct the responsible Named Fiduciary to have all or some
     portion of such payment (other than from a Post-Tax Account) paid in the
     form of a Trustee Transfer, in accordance with procedures established by
     the responsible Named Fiduciary, provided the responsible Named Fiduciary
     receives written notice of such direction with specific instructions as to
     the Eligible Retirement Plan on or prior to the applicable Sweep Date for
     payment.  If the Participant does not transfer all of such payment, the
     minimum amount which can be transferred is $500.

                                      -41-
<PAGE>
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective Janaury 1, 1998
 
ARTICLE XI
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                           DISTRIBUTIONS ON AND AFTER
                           TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
                           -------------------------

     11.1  Request for Distribution of Benefits.

           (a) Request for Distribution.  Subject to the other requirements of
     this Article, a Participant may elect to have his or her vested Accrued
     Benefit paid to him or her  beginning upon any Settlement Date following
     his or her Termination of Employment by submitting a completed distribution
     election in accordance with a procedure established by the responsible
     Named Fiduciary.  Such election form shall include or be accompanied by a
     notice which provides the Participant with information regarding all
     optional times and forms of payment available.  The election must be
     submitted to the responsible Named Fiduciary by the Sweep Date that relates
     to the Payment Date.

           (b) Failure to Request Distribution.  If a Participant has a
     Termination of Employment and fails to submit a distribution request in
     accordance with a procedure established by the responsible Named Fiduciary
     by the last Payment Date permitted under this Article, his or her vested
     Accrued Benefit shall be valued as of the Valuation Date which immediately
     precedes such latest date of distribution (called the "Default Valuation
     Date") and a notice of such deemed distribution shall be issued to his or
     her last known address as soon as administratively possible.  If the
     Participant does not respond to the notice or cannot be located, his or her
     vested Accrued Benefit determined on the Default Valuation Date shall be
     treated as a Forfeiture.  If the Participant subsequently files a claim,
     the amount forfeited (unadjusted for gains and losses) shall be reinstated
     to his or her Accounts and distributed as soon as administratively
     feasible, and such payment shall be accounted for by charging it against
     the Forfeiture Account or by a contribution from the Employer of the
     affected Participant.

     11.2  Deadline for Distribution.  In addition to any other Plan
requirements and unless the Participant elects otherwise, or cannot be located,
the Payment Date of a Participant's vested Accrued Benefit shall be not later
than sixty (60) days after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which (i)
the Participant attains the earlier of age sixty-five (65) or his or her Normal
Retirement Date, (ii) occurs the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Plan Year in
which the Participant commenced participation, or (iii) the Participant had a
Termination of Employment.  However, if the amount of the payment or the
location of the Participant (after a reasonable search) cannot be ascertained by
that deadline, payment shall be made no later than sixty (60) days after the
earliest date on which such amount or location is ascertained.  In any case, the
Payment Date of the Accrued Benefit of a Participant (i) who is not an Employee

                                      -42-
<PAGE>
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective Janaury 1, 1998
 
or (ii) who is an Employee and who is a 5-percent owner (as defined in Code
Section 416), shall not be later than April 1 following the calendar year in
which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half (70 1/2) and each
December 31 thereafter and shall comply with the requirements of Section
401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

     11.3  Payment Form and Medium.

     (a) General.  A Participant's vested Accrued Benefit shall be paid in the
form of:

           (1)  a single sum,

           (2)  periodic installments as selected by the Participant, not to
                exceed 15 years,

           (3)  a single or joint life annuity, or

           (4)  periodic distributions of at least $500.00, each in an amount
                designated by the Participant but not to exceed two
                distributions per Plan Year.

Within each Account used for funding a distribution, amounts shall be taken by
type of investment in direct proportion to the market value of the Participant's
interest in each Investment Fund at the time the distribution is made.

     (b) Medium of Payment.  Payments will generally be made in cash (generally
by check), alternatively, if the Participant elects a single sum distribution, a
single sum payment will be made, as directed by the Participant, in a
combination of cash and whole shares of Company Stock to the extent the
distribution is funded from the Company Stock Fund.  Any annuity option
permitted will be provided through the purchase of a non-transferable single
premium contract from an insurance company which must conform to the terms of
the Plan and Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and which will be distributed to the
Participant or Beneficiary in complete satisfaction of the benefit due.

     11.4  Small Amounts Paid Immediately.  If a Participant has a Termination
of Employment and the Participant's vested Accrued Benefit is $5,000 or less,
the Participant's Accrued Benefit shall be paid as a single sum as soon as
administratively feasible after his or her Termination of Employment.

     11.5  Payment Within Life Expectancy.  The Participant's payment election
must be consistent with the requirement of Code Section 401(a)(9) that all
payments are to be completed within a period not to exceed the lives or the
joint and last 

                                      -43-
<PAGE>
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective Janaury 1, 1998
 
survivor life expectancy of the Participant and his or her
Beneficiary.  The life expectancies of a Participant and his or her spouse may
be recomputed annually.


     11.6  Incidental Benefit Rule.  The Participant's payment election must be
consistent with the requirement that, if the Participant's Spouse is not his or
her sole primary Beneficiary, the minimum annual distribution for each calendar
year, beginning with the year in which he or she attains age seventy and one-
half (70 1/2), shall not be less than the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the
Participant's vested Accrued Benefit as of the last Trade Date of the preceding
year by (b) the applicable divisor as determined under the incidental benefit
requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9).

     11.7  QJSA and QPSA Information and Elections.  The following information
and election rules will apply to any Participant who elects an annuity option:

          (a) "QJSA".  A qualified joint and fifty percent (50%) survivor
     annuity, meaning a form of benefit payment which is the actuarial
     equivalent of the Participant's vested Accrued Benefit at the Payment Date,
     payable to the Participant in monthly payments for life and providing that,
     if the Participant's Spouse survives him or her, monthly payments equal to
     fifty percent (50%) of the amount payable to the Participant during his or
     her lifetime will be paid to the Spouse for the remainder of such person's
     lifetime.

          (b) "QPSA".  A qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity, meaning
     that upon the death of a Participant before the Payment Date of his or her
     vested Accrued Benefit, such benefit will become payable to the surviving
     Spouse as an annuity, unless Spousal Consent has been given to a different
     Beneficiary or the surviving Spouse chooses a different form of payment.

          (c) QJSA Information to a Participant.  No more than ninety (90) days
     before the Payment Date, each Participant who has a Spouse and requests an
     annuity form of payment shall be given a written explanation of (1) the
     terms and conditions of the QJSA to his or her annuity; (2) the right to
     make an election to waive this form of payment and choose an optional form
     of payment and the effect of this election; (3) the right to revoke this
     election and the effect of this revocation; (4) the need for Spousal
     Consent; and (5) the right of the Participant to consider, for at least
     thirty (30) days, whether to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annity.

          (d) QJSA Election.  A Participant may elect (and such election shall
     include Spousal Consent if married), at any time within the ninety (90) day
     period ending on the Payment Date, to (1) waive the right to receive the
     QJSA and elect an optional form of payment; or (2) revoke or change any
     such election.

                                      -44-
<PAGE>

                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
          (e) QJSA Spousal Consent to Participant Loans. Spousal Consent must be
     obtained for any Participant loan which is funded from any amount to which
     the election in paragraph (d) above applies within the ninety (90) day
     period ending on the date such loan is secured.

          (f) QJSA Spousal Consent to Participant In-Service Withdrawals.
     Spousal Consent must be obtained for any Participant in-service withdrawal
     which is funded from any portion of an Account to which the election in
     paragraph (d) above applies within the ninety (90) day period ending on the
     date of such in-service withdrawal.

          (g) QPSA Beneficiary Information to Participant. Each married
     Participant who has requested an annuity form of payment shall be given
     written information stating that (1) his or her death benefit is payable to
     his or her surviving Spouse; (2) his or her ability to choose that the
     benefit be paid to a different Beneficiary; (3) the right to revoke or
     change a prior designation and the effects of such revocation or change;
     and (4) the need for Spousal Consent. Such information shall be provided
     during whichever of the following periods ends later:

               (1) the period that begins one year before the date on which the
                   Participant requests an annuity form of payment and that ends
                   one year after such date; and

               (2) the period that begins with the first day of the Plan Year in
                   which the Participant attains age thirty-two (32) and that
                   ends with the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant
                   attains age thirty-five (35).

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant incurs a Termination of
     Employment after requesting an annuity form of payment, but before
     attaining age thirty-five (35), the information described in the first
     sentence of this Subsection shall be provided during the period that begins
     one year before the date of the Participant's Termination of Employment and
     that ends one year after such date.

          (h) QPSA Beneficiary Designation by Participant. A married Participant
     may designate (with Spousal Consent) a non-spouse Beneficiary at any time
     after the Participant has been given the information in the QPSA
     Beneficiary Information to Participant paragraph above and upon the earlier
     of (1) the date the Participant incurs a Termination of Employment, or (2)
     the beginning of the Plan Year in which that Participant attains age
     thirty-five (35).

     11.8 Continued Payment of Amounts in Payment Status on January 1, 1998. Any
person who became a Participant prior to January 1, 1998 only because he or

                                     -45-
<PAGE>

                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
she had an Accrued Benefit and who had commenced to receive payments prior to
January 1, 1998 shall continue to receive such payments in the same form and
payment schedule under this Plan.

     11.9 TEFRA Transitional Rule. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this
Plan, distribution on behalf of any Participant may be made in accordance with
the following requirements (regardless of when such distribution commences):

          (a) The distribution must have been one provided for in the Plan.

          (b) The distribution by the Plan is one which would not have
     disqualified the Plan under Code Section 401(a)(9) as in effect prior to
     amendment by TEFRA.

          (c) The distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution
     designated by the Participant whose interest is being distributed or, if
     the Participant is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Participant.

          (d) Such designation was in writing, was signed by the Participant or
     the Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984.

          (e) The Participant had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of
     December 31, 1983.

          (f) The method of distribution designated by the Participant or the
     Beneficiary specifies the time at which distribution will commence, the
     period over which distribution will be made, and in the case of any
     distribution upon the Participant's death, the Beneficiaries of the
     Participant listed in order of priority.

     11.10 Direct Rollover. With respect to any cash payment in excess of $200
hereunder which constitutes an Eligible Rollover Distribution, a Distributee may
direct the Administrator to have such payment (other than from a Post-Tax
Account) paid in the form of a Trustee Transfer, in accordance with procedures
established by the Administrator, provided the responsible Named Fiduciary
receives written notice of such direction with specific instructions as to the
Eligible Retirement Plan on or prior to the applicable Sweep Date for payment.
If the Participant does not transfer all of such payment, the minimum amount
which can be transferred is $500.

                                     -46-
<PAGE>

Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
Effective January 1, 1998


ARTICLE XII
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                   DISTRIBUTION OF ACCRUED BENEFITS ON DEATH
                   -----------------------------------------

     12.1 Payment to Beneficiary. On the death of a Participant prior to his or
her Payment Date, his or her vested Accrued Benefit shall be paid to the
Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designated by the Participant in accordance with
the procedure established by the responsible Named Fiduciary. Death of a
Participant on or after his or her Payment Date shall result in payment to his
or her Beneficiary of whatever death benefit is provided by the form of payment
in effect on his or her Payment Date.

     12.2 Beneficiary Designation. Each Participant shall complete a beneficiary
designation indicating the Beneficiary who is to receive the Participant's
remaining Plan interest at the time of his or her death. The Participant may
change such designation of Beneficiary from time to time by filing a new
beneficiary designation with the Administrator. No designation of Beneficiary or
change of Beneficiary shall be effective until properly filed with the
Administrator. Notwithstanding any designation to the contrary, if a Participant
has earned an Hour of Service on or after August 23, 1984, the Participant's
Beneficiary shall be the Participant's Spouse to whom the Participant is legally
married under the laws of the State of the Participant's residence on the date
of the Participant's death and surviving him or her on such date, unless such
designation includes Spousal Consent. If the Participant dies leaving no Spouse
and either (1) the Participant shall have failed to file a valid beneficiary
designation, or (2) all persons designated on the beneficiary designation shall
have predeceased the Participant, the Administrator shall have the Custodian
distribute such Participant's Accrued Benefit in a single sum to his or her
estate.

     12.3  Benefit Election.

          (a) Request for Distribution. In the event of a Participant's death
     prior to his or her Payment Date, a Beneficiary may elect to have the
     Accrued Benefit of a deceased Participant paid to him or her beginning upon
     any Settlement Date following the Participant's date of death by submitting
     a completed distribution election in accordance with the procedure
     established by the responsible Named Fiduciary. The election must be
     submitted to the responsible Named Fiduciary by the Sweep Date that relates
     to the Settlement Date upon which payments are to begin.

          (b) Failure to Request Distribution. In the event a Beneficiary fails
     to submit a timely distribution request, his or her vested Accrued Benefit
     shall be valued as of the Valuation Date which immediately precedes such
     latest date of distribution (called the "Default Valuation Date") and a
     notice of such deemed distribution shall be issued to his or her last known
     address as soon

                                     -47-
<PAGE>

                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
     as administratively possible. If the Beneficiary does not respond to the
     notice or cannot be located, his or her vested Accrued Benefit determined
     on the Default Valuation Date shall be treated as a Forfeiture. If the
     Beneficiary subsequently files a claim, the amount forfeited (unadjusted
     for gains and losses) shall be reinstated to his or her Accounts and
     distributed as soon as administratively feasible, and such payment shall be
     accounted for by charging it against the Forfeiture or by a Contribution
     from the Employer of the affected Beneficiary.

     12.4 Payment Form. In the event of a Participant's death after his or her
Payment Date, payment shall be made in the form selected by the Participant.
Otherwise, a Beneficiary shall be limited to the same form and medium of payment
to which the Participant was limited. Payments will generally be made in cash
(by check); alternatively, if the Beneficiary elects an in-kind distribution, a
single sum payment will be made in a combination of cash and whole shares.

     12.5 Time Limit for Payment to Beneficiary. Payment to a Beneficiary must
either:

          (a) be completed within five (5) years of the Participant's death; or

          (b) begin within one year of his or her death and be completed within
     the period of the Beneficiary's lifetime, except that:

               (1) If the Participant dies after the April 1 immediately
                   following the end of the calendar year in which he or she
                   attains age seventy and one-half (70 1/2), payment to his or
                   her Beneficiary must be made at least as rapidly as provided
                   in the Participant's distribution election;

               (2) If the surviving Spouse is the Beneficiary, payments need not
                   begin until the date on which the Participant would have
                   attained age seventy and one-half (70 1/2) and must be
                   completed within the Spouse's lifetime; and

               (3) If the Participant and the surviving Spouse who is the
                   Beneficiary die (A) before the April 1 immediately following
                   the end of the calendar year in which the Participant would
                   have attained age seventy and one-half (70 1/2); and (B)
                   before payments have begun to the Spouse, the Spouse will be
                   treated as the Participant in applying these rules.

                                     -48-
<PAGE>
     
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998
 
     12.6  QPSA Information and Election.  The following information and
election rules will apply to any Beneficiary of a Participant who dies prior to
his or her Payment Date after having elected a life annuity option.

          (a) Form of Payment.  The Participant's vested Accrued Benefit will
     be paid in the form of a QPSA.

          (b) QPSA Information to a Surviving Spouse.  Each surviving Spouse
     who requests an annuity form of payment shall be given a written
     explanation of (1) the terms and conditions of being paid his or her vested
     Accrued Benefit in the form of a single life annuity, (2) the right to make
     an election to waive this form of payment and choose an optional form of
     payment and the effect of making this election, and (3) the right to revoke
     this election and the effect of this revocation.

          (c) QPSA Election by Surviving Spouse.  A surviving Spouse may elect,
     at any time up to the Sweep Date associated with the Settlement Date upon
     which payments will begin, to (1) waive the single life annuity and elect
     an optional form of payment, or (2) revoke or change any such election.

          (d) Small Amounts Paid Immediately.  If a Beneficiary's vested
     Accrued Benefit is $5,000 or less, the Beneficiary's Accrued Benefit shall
     be paid as a single sum as soon as administratively feasible.

     12.7  Direct Rollover.  With respect to any cash payment in excess of $200
hereunder which constitutes an Eligible Rollover Distribution, a Distributee may
direct the Administrator to have such payment (other than from a Post-Tax
Account) paid in the form of a Trustee Transfer, in accordance with the
procedure established by the responsible Named Fiduciary, provided the
responsible Named Fiduciary receives written Notice of such direction with
specific instructions as to the Eligible Retirement Plan on or prior to the
applicable Sweep Date for payment.  If the Participant does not transfer all of
such payment, the minimum amount which can be transferred is $500.

                                      -49-
<PAGE>
      
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998


ARTICLE XIII
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             MAXIMUM CONTRIBUTIONS
                             ---------------------

     13.1  Definitions.

          (a) "Annual Additions" means with respect to a Participant for any
     Plan Year the sum of:

               (1)  Contributions and Forfeitures (and any earnings thereon)
                    allocated as of a date within the Plan Year;

               (2)  All contributions, forfeitures and suspended amounts (and
                    income thereon) for such Plan Year, allocated to such
                    Participant's account(s) under any Related Defined
                    Contribution Plan as of a date within such Plan Year;

               (3)  The sum of all after-tax contributions of the Participant to
                    Related Plans for the Plan Year and allocated to such
                    Participant's accounts under such Related Plan as of a date
                    within such Plan Year ("Aggregate Employee Contributions");

               (4)  Solely for purposes of this Section, all contributions to
                    any "separate account" (as defined in Section 419A(d) of the
                    Code) allocated to such Participant as of a date within the
                    Plan Year if such Participant is a "Key Employee" within the
                    meaning of Code Section 416(i); and

               (5)  Solely for purposes of this Section, all contributions to
                    any "individual medical benefit account" (as defined in
                    Section 415(l) of the Code) allocated to such Participant as
                    of a date within the Plan Year.

          (b) "Maximum Annual Additions" of a Participant for a Plan Year means
     the lesser of:

               (1)  twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant's
                    Compensation, or

               (2)  the greater of thirty thousand dollars ($30,000) or one-
                    quarter of the dollar limitation in Code Section
                    415(b)(1)(A) as adjusted for cost of living increases
                    (determined in accordance with regulations prescribed by

                                      -50-
<PAGE>
    
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998


                    the Secretary of the Treasury or his or her delegate
                    pursuant to the provisions of Section 415(d) of the Code).

          (c) "Annual Excess" means, for each Participant affected, the amount
     by which the allocable Annual Additions for such Participant exceeds or
     would exceed the Maximum Annual Addition for such Participant.

     13.2  Avoiding an Annual Excess.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Plan, a Participant's "Annual Additions" for any Plan Year, which is hereby
designated as the "limitation year" for the Plan, as that term is used in
Section 415 of the Code, shall not exceed his or her "Maximum Annual Additions."
If, at any time during a Plan Year, the allocation of additional Contributions
for a Plan Year would produce an Annual Excess, the affected Participant shall
receive only the Maximum Annual Addition from Contributions, and, at the
direction of the responsible Named Fiduciary, for the remainder of the Plan Year
Contributions will be reduced, if possible, to the amount needed for each
affected Participant to receive only the Maximum Annual Addition.

     13.3  Correcting an Annual Excess.  If for any Plan Year as a result of a
reasonable error in estimating a person's Compensation, Elective Deferrals, or
such other facts and circumstances which the Internal Revenue Service will
permit, a Participant's Annual Excess shall be treated in the following manner:

          (a) Aggregate Employee Contributions allocable under a Related Plan
     shall be distributed to the Participant, if permitted, by the amount of the
     Annual Excess.

          (b) If any Annual Excess remains, Pre-Tax Contributions (and earnings
     thereon) shall be distributed to such Participant.

          (c) If any Annual Excess (adjusted for investment gains and losses)
     remains, Contributions shall be a Forfeiture for such Participant in the
     following order:

                     (1) Matching Contributions;

                     (2) Pay-Based Contributions.

          (d) Any Forfeiture of a Participant's allocations of Contributions
     under subparagraph 133 above shall be held and shall be used for the Plan
     Year to reduce or applied as Contributions.  If any such amount remains, it
     shall again be held in suspense and be utilized to reduce future
     Contributions for succeeding Plan Years.

                                      -51-
<PAGE>
     
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
          (e) Any amounts held in suspense pursuant to Paragraph 133 above
     remaining upon Plan termination shall be returned to the Employers in such
     proportions as shall be determined by the Administrator.

     13.4  Correcting a Multiple Plan Excess.  If a Participant's  Accounts have
or would have an Annual Excess, the Annual Excess shall be corrected by reducing
the Annual Addition to this Plan before reductions have been made to other
Related Defined Contribution Plans.

     13.5 Two-Plan Limit. If a Participant participates in any Related Defined
Benefit Plan, the sum of the "Defined Benefit Plan Fraction" (as defined below)
and the "Defined Contribution Plan Fraction" (as defined below) for such
Participant shall not exceed one (called the "Combined Fraction").

          (a) "Defined Benefit Plan Fraction" means, for any Plan Year, a
     fraction, the numerator of which is the projected benefit payable pursuant
     to Code Section 415(e)(2)(A) under all Related Defined Benefit Plans and
     the denominator of which is the lesser of: (i) the product of 1.25 and the
     dollar limit in effect for the Plan Year under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A),
     and (ii) the product of 1.4 and one hundred percent (100%) of the
     Participant's average Compensation for his or her high three (3) years.

          (b) "Defined Contribution Plan Fraction" means, for any Plan Year, a
     fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the  Annual Additions (as
     determined pursuant to Section 415(c) of the Code in effect for such Plan
     Year) to a Participant's Accounts as of the end of the Plan Year under the
     Plan or any Related Defined Contribution Plan, and the denominator of which
     is the lesser of:

               (1)  The sum of the products of 1.25 and the dollar limit under
                    Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) for such Plan Year and for each
                    prior year of service with a Commonly Controlled Entity and
                    its predecessor, and

               (2)  the sum of the products of 1.4 and twenty-five percent (25%)
                    of the Participant's Compensation for such Plan Year and for
                    each prior year of service with a Commonly Controlled Entity
                    and its predecessor.

     If the Combined Fraction of such Participant exceeds one and if the Related
     Defined Benefit Plan permits it, the Participant's Defined Benefit Plan
     Fraction shall be reduced by limiting the Participant's annual benefits
     payable from the Related Defined Benefit Plan in which he or she
     participates to the extent necessary to reduce the Combined Fraction of
     such Participant to one.

                                      -52-
<PAGE>
    
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
     13.6  Short Plan Year.  With respect to any change of the Plan Year (and
co-existent limitation year), the dollar limitation of the Maximum Annual
Addition for such Plan Year shall be determined by multiplying such dollar
amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months (including
fractional parts of a month) in the short Plan Year, and the denominator of
which is twelve (12).

     13.7  Grandfathering of Applicable Limitations.  The Plan shall recognize
and apply any grandfathering of applicable benefits and contributions
limitations which are permitted under ERISA, the Tax Equity and Fiscal
Responsibility Act of 1982 and the Tax Reform Act of 1986.

                                      -53-
<PAGE>
     
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
ARTICLE  XIV
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               ADP AND ACP TESTS
                               -----------------

     14.1   Contribution Limitation Definitions.  For purposes of this Article,
the following terms are defined as follows:

          (a) "Average Contribution Percentage" or "ACP" means, separately,
     the average of the Calculated Percentage for Participants within the HCE
     Group and the NHCE Group, respectively, for a Plan Year.

          (b) "Average Deferral Percentage" or "ADP" means, separately, the
     average of the Calculated Percentage calculated for Participants within the
     HCE Group and the NHCE Group, respectively, for a Plan Year.

          (c) "Calculated Percentage" means the calculated percentage for a
     Participant.  The calculated percentage refers to either the K-
     Contributions (including amounts distributed because they exceeded the
     Contribution Dollar Limit) with respect to Compensation which would have
     been received by the Participant in the Plan Year but for his or her
     Contribution Election, or M-Contributions allocated to the Participant's
     Account as of a date within the Plan Year, divided by his or her
     Compensation for such Plan Year.

          (d) "M-Contributions" shall include Matching Contributions
     (excluding Qualified Matching Contributions).  In addition, M-Contributions
     may include Pre-Tax Contributions and Special Contributions treated as
     Matching Contributions, but only to the extent that (1) the Administrator
     elects to use them; and (2) they meet the requirements of Code Section
     401(m) to be regarded as Matching Contributions.  M-Contributions shall not
     include Matching Contributions which become a Forfeiture because the
     Contribution to which it relates is in excess of the ADP Test, ACP Test or
     the Contribution Dollar Limit.

          (e) "K-Contributions" shall include Pre-Tax Contributions (excluding
     Pre-Tax Contributions treated as Matching Contributions), but shall exclude
     Limited Deferrals to this Plan made on behalf of any NHCE in excess of the
     Contribution Dollar Limit.  In addition, Deferrals may include Qualified
     Matching Contributions and Special Contributions, but only to the extent
     that (1) the Administrator elects to use them and (2) they meet the
     requirements of Code Section 401(k) to be regarded as elective
     contributions.

          (f) "HCE Group" and "NHCE Group" means, with respect to each
     Employer and its Commonly Controlled Entities, the respective group of HCEs
     and NHCEs who are eligible to have amounts contributed on their behalf for
     the 

                                      -54-
<PAGE>
     
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

     Plan Year, including Employees who would be eligible but for their election
     not to participate or to contribute, or because their pay is greater than
     zero but does not exceed a stated minimum, but subject to the following:

               (1)  If the Related Plans are subject to the ADP or ACP Test, and
                    are considered as one plan for purposes of Code Sections
                    401(a)(4) or 410(b) (other than 410(b)(2)), all such plans
                    shall be aggregated and treated as one plan for purposes of
                    meeting the ADP and ACP Tests provided that, for Plan Years
                    beginning after December 31, 1989, plans may only be
                    aggregated if they have the same Plan Year.

               (2)  If an HCE is covered by more than one cash or deferred
                    arrangement maintained by the Related Plans, all such
                    arrangements (other than arrangements in plans that are not
                    required to be aggregated for this purpose under Treas. Reg.
                    (S)1.401(k)-1(g)(l)(ii)(B)) with respect to the Plan Years
                    ending with or within the same calendar year shall be
                    aggregated and treated as one arrangement for purposes of
                    calculating the separate percentage for the HCE which is
                    used in the determination of the Average Percentage.

     14.2   ADP and ACP Tests.  For each Plan Year, the ADP and ACP for the HCE
Group must meet either the Basic or Alternative Limitation when compared to the
respective ADP and ACP for the NHCE Group:

          (a) Basic Limitation.  The ADP or ACP for the HCE Group may not
     exceed 1.25 times the ADP or ACP, respectively, for the NHCE Group.

          (b) Alternative Limitation.  The ADP or ACP for the HCE Group is
     limited by reference to the ADP or ACP, respectively, for the NHCE Group as
     follows:

     If the NHCE Group              Then the Maximum HCE
     Percentage is:                 Group Percentage is:
     ----------------               ------------------- 

     Less than 2%                   2 times ADP or ACP for the NHCE Group

     2% to 8%                       ADP or ACP for the NHCE Group plus 2%

     More than 8%                   Basic Limitation applies

                                      -55-
<PAGE>
     
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
     14.3  Correction of ADP and ACP Tests.

          (a) Reduction of K-Contributions or M-Contributions. If the ADP or ACP
     are not met or will not be met, the Administrator shall determine a maximum
     percentage to be used in place of the Calculated Percentage for each HCE
     that would reduce the ADP or ACP of the HCE Group by a sufficient amount to
     meet the ADP and ACP Tests.

          (b) ADP Correction. Pre-Tax Contributions (including amounts
     previously refunded because they exceeded the Contribution Dollar Limit)
     shall be refunded to the Participant by the end of the next Plan Year in an
     amount equal to the actual K-Contribution minus the product of the maximum
     percentage for that HCE and the HCE's Compensation. Matching Contributions
     with respect to such distributed Pre-Tax Contributions shall be forfeited
     (unless paid to the Participant due to an ACP Correction).

          (c) ACP Correction. Matching Contribution amounts in excess of the
     maximum percentage of an HCE's Compensation shall, by the end of the next
     Plan Year, be refunded to the Participant.

          (d) Investment Fund Sources. Once the amount of Pre-Tax and Matching
     Contributions to be refunded is determined, amounts shall then be taken by
     type of investment in direct proportion to the market value of the
     Participant's interest in each Investment Fund (which excludes Participant
     loans) as of the Trade Date as of which the correction is processed.

     14.4  Method of Calculation.  The Administrator shall determine the
maximum percentage for each HCE whose Calculated Percentage(s) is(are) the
highest at any one time by reducing his or her Calculated Percentage in the
following manner until the ADP and/or ACP Test is satisfied:

          (a) The Calculated Percentage for each HCE under a Related Plan
     shall be reduced to the extent permitted under such Related Plan.

          (b) If more reduction is needed, the Calculated Percentage of each HCE
     whose Calculated Percentage (stated in absolute terms) is the greatest
     shall be reduced by one-hundredth (1/100) of one percentage point.

          (c) If more reduction is needed, the Calculated Percentage of each HCE
     whose Calculated Percentage (stated in absolute terms) is the greatest
     (including the Calculated Percentage of any HCE whose Calculated Percentage
     was adjusted under Paragraph (b) shall be reduced by one-hundredth (1/100)
     of one percentage point.

                                      -56-
<PAGE>
     
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
          (d) If more reduction is needed, the procedures of Paragraph (c)
     shall be repeated.

     14.5 Multiple Use Test. If the Average Contribution Percentage and the
Average Deferral Percentage for the HCE Group exceeds the Basic Limitation in
both the ADP or the ACP Tests (after correction of the ADP and ACP Test), the
ADP and ACP (as corrected) for the HCE Group must also comply with the
requirements of Code Section 401(m)(9), which as of the Effective Date require
that the sum of these two percentages (as determined after any corrections
needed to meet the ADP or ACP Tests have been made) must not exceed the greater
of:

          (a)  the sum of

               (1)  the larger of the ADP or ACP for the NHCE Group times 1.25;
                    and

               (2)  the smaller of the ADP or ACP for the NHCE Group, times two
                    (2) if the NHCE Average Percentage is less than two percent
                    (2%), or plus two percent (2%) if it is two percent (2%) or
                    more; or

          (b)  the sum of

               (1)  the lesser of the ADP or ACP for the NHCE Group times 1.25;
                    and

               (2)  the greater of the ADP or ACP for the NHCE Group, times two
                    (2) if the NHCE Average Percentage is less than two percent
                    (2%), or plus two percent (2%) if it is two percent (2%) or
                    more.

     If the multiple use limit is exceeded, the Administrator shall determine a
     maximum ADP or ACP for the HCE Group and shall reduce the ADP or ACP for
     each HCE in the same manner as would be used to correct to ADP or ACP.

     14.6  Adjustment for Investment Gain or Loss.  The net investment gain or
loss associated with the K-Contributions and/or M-Contributions to be
distributed shall be distributed or charged against a distribution within two
and one-half (2 1/2) months 

                                      -57-
<PAGE>
     
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
but no later than twelve (12) months following the close of the applicable Plan
Year. Such gain or loss is calculated as follows:


                           G
                    E x -------- x (1 + (10% x M)) 
                         (AB-G)
 
where:
 
          E    =    the total excess Deferrals or Contributions,
 
          G    =    the net gain or loss for the Plan Year from all of an HCE's
                    affected Accounts,
 
         AB    =    the total value of an HCE's affected Accounts, determined
                    as of the end of the Plan Year being corrected,

          M    =    the number of full months from the Plan Year end to the date
                    excess amounts are paid, plus one for the month during which
                    payment is to be made if payment will occur after the
                    fifteenth (15th) of the month.


     14.7  Required Records.  The Administrator shall maintain records which
are sufficient to demonstrate that the ADP, ACP and Multiple Use Test has been
met for each Plan Year for at least as long as the Employer's corresponding tax
year is open to audit.

     14.8  Incorporation by Reference.  The provisions of this Section are
intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(k)(3), (m)(2), (m)(9)
and Treas. Reg. (S)(S) 1.401(k)-1(b), 1.401(m)-1(b) and 1.401(m)-2 and, to the
extent not otherwise stated in this Section, those Code Sections and Treasury
Regulations are incorporated herein by reference.

     14.9  Collectively Bargained Employees.  The provisions of this Article
shall apply separately to Participants who are collectively bargained employees
within the meaning of Treas. Reg. (S) 1.410(b)-6(d)(2) and for Participants who
are not collectively bargained employees.

     14.10 QSLOB.  The Administrator in its sole discretion may apply the
provisions of this Article separately with respect to each qualified separate
line of business, as defined in Section 414(r) of the Code.

                                      -58-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
ARTICLE  XV
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             
                            CUSTODIAL ARRANGEMENTS
                            ----------------------

     15.1  Custodial Agreement.  The Administrator may enter into one or more
Custodial Agreements to provide for the holding, investment and payment of Plan
assets, or direct by execution of an insurance contract that all or a specified
portion of the Plan's assets be held, invested and paid under such a contract.
All Custodial Agreements, as from time to time amended, shall continue in force
and shall be deemed to form a part of the Plan.  Subject to the requirements of
the Code and ERISA, the Administrator may cause assets of the Plan which are
securities to be held in the name of a nominee or in street name provided such
securities are held on behalf of the Plan by:

          (a) a bank or trust company that is subject to supervision by the
     United States or a State, or a nominee of such bank or trust company;

          (b) a broker or dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act
     of 1934, or a nominee of such broker or dealer; or

          (c) a "clearing agency" as defined in Section 3(a)(23) of the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or its nominee.

     15.2  Selection of Custodian.  The Administrator shall select, remove or
replace the Custodian in accordance with the Custodial Agreement.  The
subsequent resignation or removal of a Custodian and the approval of its
accounts shall all be accomplished in the manner provided in the Custodial
Agreement.

     15.3  Custodian's Duties.  Except as provided in ERISA, the powers, duties
and responsibilities of the Custodian shall be as stated in the Custodial
Agreement, and unless expressly stated or delegated to the Custodian (with the
Custodian's acceptance), nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed by
implication to impose any additional powers, duties or responsibilities upon the
Custodian.  All Employer Contributions and Rollover Contributions shall be paid
into the Trust, and all benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid from the
Trust, except to the extent such amounts are paid to a Custodian other than the
Trustee.  An Employer shall have no rights or claims of any nature in or to the
assets of the Plan except the right to require the Custodian to hold, use, apply
and pay such assets in its hands, in accordance with the directions of the
Administrator, for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their
Beneficiaries, except as hereinafter provided.

     15.4  Separate Entity.  The Custodial Agreement under this Plan from its
inception shall be a separate entity aside and apart from Employers or their
assets,

                                      -59-
<PAGE>
 
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

and the corpus and income thereof shall in no event and in no manner
whatsoever be subject to the rights or claims of any creditor of any Employer.

     15.5  Plan Asset Valuation.  As of each Valuation Date, the Unit Value of
the Plan's assets held or posted to an Investment Fund shall be determined by
the Administrator or the Custodian, as appropriate.

     15.6  Right of Employers to Plan Assets.  The Employers shall have no right
or claim of any nature in or to the assets of the Plan except the right to
require the Custodian to hold, use, apply, and pay such assets in its possession
in accordance with the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or
their Beneficiaries and for defraying the reasonable expenses of administering
the Plan; provided, that:

          (a) if the Plan receives an adverse determination with respect to its
     initial qualification under Sections 401(a), 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code,
     Contributions conditioned upon the qualification of the Plan shall be
     returned to the appropriate Employer within one (1) year of such denial of
     qualification; provided, that the application for determination of initial
     qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the
     respective Employer's return for the taxable year in which the Plan is
     adopted, or by such later date as is prescribed by the Secretary of the
     Treasury under Section 403(c)(2)(B) of ERISA;

          (b) if, and to the extent that, deduction for a Contribution under
     Section 404 of the Code is disallowed, Contributions conditioned upon
     deductibility shall be returned to the appropriate Employer within one (1)
     year after the disallowance of the deduction;

          (c) if, and to the extent that, a Contribution is made through
     mistake of fact, such Contribution shall be returned to the appropriate
     Employer within one year of the payment of the Contribution; and

          (d) any amounts held suspended pursuant to the limitations of Code
     Section 415 shall be returned to the Employers upon termination of the
     Plan.

     All Contributions made hereunder are conditioned upon the Plan being
     qualified under Sections 401(a) or 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code and a
     deduction being allowed for such contributions under Section 404 of the
     Code.  Pre-Tax Contributions returned to an Employer pursuant to this
     Section shall be paid to the Participant for whom contributed as soon as
     administratively convenient.  If these provisions result in the return of
     Contributions after such amounts have been allocated to Accounts, such
     Accounts shall be reduced by the amount of the allocation attributable to
     such amount, adjusted for any losses or expenses.

                                      -60-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
ARTICLE XVI
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                    ADMINISTRATION AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
                    ----------------------------------------

     16.1   General.  The Company, through the authority vested in the Board of
Directors, has established, by separate documentation, the Administrator and
Employee Benefits Committee, and has enabled each, respectively, to have the
power and authority to act, to the extent delegated to each, on behalf of the
Company (and therefore all Employers), with respect to matters which relate to
the Plan and Trust, but not on behalf of the Plan and Trust.  Furthermore, the
Company has adopted the Plan and Trust, thereby:

          (a) establishing a separate Administrator and Employee Benefits
Committee, and enabling each, respectively, to have the power and authority to
act, to the extent provided in the Plan or Trust, on behalf of the Plan or
Trust, but not on behalf of the Company; and

          (b) enabling the Administrator and Employee Benefits Committee to have
the power and authority to act, to the extent provided in and the manner
provided in the Plan or Trust, on behalf of the Company, but not on behalf of
the Plan or Trust.

     16.2   Administrator Acting as Employer.  The Administrator has the
following authority and control and such other authority and control as shall be
granted to it, from time to time, to act on behalf of the Company:

          (a) amend or terminate the Plan to the extent permitted in the Plan;

          (b) designate which employee groups are eligible to participate in
the Plan to the extent permitted in the Plan;

          (c) select, monitor and remove, as necessary, consultants, actuaries,
underwriters, insurance companies, third party administrators, or other service
providers, and to appoint and remove any such person as a Named Fiduciary, and
determine and delegate to them their duties and responsibilities, either
directly or by the adoption of Plan provisions which specify such duties and
responsibilities (the provisions of the Plan documents will control in the case
of a conflict);

          (d) appoint and consult with legal counsel, independent consulting or
evaluation firms, accountants, actuaries, or other advisors, as necessary, to
perform its functions;

                                      -61-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998


 
          (e) determine what expenses, if any, related to the operation and
administration of the Plan and the investment of Plan assets, may be paid from
Plan assets, subject to applicable law;

          (f) report to the Vice-President all Plan changes;

          (g) report to the Vice-President any Plan matters of significance to
the Company with respect to the Plan;

          (h) review with the Vice-President any proposals which would be
submitted to the Board of Directors or CEO; and

          (i) establish such policies and make such other delegations or
designations necessary or incidental to the Company's sponsorship of the Plan;
and

          (j) take any other actions necessary or incidental to the performance
of the above-stated powers and duties.

     16.3   Employee Benefits Committee Acting as Employer.  The Employee
Benefits Committee has the following authority and control and such other
authority and control, as shall be granted to it, from time to time, to act on
behalf of the Company:

          (a) adopt, amend or terminate, in part or completely, a Trust
document, provided such action is consistent with the Plan for which the Trust
is established;

          (b) appoint and consult with legal counsel, investment advisors,
independent consulting or evaluation firms, accountants, actuaries, or other
advisors, as necessary, to perform its functions;

          (c) determine the funding policies of the Plan and related matters;

          (d) report to the CEO any Plan funding or investment policies of
significance to the Company;

          (e) review with the CEO any proposals which would be submitted to
the Board of Directors;

          (f) establish such policies and make such other delegations or
designations necessary or incidental to the Company's sponsorship of the Plan or
Trust;

          (g) select, monitor and remove, as necessary, consultants, actuaries,
underwriters, insurance companies, third party administrators, or other

                                      -62-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
service providers, and to appoint and remove any such person as a Named
Fiduciary, and determine and delegate to them their duties and responsibilities,
either directly or by the adoption of Trust provisions which specify such duties
and responsibilities (the provisions of the Plan or Trust documents will control
in the case of a conflict); and

          (h) take any other actions necessary or incidental to the
performance of the above-stated powers and duties.

     16.4   Administrator as Named Fiduciary.

          (a) The Administrator, acting on behalf of the Plan or Trust and
subject to subsection (b) hereof, shall be a Named Fiduciary with respect to the
authority to manage and control the administration and operation of the Plan,
including without limitation, the management and control with respect to the
operation and administration of the Plan contained in an agreement with a Named
Fiduciary but only to the extent it has been specifically designated in such
agreement as being the responsibility of the Administrator, an Employer, the
Company, or any employee, member or delegate of any of them.

          (b) The Administrator shall not be a Named Fiduciary whenever it acts
on behalf of the Company and, notwithstanding any other term or provision of the
Plan, Trust, or an agreement with a Named Fiduciary, the Administrator shall
cease to be a Named Fiduciary with respect to some specified portion of the
operation and administration of the Plan or Trust, to the extent that a Named
Fiduciary is designated pursuant to the procedure in the Plan or Trust to
severally have authority to manage and control such portion of the operation and
administration of the Plan or Trust.

     16.5   Employee Benefits Committee as Named Fiduciary.

          (a) The Employee Benefits Committee, acting on behalf of the Plan or
Trust and subject to subsection (b) hereof, shall be a Named Fiduciary with
respect to its authority to manage and control the Plan or Trust or the Plan's
assets, but only to the extent not inconsistent with the Plan or Trust.

          (b) The Employee Benefits Committee shall not be a Named Fiduciary
whenever it acts on behalf of the Company and, notwithstanding any other term or
provision of the Plan, Trust, or an agreement with a Named Fiduciary, the
Employee Benefits Committee shall cease to be a Named Fiduciary with respect to
some specified portion of the operation and administration of the Plan or Trust,
to the extent that a Named Fiduciary is designated pursuant to the procedure in
the Plan or Trust to severally have authority to manage and control such portion
of the operation and administration of the Plan or Trust.

                                      -63-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
     16.6   Employee Benefits Committee Membership.  The Employee Benefits
Committee shall consist of not less than 3 persons, who shall be appointed by
the CEO.  Members shall remain in office at the will of the CEO and the CEO may
from time to time remove any of said members with or without cause and shall
appoint their successors.

     16.7   Employee Benefits Committee Structure.  Any individual may be a
member of the Employee Benefits Committee. Any member may resign by delivering
his or her written resignation to CEO, and such resignation shall become
effective upon the date specified therein. A member who is an Employee shall
automatically cease to be a member upon his or her Termination of Employment. In
the event of a vacancy in membership, the remaining members shall constitute the
Employee Benefits Committee in question with full power to act until said
vacancy is filled.

     16.8   Actions.  The Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee may act,
whether as a Named Fiduciary on behalf of the Plan or on behalf of the Company,
as follows:

          (a) The members may act at a meeting (including a meeting at different
locations by telephone conference) or in writing without a meeting (through the
use of a single document or concurrent document).

          (b) Any member by writing may delegate any or all of his or her
rights, powers, duties and discretions to any other member with the consent of
such other member.

          (c) The Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee shall act by
majority decision, which action shall be effective as if such action had been
taken by all members; provided that by majority action one or more members or
other persons may be authorized to act with respect to particular matters on
behalf of all members.

          (d) Subject to applicable law, no member shall be liable for an act or
omission of the other members of the same committee in which the former had not
concurred.

          (e) Any action by the Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee on
behalf of this Plan or Trust involving its authority to manage and control the
operation and administration of the Plan or Trust or the Plan's assets shall be
treated as an action of a Named Fiduciary under this Plan.

          (f) Where reference is made in this Plan (or where the Administrator
or Employee Benefits Committee designates in writing) that its action is on
behalf of the Company, such committee shall be acting only on behalf of the
Company and not as a Named Fiduciary.

                                      -64-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
          (g) Except as provided in Section 16.25, the Administrator or Employee
Benefits Committee may, in writing delivered to the Trustee, empower a
representative to act on its behalf and such person shall have the authority to
act within the scope of such empowerment to the full extent the Employee
Benefits Committee could have acted.

     16.9 Procedures for Designation of a Named Fiduciary. The Administrator or
Employee Benefits Committee, acting on behalf of the Company, may from time to
time, designate a person to be a Named Fiduciary with respect to some portion of
the authority it may have with respect to management and control of the
operation and administration of the Plan or the management and control of the
Plan's assets. Such designation shall specify the person designated by name and
either (a) specify the management and control authority with respect to which
the person will be a Named Fiduciary; or (b) incorporate by reference an
agreement with such person to provide services to or on behalf of the Plan or
Trust and use such agreement as a means for specifying the management and
control authority with respect to which such person will be a Named Fiduciary.
No person who is designated as a Named Fiduciary hereunder must consent to such
designation nor shall it be necessary for the Administrator or Employee Benefits
Committee to seek such person's acquiescence. The authority to manage and
control, which any person who is designated to be a Named Fiduciary hereunder
may have, shall be several and not joint with the Administrator or Employee
Benefits Committee, whichever is applicable, and shall result in the
Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee, whichever is applicable, no longer
being a Named Fiduciary with respect to, nor having any longer, such authority
to manage and control. On and after the designation of a person as a Named
Fiduciary, the Employer, the Administrator, the Employee Benefits Committee, and
any other Named Fiduciary with respect to the Plan or Trust, shall have no
liability for the acts (or failure to act) of any such Named Fiduciary except to
the extent of its co-Fiduciary duty under ERISA.

     16.10  Compensation.  The Administrator or members of the Employee Benefits
Committee, acting on behalf of the Plan or Trust, shall serve without
compensation for their services as such.

     16.11  Discretionary Authority of each Named Fiduciary.  Each Named
Fiduciary on behalf of the Plan and Trust will enforce the Plan and Trust in
accordance with their terms.  Each Named Fiduciary shall have full and complete
authority, responsibility and control (unless an allocation has been made to
another Named Fiduciary in which case such Named Fiduciary shall have such
authority, responsibility and control) over that portion of the management,
administration, and operation of the Plan or Trust allocated to such Named
Fiduciary, including, but not limited to, the authority and discretion to:

                                      -65-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
          (a) formulate, adopt, issue and apply procedures and rules and change,
alter or amend such procedures and rules in accordance with law and as may be
consistent with the terms of the Plan or Trust;

          (b) specify the basis upon which payments are to be made under the
Plan and, as the final appeals Fiduciary under ERISA Section 503, to make a
final determination, based upon the information known to the Named Fiduciary
within the scope of its authority and control as a Named Fiduciary, based upon
determinations made and such other information made available from an Employer
plus such final determinations made by each other Named Fiduciary within the
scope of its authority and control, as are determined to be relevant to the
final appeals Fiduciary;

          (c) exercise such discretion as may be required to construe and apply
the provisions of the Plan or Trust, subject only to the terms and conditions of
the Plan or Trust; and

          (d) take all necessary and proper acts as are required for such Named
Fiduciary to fulfill its duties and obligations under the Plan or Trust.

     16.12  Responsibility and Powers of the Administrator Regarding
Administration of the Plan.  The Administrator shall have full and complete
authority, responsibility and control (unless an allocation has been made to
another Named Fiduciary in which case such Named Fiduciary shall have such
authority, responsibility and control only if specifically provided) over that
portion of the management, administration, and operation of the Plan or Trust
allocated to the Administrator and the power to act on behalf of the Plan or
Trust, including, but not limited to, the authority and discretion to:

          (a) appoint and compensate such specialists (including attorneys,
actuaries and accountants) to aid it in the administration of the Plan, and
arrange for such other services, as the Administrator considers necessary or
appropriate in carrying out the provisions of the Plan;

          (b) appoint and compensate an independent outside accountant to
conduct such audits of the financial statements of the Trust as the
Administrator considers necessary or appropriate;

          (c) settle or compromise any litigation against the Plan or a
Fiduciary with respect to which the Plan has an indemnity obligation;

          (d) assure that the Plan does not violate any provisions of ERISA
limiting the acquisition or holding of Company Stock;

          (e) appoint the Plan Administrator to act within the duties and
responsibilities set forth in Section 16.23;

                                      -66-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

          (f) act as the Fiduciary responsible for monitoring the
confidentiality and independent Fiduciary requirements associated with Company
Stock in order for the Plan to qualify as a Section 404(c) plan under Department
of Labor regulations;

          (g) create a legal remedy to the Plan with respect to a Participant or
Beneficiary, or to a Participant or Beneficiary, for any loss incurred (whether
restitution or opportunity losses) by the Plan on behalf of such Participant or
Beneficiary, or by such Participant or Beneficiary, due to a breach of Fiduciary
duty to the Plan by a Named Fiduciary or other error (whether negligent or
willful) which the Administrator determines is a substantial contributing factor
to such loss (or a portion of such loss); and

          (h) take all necessary and proper acts as are required for the
Administrator to fulfill its duties and obligations under the Plan or Trust.

     16.13  Allocations and Delegations of Responsibility.

          (a) Delegations.  Each Named Fiduciary may designate persons (other
than a Named Fiduciary) to carry out Fiduciary responsibilities (other than
trustee responsibilities as described in Section 405(c)(3) of ERISA) it may have
with respect to the Plan or Trust and make a change of delegated
responsibilities.  Such delegation shall specify the delegated person by name
and either (a) specify the discretionary authority with respect to which the
person will be a Fiduciary; or (b) incorporate by reference an agreement with
such Named Fiduciary to provide services to the Plan or Trust on behalf of the
delegating Named Fiduciary as a means of specifying the discretionary authority
with respect to which such person will be a Fiduciary.  No person (other than an
investment manager (as defined in Section 3(38) of ERISA) to whom Fiduciary
responsibility has been delegated must consent to being a Fiduciary nor shall it
be necessary for the Named Fiduciary to seek such person's acquiescence;
however, where such person has not contractually accepted the responsibility
delegated, he or she must be given notification of the services to be performed
and, in either case, will be deemed to have accepted such Fiduciary
responsibility if he or she performs the services described for thirty (30) days
or more without specific objection thereto.  The discretionary authority any
person who is delegated Fiduciary responsibilities hereunder may have shall be
several and not joint with the Named Fiduciary delegating and each other Named
Fiduciaries.  A delegation of Fiduciary responsibility to a person which is not
implemented in the manner set forth herein shall not be void; however, whether
the delegating Named Fiduciary shall have joint liability for acts of such
person shall be determined by applicable law.

          (b) Allocations.  The Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee,
acting on behalf of the Company, may allocate Fiduciary responsibilities (other
than trustee responsibilities described in Section 405(c)(3) of ERISA) among
Named Fiduciaries when it designates a Named Fiduciary in the manner described
in 

                                      -67-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

 
Section 16.9, or may reallocate Fiduciary responsibilities among existing
Named Fiduciaries by action of such Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee
in accordance with Sections 16.8 and 16.9; provided each such Named Fiduciary is
given notice of the services, management and control authority allocated to it
either by way of an amendment to the Plan, Trust or a contract with such person,
or by way of correspondence from the Administrator or Employee Benefits
Committee, whichever is applicable.  Each Named Fiduciary, by signing its
contract or by accepting such amendment or correspondence and rendering the
services requested without objection for thirty (30) days, shall be conclusively
bound to have assumed such Fiduciary responsibility as a Named Fiduciary.  An
allocation of Fiduciary responsibility to a person which is not implemented in
the manner set forth herein shall not be void, however, such person may not be a
Named Fiduciary with respect to the Plan and Trust.

          (c) Limit on Liability. Fiduciary duties and responsibilities which
have been allocated or delegated pursuant to the terms of the Plan or the Trust,
are intended to limit the liability of the Company, the Administrator, the
Employee Benefits Committee, and each Named Fiduciary, as appropriate, in
accordance with the provisions of Section 405(c) of ERISA.

     16.14  Bonding.  The Administrator and members of the Employee Benefits
Committee, acting on behalf of the Plan and Trust, shall serve without bond
(except as otherwise required by federal law).

     16.15  Information to be Supplied by Employer.  Each Employer shall supply
to the Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee, acting on behalf of the
Plan and Trust, or a designated Named Fiduciary, within a reasonable time of its
request, the names of all Employees, their age, their date of hire, the names
and dates of all Employees who incurred a Termination of Employment during the
Plan Year, Compensation and such other information in the Employer's possession
as the Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee shall from time to time need
in the discharge of its duties.  The Administrator or Employee Benefits
Committee and each Named Fiduciary may rely conclusively on the information
certified to it by an Employer.

     16.16  Information to be Supplied by Named Fiduciary.  Whenever a term,
definition, standard, protocol, policy, interpretation, rule, practice or
procedure under an Administrative Services Agreement, or other basis for
determining whether a Participant's or Beneficiary's accrued benefit, optional
form of benefit, right or feature is required or used, the Named Fiduciary who
has the authority to manage and control the administration and operation of the
Plan with respect to such accrued benefit, optional form of payment, right or
feature shall be solely responsible for establishing and maintaining such
framework of definitions, standards, protocols, policies, interpretations,
rules, practices and procedures under such Administrative Services Agreement and
shall provide a copy thereof either (1) to the Administrator or

                                      -68-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

Employee Benefits Committee, upon its request, on behalf of the Company (2) to a
Participant or Beneficiary but only to the extent required by law, or (3) to the
extent required in any proceeding involving the Plan or any Named Fiduciary with
respect to the Plan.

     16.17  Misrepresentations. The Administrator or Employee Benefits
Committee, acting on behalf of the Plan and Trust, may, but shall not be
required to, rely upon any certificate, statement or other representation made
to it by an Employee, Participant, other Named Fiduciary, or other individual
with respect to any fact regarding any of the provisions of the Plan. If relied
upon, any such certificate, statement or other representation shall be
conclusively binding upon such Employee, Participant, other Named Fiduciary, or
other individual or personal representative thereof, heir, or assignee (but not
upon the Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee), and any such person
shall thereafter be estopped from disputing the truth of any such certificate,
statement or other representation.

     16.18  Records. The regularly kept records of the designated Named
Fiduciary (or, where applicable, the Trustee) and any Employer shall be
conclusive evidence of a person's age, his or her status as an Eligible
Employee, and all other matters contained therein applicable to this Plan;
provided that a Participant may request a correction in the record of his or her
age at any time prior to retirement, and such correction shall be made if within
ninety (90) days after such request he or she furnishes in support thereof a
birth certificate, baptismal certificate, or other documentary proof of age
satisfactory to the Administrator.

     16.19  Plan Expenses. All expenses of the Plan which have been approved by
the Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee, acting on behalf of the Plan
and Trust, respectively, shall be paid by the Trust except to the extent paid by
the Employers; and if paid by the Employers, such Employers may, if authorized
by the Administrator acting on behalf of the Company, seek reimbursement of such
expenses from the Trust and the Trust shall reimburse the Employers. If borne by
the Employers, expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the
Employers in such proportions as the Administrator, acting on behalf of the
Company, shall determine.

     16.20  Fiduciary Capacity. Any person or group of persons may serve in more
than one Fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.

     16.21  Employer's Agent. The Administrator and Employee Benefits Committee
shall act as agent for the Company when acting on behalf of the Company and the
Company shall act as agent for each Employer.

     16.22  Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator (within the meaning of
Section 3(16)(A)) shall be appointed by the Administrator, acting on behalf of
the Company, and may (but need not) be the Administrator; and in the absence of
such

                                     -69-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

appointment, the Administrator, acting on behalf of the Plan and Trust, shall be
the Plan Administrator.

     16.23  Plan Administrator Duties and Power. The Plan Administrator will
have full and complete authority, responsibility and control over the
management, administration and operation of the Plan with respect to the
following:

          (a)  satisfy all reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to
the Plan, Trust or Plan Administrator under ERISA, the Code or other applicable
law;

          (b)  make appropriate determinations as to whether Rollover
Contributions constitute such;

          (c)  provide and deliver all written forms used by Participants and
Beneficiaries, give notices required by law, and seek a favorable determination
letter for the Plan and Trust;

          (d)  withhold any amounts required by the Code to be withheld at the
source and to transmit funds withheld and any and all necessary reports with
respect to such withholding to the Internal Revenue Service;

          (e)  where applicable, to provide each Participant or his or her
Spouse with QJSA and QPSA information;

          (f)  certify to the Trustee the amount and kind of benefits payable to
or withdrawn from Participants and Beneficiaries and the date of payment,
including withdrawals;

          (g)  respond to a QDRO;

          (h)  make available for inspection and to provide upon request at such
charge as may be permitted and determined by it, documents and instruments
required to be disclosed by ERISA;

          (i)  make a determination of whether a Participant is suffering a
deemed or demonstrated financial need and whether a withdrawal from this Plan is
deemed or demonstrated necessary to satisfy such financial need; provided
however, in making such determination, the Plan Administrator may rely, if
reasonable to do so, upon representations made by such Participant in connection
with his or her request for a withdrawal;

          (j)  take such actions as are necessary to establish and maintain the
Plan in full and timely compliance with any law or regulation having pertinence
to this Plan;

                                     -70-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998
 
          (k)  perform whatever responsibilities are delegated to the Plan
Administrator by the Administrator; and

          (l)  interpret and construe the provisions of the Plan, to make
regulations and settle disputes described above which are not inconsistent with
the terms thereof.

     16.24  Named Fiduciary Decisions Final. The decision of the Administrator,
the Employee Benefits Committee, or a Named Fiduciary in matters within its
jurisdiction shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon the Employers and the
Trustee and upon each Employee, Participant, Spouse, Beneficiary, and every
other person or party interested or concerned.

     16.25  No Agency. Each Named Fiduciary shall perform (or fail to perform)
its responsibilities and duties or discretionary authority with respect to the
Plan and Trust as an independent contractor and not as an agent of the Company,
any Employer, the Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee. No agency is
intended to be created nor is the Administrator or Employee Benefits Committee
empowered to create an agency relationship with a Named Fiduciary.

                                     -71-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998
 
ARTICLE  XVII
================================================================================

                               CLAIMS PROCEDURE
                               ----------------

     17.1  Initial Claim for Benefits. Each person entitled to benefits under
this Plan (a "Claimant") must sign and submit his or her claim for benefits to
the Administrator or its agent in writing in such form as is provided or
approved by such Administrator. A Claimant shall have no right to seek review of
a denial of benefits, or to bring any action in any court to enforce a claim for
benefits prior to his or her filing a claim for benefits and exhausting his or
her rights under this Section. When a claim for benefits has been filed
properly, such claim for benefits shall be evaluated and the Claimant shall be
notified by the Administrator or agent of its approval or denial within ninety
(90) days after the receipt of such claim unless special circumstances require
an extension of time for processing the claim. If such an extension of time for
processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to
the Claimant by the Administrator or agent prior to the termination of the
initial ninety (90) day period which shall specify the special circumstances
requiring an extension and the date by which a final decision will be reached
(which date shall not be later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date
on which the claim was filed). A Claimant shall be given a written notice in
which the Claimant shall be advised as to whether the claim is granted or
denied, in whole or in part. If a claim is denied, in whole or in part, the
Claimant shall be given written notice which shall contain (1) the specific
reasons for the denial, (2) references to pertinent Plan provisions upon which
the denial is based, (3) a description of any additional material or information
necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or
information is necessary, and (4) the Claimant's rights to seek review of the
denial.

     17.2  Review of Claim Denial. If a claim is denied, in whole or in part (or
if within the time periods prescribed for in the initial claim, the
Administrator or agent has not furnished the Claimant with a denial and the
claim is therefore deemed denied), the Claimant shall have the right to request
that the Administrator review the denial, provided that the Claimant files a
written request for review with the Administrator within sixty (60) days after
the date on which the Claimant received written notification of the denial. A
Claimant (or his or her duly authorized representative) may review pertinent
documents and submit issues and comments in writing to the Administrator. Within
sixty (60) days after a request for review is received, the review shall be made
and the Claimant shall be advised in writing by the Administrator of the
decision on review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time
for processing the review, in which case the Claimant shall be given a written
notification by the Administrator within such initial sixty (60) day period
specifying the reasons for the extension and when such review shall be completed
(provided that such review shall be completed within one hundred and twenty
(120) days after the date on which the request for review was filed). The
decision on review shall be forwarded to the Claimant by the Administrator in
writing and shall

                                     -72-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998
 
include specific reasons for the decision and references to Plan provisions upon
which the decision is based. A decision on review shall be final and binding on
all persons for all purposes. If a Claimant shall fail to file a request for
review in accordance with the procedures described in this Section, such
Claimant shall have no right to review and shall have no right to bring action
in any court and the denial of the claim shall become final and binding on all
persons for all purposes.

                                     -73-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

ARTICLE XVIII
================================================================================


                       ADOPTION AND WITHDRAWAL FROM PLAN
                       ---------------------------------

     18.1  Procedure for Adoption. Any Commonly Controlled Entity may adopt the
Plan for the benefit of its Eligible Employees by resolution of such Commonly
Controlled Entity's board of directors and by completing (or the Administrator
completing pursuant to its authority to amend the Plan) one or more Appendices
with respect to such Employees, which adoption shall be effective as of the date
specified in the board resolution. No such adoption shall be effective until
such adoption and any such Appendices to be used in connection therewith has
been approved by the Administrator.

     18.2  Procedure for Withdrawal. Any Employer (other than the Company) may,
by resolution of the board of directors of such Employer, with the consent of
the Administrator and subject to such conditions as may be imposed by the
Administrator (or the Administrator acting on behalf of the Company pursuant to
its authority to amend this Plan), terminate its adoption of the Plan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employer will be deemed to have terminated its
adoption of the Plan when it ceases to be a Commonly Controlled Entity.

                                     -74-
<PAGE>
 
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

ARTICLE XIX
================================================================================


                       AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGER
                       ---------------------------------

     19.1  Amendments.

           (a)  Power to Amend. The Company, by action of its Board of Directors
     on behalf of all Employers, or the Administrator as provided in Subsection
     (c) below, may amend, modify, change, revise or discontinue this Plan or
     any Appendix, in whole or in part, or with respect to all persons or a
     designated group of persons, by amendment at any time; provided, however,
     that no amendment shall:

                (1)  increase the duties or liabilities of the Custodian or the
                     Administrator without its written consent;

                (2)  have the effect of vesting in any Employer any interest in
                     any funds, securities or other property, subject to the
                     terms of this Plan and the Custodial Agreement;

                (3)  authorize or permit at any time any part of the corpus or
                     income of the Plan's assets to be used or diverted to
                     purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of
                     Participants and Beneficiaries;

                (4)  except to the extent permissible under ERISA and the Code,
                     make it possible for any portion of the Trust assets to
                     revert to an Employer to be used for, or diverted to, any
                     purpose other than for the exclusive benefit of
                     Participants and Beneficiaries entitled to Plan benefits
                     and to defray reasonable expenses of administering the
                     Plan;

                (5)  permit an Employee to be paid the balance of his or her
                     Pre-Tax Account unless the payment would otherwise be
                     permitted under Code Section 401(k); and

                (6)  have any retroactive effect as to deprive any such person
                     of any benefit already accrued, except that no amendment
                     made in order to conform the Plan as a plan described in
                     Section 401(a) of the Code of which amendments are
                     permitted by the Code or are required or permitted by any
                     other statute relating to employees' trusts, or any
                     official regulations or ruling issued pursuant

                                     -75-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

                     thereto, shall be considered prejudicial to the rights of
                     any such person.

          (b)  Restriction on Amendment. No amendment to the Plan shall deprive
     a Participant of his or her nonforfeitable rights to benefits accrued to
     the date of the amendment. In addition to the foregoing, the Plan shall not
     be amended so as to eliminate an optional form of payment of an Accrued
     Benefit attributable to employment prior to the date of the amendment. The
     foregoing limitations do not apply to benefit accrual occurring after the
     date of the amendment.

          (c)  The Administrator. The Administrator, acting on behalf of the
     Company, may amend, modify, change or revise the Plan or any Appendix, in
     whole or in part, or with respect to all persons or a designated group of
     persons; provided however, (i) no such action may be taken if it could not
     have been adopted under this Section by the Board of Directors, (ii) no
     such action may be taken if it causes a material change in the level or
     type of contributions to be made to the Plan or otherwise materially
     increase the duties and obligations of any or all Employers with respect to
     the Plans, and (iii) no such action may amend Articles XVI and XIX.

     19.2  Plan Termination. It is the expectation of the Company that it will
continue the Plan and the payment of Contributions hereunder indefinitely, but
the continuation of the Plan and the payment of Contributions hereunder is not
assumed as a contractual obligation of the Company or any other Employer. The
right is reserved by the Company to terminate the Plan at any time, and the
right is reserved by the Company by action of its Board of Directors or the
Administrator acting on behalf of the Company pursuant to its power to amend the
Plan at any time to reduce, suspend or discontinue its or any other Employer's
Contributions hereunder, provided, however, that the Contributions for any Plan
Year accrued or determined prior to the end of said year shall not after the end
of said year be retroactively reduced, suspended or discontinued except as may
be permitted by law. Upon termination of the Plan or complete discontinuance of
Contributions hereunder (other than for the reason that the Employer has had no
net profits or accumulated net profits), each Participant's Accrued Benefit
shall be fully vested. Upon termination of the Plan or a complete discontinuance
of Contributions, unclaimed amounts shall be applied as Forfeitures and any
unallocated amounts shall be allocated to Participants who are Eligible
Employees as of the date of such termination or discontinuance on the basis of
Compensation for the Plan Year (or short Plan Year). Upon a partial termination
of the Plan, the Accrued Benefit of each affected Participant shall be fully
vested. In the event of termination of the Plan, the Administrator shall direct
the Custodian to distribute to each Participant the entire amount of his or her
Accrued Benefit as soon as administratively possible, but not earlier than would
be permitted in order to retain the Plan's qualified status under Sections
401(a), (k) and (m) of the Code, as if all Participants who are Employees had

                                     -76-
<PAGE>
                                     Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees       
                                     Effective January 1, 1998

incurred a Termination of Employment on the Plan's termination date. Should a
Participant or a Beneficiary) not elect immediate payment of a nonforfeitable
Accrued Benefit in excess of five thousand dollars ($5,000), the Administrator
shall direct the Custodian to continue the Plan and Custodial Agreement for the
sole purpose of paying to such Participant his or her Accrued Benefit or death
benefit, respectively, unless in the opinion of the Administrator, to make
immediate single sum payments to such Participant or Beneficiary would not
adversely affect the tax qualified status of the Plan upon termination and would
not impose additional liability upon any Employer or the Custodian.

     19.3  Plan Merger. The Plan shall not merge or consolidate with, or
transfer any assets or liabilities to any other plan, unless each person
entitled to benefits would receive a benefit immediately after the merger,
consolidation or transfer (if the Plan were then terminated) which is equal to
or greater than the benefit he or she would have been entitled to immediately
before the merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan were then terminated).
The Administrator shall amend or take such other action as is necessary to amend
the Plan in order to satisfy the requirements applicable to any merger,
consolidation or transfer of assets and liabilities.

                                     -77-
<PAGE>

                                     Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                     Effective January 1, 1998
 
ARTICLE XX
================================================================================

                            SPECIAL TOP-HEAVY RULES
                            -----------------------

     20.1  Application. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the
contrary, the provisions of this Article shall apply and be effective for any
Plan Year for which the Plan shall be determined to be a "Top-Heavy Plan" as
provided and defined herein.

     20.2  Special Terms. For purposes of this Article, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:

           (a)  "Aggregate Benefit" means the sum of:

                (1)  the present value of the accrued benefit under each and all
                     defined benefit plans in the Aggregation Group determined
                     on each plan's individual Determination Date as if there
                     were a termination of employment on the most recent date
                     the plan is valued by an actuary for purposes of computing
                     plan costs under Section 412 of the Code within the twelve
                     (12) month period ending on the Determination Date of each
                     such plan, but with respect to the first plan year of any
                     such plan determined by taking into account the estimated
                     accrued benefit as of the Determination Date; provided (A)
                     the method of accrual used for the purpose of this
                     Paragraph (1) shall be the same as that used under all
                     plans maintained by all Employers and Commonly Controlled
                     Entities if a single method is used by all stock plans or,
                     otherwise, the slowest accrual method permitted under
                     Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code, and (B) the actuarial
                     assumptions to be applied for purposes of this Paragraph
                     (1) shall be the same assumptions as those applied for
                     purposes of determining the actuarial equivalents of
                     optional benefits under the particular plan, except that
                     the interest rate assumption shall be five percent (5%);

                (2)  the present value of the accrued benefit (i.e., account
                     balances) under each and all defined contribution plans in
                     the Aggregation Group, valued as of the valuation date
                     coinciding with or immediately preceding the Determination
                     Date of each such plan, including (A) contributions made
                     after the valuation date but on or prior to the
                     Determination Date, (B) with respect to the first

                                     -78-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998
 
                    plan year of any plan, any contribution made subsequent to
                    the Determination Date but allocable as of any date in the
                    first plan year, or (C) with respect to any defined
                    contribution plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, any
                    contribution made after the Determination Date that is
                    allocable as of a date on or prior to the Determination
                    Date; and

               (3)  the sum of each and all amounts distributed (other than a
                    rollover or plan-to-plan transfer) from any Aggregation
                    Group Plan, plus a rollover or plan-to-plan transfer
                    initiated by the Employee and made to a plan which is not an
                    Aggregation Group Plan within the Current Plan Year or
                    within the preceding four (4) plan years of any such plan,
                    provided such amounts are not already included in the
                    present value of the accrued benefits as of the valuation
                    date coincident with or immediately preceding the
                    Determination Date.

     The Aggregate Benefit shall not include the value of any rollover or plan-
     to-plan transfer to an Aggregation Group Plan, which rollover or transfer
     was initiated by a Participant, was from a plan which was not maintained by
     an Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity, and was made after December
     31, 1983, nor shall the Aggregate Benefit include the value of employee
     contributions which are deductible pursuant to Section 219 of the Code.

          (b)  "Aggregation Group" means the Plan and one or more plans
     (including plans that terminated) which is described in Section 401(a) of
     the Code, is an annuity contract described in Section 403(a) of the Code or
     is a simplified employee pension described in Section 408(k) of the Code
     maintained or adopted by an Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity in the
     Current Plan Year or one of the four preceding Plan Years which is either a
     "Required Aggregation Group" or a "Permissive Aggregation Group".

               (1)  A "Required Aggregation Group" means all Aggregation Group
                    Plans in which either (1) a Key Employee participates or (2)
                    which enables any Aggregation Group Plan in which a Key
                    Employee participates to satisfy the requirements of
                    Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

               (2)  A "Permissive Aggregation Group" means Aggregation Group
                    Plans included in the Required Aggregation Group, plus one
                    or more other Aggregation Group Plans, as designated by the
                    Administrator in its sole discretion, which satisfy the
                    requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and

                                     -79-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998
  
                    410 of the Code, when considered with the other component
                    plans of the Required Aggregation Group.

          (c)  "Aggregation Group Plan" means the Plan and each other plan in
     the Aggregation Group.

          (d)  "Current Plan Year"  means (1) with respect to the Plan, the Plan
     Year in which the Determination Date occurs, and (2) with respect to each
     other Aggregation Group Plan, the plan year of such other plan in which
     occurs the Determination Date of such other plan.

          (e)  "Determination Date"  means (1) with respect to the Plan and its
     Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year; or (2) with respect to
     any other Aggregation Group Plan in any calendar year during which the Plan
     is not the only component plan of an Aggregation Group, the determination
     date of each plan in such Aggregation Group to occur during the calendar
     year as determined under the provisions of each such plan.

          (f)  "Former Key Employee"  means an Employee (including a terminated
     Employee) who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee.

          (g)  "Key Employee" means an Employee (or a terminated Employee) who
     at any time during the Current Plan Year or at any time during the four
     preceding Plan Years is:

               (1)  an officer of a Commonly Controlled Entity whose
                    compensation from a Commonly Controlled Entity during the
                    Plan Year is greater than fifty percent (50%) of the amount
                    specified in Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code (as adjusted
                    for cost-of-living increases by the Secretary of the
                    Treasury) for the calendar year in which the Plan Year ends;
                    provided, however, that no more than the lesser of (A) fifty
                    (50) Employees, or (B) the greater of (i) three (3)
                    Employees or (ii) ten percent (10%) (rounded to the next
                    whole integer) of the greatest number of Employees during
                    the Current Plan Year or any of the preceding four Plan
                    Years shall be considered as officers for this purpose. Such
                    officers considered will be those with the greatest annual
                    compensation as an officer during the five (5) year period
                    ending on the Determination Date;

               (2)  One of the ten employees who owns (or is considered to own
                    within the meaning of Section 318 of the Code) more than a
                    one half percent (1/2%) interest in value and

                                     -80-
<PAGE>
 
                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998
 
                    the largest percentage ownership interest in value in a
                    Commonly Controlled Entity and whose total annual
                    compensation from a Commonly Controlled Entity is not less
                    than the amount specified in Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the
                    Code (as adjusted for cost-of-living increases by the
                    Secretary of the Treasury) for the calendar year in which
                    the Plan Year ends;

               (3)  A person who owns more than five percent (5%) of the value
                    of the outstanding stock of any Commonly Controlled Entity
                    or more than five percent (5%) of the total combined voting
                    power of all stock of any Commonly Controlled Entity
                    (considered separately) or;

               (4)  A person who owns more than one percent (1%) of the value
                    of the outstanding stock of a Commonly Controlled Entity or
                    more than one percent (1%) of the total combined voting
                    power of all stock of a Commonly Controlled Entity
                    (considered separately) and whose total annual compensation
                    (as defined in Section 1.415-2(d) of the Treasury
                    Regulations) from the Employer or a Commonly Controlled
                    Entity is in excess of one hundred and fifty thousand
                    dollars ($150,000).

     The rules of Section 416 (i)(1)(B) and (C) of the Code shall be applied for
     purposes of determining an Employee's ownership interest in a Commonly
     Controlled Entity for purposes of Paragraphs (3) and (4) herein.  A
     Beneficiary (who would not otherwise be considered a Key Employee) of a
     deceased Key Employee shall be deemed to be a Key Employee in substitution
     for such deceased Key Employee.  Any person who is a Key Employee under
     more than one of the four Paragraphs of this Section shall have his or her
     Aggregate Benefit under the Aggregation Group Plans counted only once with
     respect to computing the Aggregate Benefit of Key Employees as of any
     Determination Date.  Any Employee who is not a Key Employee shall be a Non-
     Key Employee.

          (h)  "Top-Heavy Plan" means the Plan with respect to any Plan Year if
     the Aggregate Benefit of all Key Employees or the Beneficiaries of Key
     Employees determined on the Determination Date is an amount in excess of
     sixty percent (60%) of the Aggregate Benefit of all persons who are
     Employees within the Current Plan Year; provided, that if an individual has
     not performed services for an Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity at
     any time during the five (5) year period ending on the Determination Date,
     the individuals's Accrued Benefit shall not be taken into account. With
     respect to any calendar year during which the Plan is not the only
     Aggregation Group Plan, the ratio determined under the preceding sentence
     shall be computed based on the sum

                                     -81-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998
 
     of the Aggregate Benefits of each Aggregation Group Plan totaled as of the
     last Determination Date of any Aggregation Group Plan to occur during the
     calendar year.

     20.3  Minimum Contribution. For any Plan Year that the Plan shall be a Top-
Heavy Plan, each Participant who is an Eligible Employee but who is neither a
Key Employee nor a Former Key Employee on the last day of the Plan Year shall
have allocated to his or her Matching Account on the last day of the Plan Year a
Pay Based Contribution in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of such
Participant's Compensation not in excess of two hundred thousand dollars
($200,000); provided, however, in no event shall such contribution on behalf of
such Participant be less than five percent (5%) of such Compensation if any
Aggregation Group Plan is a defined benefit plan which does not satisfy the
minimum benefit requirements with respect to such Participant. The amount of Pay
Based Contributions required to be allocated under this Section for any Plan
Year shall be reduced by the amount of Employer Contributions and Forfeitures
allocated under this Plan on behalf of the Participant and employer
contributions and forfeitures allocated on behalf of the Participant under any
other defined contribution plan in the Aggregation Group for the Plan Year.
Elective Deferrals to any Aggregation Group Plan made on behalf of a Participant
in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1984 but before January 1, 1989 shall
be deemed to be Employer Contributions for the purpose of this Section. Elective
Deferrals and matching contributions to Aggregation Group Plans in Plan Years
beginning on or after January 1, 1989 shall not be used to meet the minimum
contribution requirements of this Section. Where Employer Contributions and
Forfeitures allocated on behalf of a Participant are insufficient to satisfy the
minimum contribution otherwise required by this Section, an additional employer
contribution shall be made and allocated to the Matching or Pay Based Account of
such Participant.

     20.4  Maximum Benefit Accrual. For any Plan Year that the Plan is a Top-
Heavy Plan, the denominator of the "defined benefit plan fraction" and the
denominator of the "defined contribution plan fraction" shall be determined by
substituting "1.0" for "1.25"; provided, however, this limit shall not apply
with respect to an Employee for any Plan Year during which he or she accrues no
benefit under any plan of the Aggregation Group. The preceding sentence shall
not apply if, within this Article, there is substituted "four percent (4%)" for
"three percent (3%)" and "seven and one-half percent (7.5%)" for "five percent
(5%)" and "ninety percent (90%)" for "sixty percent (60%)."

                                     -82-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998
 
ARTICLE XXI
================================================================================

                           MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                           ------------------------

     21.1   Assignment and Alienation. As provided by Code Section 401(a)(13)
and to the extent not otherwise required by law, no benefit provided by the Plan
may be anticipated, assigned or alienated, except:

            (a)  to create, assign or recognize a right to any benefit with
     respect to a Participant pursuant to a QDRO, or

            (b)  to use a Participant's vested Account balance as security for a
     loan from the Plan which is permitted pursuant to Code Section 4975.

     21.2   Protected Benefits. All benefits which are protected by the terms of
Code Section 411(d)(6) and ERISA Section 204(g), which cannot be eliminated
without adversely affecting the qualified status of the Plan on and after
January 1, 1998, shall be provided under this Plan to Participants for whom such
benefits are protected. The Administrator shall cause such benefits to be
determined and the terms and provisions of the Plan immediately prior to January
1, 1998 are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof, but only to
the extent such terms and provisions are so protected. Otherwise, they shall
operate within the terms and provisions of this Plan, as determined by the
Administrator.

     21.3   Plan Does Not Affect Employment Rights. The Plan does not provide
any employment rights to any Employee. The Employer expressly reserves the right
to discharge an Employee at any time, with or without Cause, without regard to
the effect such discharge would have upon the Employee's interest in the Plan.

     21.4   Deduction of Taxes from Amounts Payable. The Custodian shall deduct
from the amount to be distributed such amount as the Custodian, in its sole
discretion, deems proper to protect the Custodian and the Plan's assets held
under the Custodial Agreement against liability for the payment of death,
succession, inheritance, income, or other taxes, and out of money so deducted,
the Custodian may discharge any such liability and pay the amount remaining to
the Participant, the Beneficiary or the deceased Participant's estate, as the
case may be.

     21.5   Facility of Payment. If a Participant or Beneficiary is declared an
incompetent or is a minor and a conservator, guardian, or other person legally
charged with his or her care has been appointed, any benefits to which such
Participant or Beneficiary is entitled shall be payable to such conservator,
guardian, or other person legally charged with his or her care.  The decision of
the Administrator in such matters shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon
the Employer and the Custodian and upon each Employee, Participant, Beneficiary,
and 

                                     -83-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998
 
every other person or party interested or concerned. An Employer, the Custodian
and the Administrator shall not be under any duty to see to the proper
application of such payments.

     21.6   Source of Benefits. All benefits payable under the Plan shall be
paid or provided for solely from the Plan's assets held under the Custodial
Agreement and the Employers assume no liability or responsibility therefor.

     21.7   Indemnification. To the extent permitted by law each Employer shall
indemnify and hold harmless each member (and former member) of the Board of
Directors, each member (and former member) of the Employee Benefits Committee
and the Administrator, and each officer and employee (and each former officer
and employee) of an Employer to whom are (or were) delegated duties,
responsibilities, and authority with respect to the Plan against all claims,
liabilities, fines and penalties, and all expenses reasonably incurred by or
imposed upon him or her (including but not limited to reasonable attorney fees
and amounts paid in any settlement relating to the Plan) by reason of his or her
service under the Plan if he or she did not act dishonestly, with gross
negligence, or otherwise in knowing violation of the law under which such
liability, loss, cost or expense arises. This indemnity shall not preclude such
other indemnities as may be available under insurance purchased or provided by
an Employer under any by-law, agreement, or otherwise, to the extent permitted
by law. Payments of any indemnity, expenses or fees under this Section shall be
made solely from assets of the Employer and shall not be made directly or
indirectly from the assets of the Plan.

     21.8   Reduction for Overpayment. The Administrator shall, whenever it
determines that a person has received benefit payments under this Plan in excess
of the amount to which the person is entitled under the terms of the Plan, make
two reasonable attempts to collect such overpayment from the person.

     21.9   Limitation on Liability. No Employer nor any agent or representative
of any Employer who is an employee, officer, or director of an Employer in any
manner guarantees the assets of the Plan against loss or depreciation, and to
the extent not prohibited by federal law, none of them shall be liable (except
for his or her own gross negligence or willful misconduct), for any act or
failure to act, done or omitted in good faith, with respect to the Plan. No
Employer shall be responsible for any act or failure to act of any Custodian
appointed to administer the assets of the Plan.

     21.10  Company Merger. In the event any successor corporation to the
Company, by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, shall elect to adopt
the Plan, such successor corporation shall be substituted hereunder for the
Company upon filing in writing with the Custodian its election so to do.

                                     -84-
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998
 
     21.11  Employees' Trust. The Plan and Custodial Agreement are created for
the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to the Participants in the Plan and
their Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan,
and the Plan and Custodial Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent
with their being, respectively, a Plan described in Sections 401(a), 401(k) and
401(m) of the Code and Custodial Agreements exempt under Section 501(a) of the
Code. At no time shall the assets of the Plan be diverted from the above
purpose.

     21.12  Gender and Number. Except when the context indicates to the
contrary, when used herein, masculine terms shall be deemed to include the
feminine, and singular the plural.

     21.13  Invalidity of Certain Provisions. If any provision of this Plan
shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability
shall not affect any other provisions hereof and the Plan shall be construed and
enforced as if such provisions, to the extent invalid or unenforceable, had not
been included.

     21.14  Headings. The headings or articles are included solely for
convenience of reference, and if there is any conflict between such headings and
the text of this Plan, the text shall control.

     21.15  Uniform and Nondiscriminatory Treatment. Any discretion exercisable
hereunder by an Employer or the Administrator shall be exercised in a uniform
and nondiscriminatory manner.

     21.16  Law Governing. The Plan shall be construed and enforced according to
the laws of the state in which the Trust is located, to the extent not preempted
by ERISA.

     21.17  Military Service. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the
contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified
military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

     21.18  Notice and Information Requirements. Except as otherwise provided in
this Plan or in the Custodial Agreement or as otherwise required by law, the
Employer shall have no duty or obligation to affirmatively disclose to any
Participant or Beneficiary, nor shall any Participant or Beneficiary have any
right to be advised of, any material information regarding the Employer, at any
time prior to, upon or in connection with the Employer's purchase, or any other
distribution or transfer (or decision to defer any such distribution) of any
Company Stock or any other stock held under the Plan.

                                     -85-
 
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998
 
     Executed this ____ day of ___________________, 19___.


                                       Hussmann International, Inc.



                                       By:
                                          ---------------------------------

                                       Title:
                                             ------------------------------

                                     -86-
<PAGE>
 
                                 Appendix 1.28

                              Excluded Employees

          The following Employees shall not be an Eligible Employee:


                            Appendix 1.28 - Page 1
<PAGE>

                                             Hussmann RSP for Salaried Employees
                                             Effective January 1, 1998

                                 Appendix 7.4

                               Investment Funds

          The Investment Funds offered to Participants and Beneficiaries as of
January 1, 1998, based upon share accounting, are:

          1.   Fixed Income Fund
          2.   Company Stock Fund
          3.   Large Company Fund
          4.   Small Company Fund
          5.   International Fund
          6.   Conservative Portfolio
          7.   Moderate Portfolio
          8.   Growth Portfolio
          9.   Aggressive Growth Portfolio

                             Appendix 7.4 - Page 1

<PAGE>
 
                                                                      EXHIBIT 23

                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


The Board of Directors
Hussmann International, Inc.:

     We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement
on Form S-8 and the related prospectus pertaining to the registration of
Hussmann International, Inc. common stock for the Hussman International, Inc.
Retirement Savings Plan for Hourly Employees and the Hussmann International,
Inc. Retirement Savings Plan for Salaried Employees of our report dated January
8, 1997, relating to the combined balance sheets of Hussmann as of December 31,
1996 and 1995, and the related combined statements of operations and cash flows
for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1996, which
report appears in the Hussmann International, Inc. registration statement on
Form 10/A No. 3 (Post-Effective Amendment No. 1).

                                           KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP


Saint Louis, Missouri
January 21, 1998


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission